Specials. Pancake Rear tapped mount with extension hub

Transcription

1

2 0 Fabco-ir Inc. Specials... Consider asking Fabco-ir for a modified or special product to meet your necessary and specific requirements. Fabco-ir has the willingness, years of experience, manpower and equipment available to design, adapt, modify and produce in any quantity, existing or new products to meet your job requirements more effectively. Please contact your local distributor with details of your requirements so that we may assist you. The photos here show just a few examples of the thousands of specials that have been produced over the past three decades. Pancake Rear tapped mount with extension hub Specials / NPT Valve Stack Manifolded inlet into both valves One solenoid controlled valve with internal orificing to pilot operate second valve / NPT Valve way with heavy spring Provision for operator attachment and positive manual override for foot operation Pancake Heavy spring extend Front flange mount Pancake position ii /5/98

3 Fabco-ir Inc. Specials 0 Modular Valve Bank Stacked with mounting brackets Swivel flow controls Fittings Wire terminals Wire insulation installed Pancake stage Multi-Power principle Hi-Power Double rod oversized rods Oversized hole through Square stage Multi-Power principle Pancake Double rods with hole through concentric shafts and independent ports for stripper control /5/98 iii Longstroke Pivot Mount stage Multi-Power principle

4 Pancake Cylinders Original & T Series 8 Bores, /" " Section Index Page Features & Benefits.... General, Standard Specifications.... Construction Details....,. How a Pancake is built ction Information....5,.6 How a Pancake Functions Option Information ,.65,.66 Description of Options Custom Options and Specials....5 ir Spring....5 ccessories Flow Controls, Port Mounted and Others....6 Position Sensors....,.6 Mounting Bolts....6 Wrench Flat Wrench....6 Detailed Specification Model Number Codes How to Order Standard Dimensions Seal Kit Part Numbers Magnetic Piston Position Sensing Option Dimensions /" (5) Bore /" (7) Bore /8" () Bore /8" () Bore " () Bore /" (5) Bore " (7) Bore " () Bore Flow Controls Port Mounted and Others... Section Specials... ii, iii Year Warranty... Inside back cover. --0

5 Pancake Cylinders Original & T Series 8 Bores, /" " Features & Benefits This, the original Pancake Cylinder, was designed in 958 to satisfy the need for short stroke cylinders that would fit in very tight spaces. Today, with almost four decades of experience in thousands of cylinder applications around the world, The Pancake Line offers you far more than any of its imitators more features and options better quality, strength and appearance and far longer product life! Original Series We are so confident in our design and manufacturing skills that we back every Pancake Cylinder with our -year Warranty! Features Benefits Machined from aluminum bar-stock Strength, precision & clean lines Heavy wall construction Bore protection Internally lubricated O-rings Smooth operation & long life Original Series Duralon nonmetallic rod bushing Superior bushing & rod life Hard chrome plated stainless steel piston rod Long life, corrosion resistance Crosshatch polished bore Lubrication retention for seal life More bores, strokes, options Fit your application Original Series, Nonrotating Clear anodized ppearance & corrosion resistance Internal guide pins in non-rotating Protected from environment Prelubed with Magnalube -G Grease..... Long life, smooth operation "T" Series Includes PTFE piston bearing Year warranty Extended buyer protection T Series Laboratory tests confirm that internally lubricated Buna-N O-ring seals have extended Pancake cylinder life to times beyond that of cylinders using standard Buna-N seals. General, Standard Specifications Media ir Optional - Hydraulic Maximum operating pressure psi... Optional psi Minimum operating pressure..... See page., Item mbient & media temperature... 5 to + 50 F Prelubrication Magnalube -G Grease ir line lubrication Recommended Stroke tolerance ± /6" --0.

6 Pancake Cylinders Original & T Series 8 Bores, /" " Original Series Construction Details Single Rod Double cting ction - X /" & /" Bores Single Rod - Double cting ction -X shown Single Rod Double cting ction - X Double Rod Double cting ction - XDR /" & /" Bores Double Rod Double cting ction - XDR Single Rod Double cting Nonrotating ction - XK T Series (PTFE Piston Bearing) Single Rod Double cting ction - X /" & /" Bores Single Rod Double cting ction - X Single Rod Double cting Nonrotating ction - XK -9-0

7 Pancake Cylinders Original & T Series 8 Bores, /" " Construction Details Nearly decades of experience paying close attention to design detail, production and assembly techniques have resulted in the ultimate Fabco-ir Pancake, short stroke cylinders. Pancakes fit into very tight spaces and virtually NY short stroke cylinder application. Think how well they will fit with your application!. The heavy wall prohibits any damage to the bore from external forces.. The one piece cylinder body and bushing support end is machined from solid aluminum bar-stock. This provides unequalled strength, rigidity, and piston rod support. Machining all surfaces provides perpendicularity and concentricity for locating, mounting, and making attachments to the rod. It also presents a clean, smooth, "no-dirt-catching" appearance on your machine.. Unique construction provides unequalled piston rod support and prohibits Blowout! The one piece Duralon rod bushing is inserted from the inside and then staked in place. Duralon is a Teflon lined fiberglass structure with a load carrying capacity of 60,000 psi. Compare capacity with Nylon at,000 psi, porous bronze at,500 psi, and porous iron at 8,000 psi. Duralon also provides: CONSISTENCY, reliable and predictable performance from bushing to bushing; COR- ROSION RESISTNCE, nonmetallic materials resist galvanic, chemical and fretting corrosion; SELF LUBRICTION, Teflon lining provides low friction and minimizes stickslip, even under no-lube conditions; SEIZURE RESISTNCE, fiberglass backing material will not seize or gall on shaft under extreme wear. Generally the bearing length is increased as the stroke increases, providing even more piston rod support.. Internally lubricated Buna-N O'Rings (-5 to + 50 F) provide low profile, low friction, and long life sealing of piston and rod. ll static seals are Buna-N. These dynamic O'Rings are compounded to provide extra long wear and lower breakaway (starting) and running friction and smoother operation. In tests, cylinders with internally lubricated O'Rings have extended cycle life two to three times beyond cylinders with standard Buna-N seals. The chart below shows maximum breakaway or starting pressure to extend the rod of single rod, double acting (ction -X) cylinders with internally lubricated O'Rings under no-load conditions after days delay at zero pressure. With other actions and/or combinations of options, breakaway pressures may vary. Bore Number Bore, Inches / / -/8-5/8 -/ Breakaway psi These low operating pressures allow for the use of vacuum as an Operating Media in many applications..0 psi is the equivalent of.0" Hg of vacuum. To determine the force output of a cylinder with vacuum, multiply: Force rea of cylinder x inch Hg vacuum x 0.9 = Force, lb. 9. Polishing the cylinder bore and piston rod produces a fine crosshatched finish. This crosshatching provides minute oil ring type grooves for retaining lubrication. This finish, unlike an ultra smooth finish, provides a place for lubrication to lie and support the seal as it moves along the surface. The surface finish and lubrication provide lower friction and longer seal life. 0. The piston rod is centerless ground, polished, and hard chrome plated (68-7 Rc) stainless steel. Surface finish is RMS or better and carries lubrication like our cylinder bore (see 9). These features combined with the low friction and high load capacity of the Duralon bushing provide exceptional cylinder life. Female, fine pitch rod thread and wrench flats are standard.. pilot diameter on the cover is concentric with the rod bushing and locates in the cylinder bore to maintain the concentricity, precision, and rigidity of the Pancake design.. Counterbores on both sides of the piston maintain concentricity of piston rods to each other as well as to the piston O'Ring. This also provides complete axial and radial rigidity of the piston so that it cannot float or be pounded loose.. The piston rods are connected by a high strength stud, sandwiching the piston between the rod end faces. The assembly is torqued for proper preload of the stud and clamping of the piston head. Loctite on the threads and faces assures sealing and locks the assembly against pounding and vibration. This procedure provides a positive and rigid assembly that will not allow the piston to float or be pounded loose.. The "T" Series has a thicker piston which incorporates a bearing strip in addition to the O-ring seal. This bearing strip is a close tolerance, rectangular cross section strip of a tough, stable, wear resistant PTFE compound. If the piston rod assembly is forced off center by misalignment or other forces, this bearing, along with the long and rigid Duralon rod bushing, supports the load and helps to maintain the long life of the cylinder bore and O-ring seal. Note: the bearing is not included, or required in double rod models because the long rod bushings at each end of the cylinder provide superb support. 5. Two guide pins of precision ground tool steel pass through the piston head. These guide pins prevent rotation of the rod with a tolerance of ±. Note that the guide pins are located internally. This provides protection from the environment and from physical damage. Lubrication is provided with other internal parts. NO additional space is required and the rod end is left free for attachments and tooling as required by the application. n information label, similar to this one, is applied to each cylinder to warn against damage. WRNING THIS CYLINDER HS NONROTTING ROD. TO PREVENT INTERL DMGE HOLD ROD BY WRENCH FLTS WHEN INSTLLING OR REMOVING TTCHMENTS 5. The thinnest possible piston and rear cover design keeps the overall height as short as possible. Please note that any cylinder offering less height than that of a Pancake with the same stroke, sacrifices rod bushing length and/or overall strength. 6. The aluminum cover is held in place with multiple plated screws for strength, rigidity, ease of modification for specific application requirements, and ease of access for maintenance should it be required. 7. The aluminum piston is attached to the piston rod with a socket flat head cap screw which is torqued for proper preload on the screw and clamping of the piston. Loctite on the threads and faces assures sealing and locks the assembly against pounding and vibration. 8. The piston in all bores has a counterbore for piston rod location and control of concentricity between piston rod and piston O.D. 6. The guide pins pass through Polyurethane O'Ring seals and SE660 bearing bronze bushings incorporated in the piston head. This combination provides no leak, precision guiding and long life. 8. disk of rubber is included at the end of the guide pins to take up play and firmly seat the pins in the precision machined guide pin holes. 9. Integral rod bearing and endcap is hard anodized aluminum. The piston rod seal O-ring is located as close to the outer end as feasible so that as much of the bearing as possible gets system lubrication as well as protecting most of the bearing length from the environment. precision machined pilot diameter locates the cylinder bore to assure concentricity and proper rod alignment. --0.

8 Pancake Cylinders Original & T Series 8 Bores, /" " ction Information Original Series C--X T Series PTFE Piston Bearing TC--X NFP Symbol ction Letter ction Description ction -X Single Rod Double cting One Piston Rod Power Extend - Power Retract C--XK TC--XK ction -XK 50 psi maximum Single Rod Double cting Nonrotating One Piston Rod Power Extend - Power Retract Piston guide pins for nonrotating C--O TC--O ction -O Single Rod Single cting - Spring Retracted One Piston Rod Power Extend - Spring Retract C--OP TC--OP ction -OP Single Rod Single cting - Spring Extended One Piston Rod Spring Extend - Power Retract.5 --0

9 Pancake Cylinders Original & T Series 8 Bores, /" " ction Information The ction Letter portion of the Pancake Model Number specifies how many piston rods the cylinder has (Single Rod or Double Rod), how the piston rod is extended and retracted (Double cting or Single cting), and if the piston rod is restricted from rotating by internal guide pins (Nonrotating). Original Series T Series PTFE Piston Bearing NFP Symbol ction Letter ction Description C--XDR The T Series is not required in the double rod version. Two rod bushings provide superb rod support ction -XDR Double Rod Double cting Two Piston Rods - One each end Power Extend - Power Retract C--XDRK The T Series is not required in the double rod version. Two rod bushings provide superb rod support ction -XDRK 50 psi maximum Double Rod Double cting Nonrotating Two Piston Rods - One each end Power Extend - Power Retract Piston guide pins for nonrotating C--ODR The T Series is not required in the double rod version. Two rod bushings provide superb rod support ction -ODR Double Rod Single cting - Spring Retracted Two Piston Rods - One each end Power Extend - Spring Retract

10 Pancake Cylinders Original & T Series 8 Bores, /" " Option Information PREFIX OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER METRIC Cylinder and Rod Thread. Female Rod Thread is standard. Optional Male Rod Thread add suffix -MR PREFIX M PREFIX OPTIONS Mounting holes and rod thread are configured to common METRIC sizes. Ports in /" (5) and /" (7) bores are M5. Ports in -/8" () bore and larger are G/8 with mm spotface for /8 BSP-Parallel fittings and gaskets. vailable on all series, bore, stroke and action combinations. See Option Specifications pages of desired bore and action for complete dimensional details

11 Pancake Cylinders Original & T Series 8 Bores, /" " Option Information SUFFIX OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER SUFFIX MLE ROD THRED Single Rod Double Rod, Rod End Only Double Rod, Cap End Only Double Rod, Both Ends -MR -MR -MR -MR SUFFIX OPTIONS high strength stud is threaded into the standard female rod end and retained with Loctite. This method eliminates the small diameter thread relief area normally required when machining male threads. This provides a much stronger rod end which can be repaired, rather than replacing the complete rod, should the thread be damaged. vailable on all series, bore, stroke and action combinations. See Option Specifications pages of desired bore and action for complete dimensional details. TEFLON O'RING SELS (+00 to +500 F) -T For elevated temperatures (+00 to +500 F) or compatibility with exotic medias. Consult engineering for compatibility information. NOTE: Teflon seals are NOT for low friction. This seal material assumes the shape of the rectangular groove, exhibits no memory and will not return to round O'Ring cross section. Therefore the piston and rod seals may exhibit some leakage. This is even more pronounced in applications that require thermal cycling over wide temperature ranges. They are not, therefore, recommended for such applications. vailable on all series, bores -/8" () and larger, all strokes and actions -X, -XDR. See Standard Specifications pages of desired bore and action for complete dimensional details. There are no dimensional changes from standard. VITON O'RING SELS (-5 to +00 F) -V For elevated temperatures (5 to + 00 F) or compatibility with exotic medias. Consult engineering for compatibility information. vailable on all series, bore, stroke and action combinations. See Standard Specifications pages of desired bore and action for complete dimensional details. There are no dimensional changes from standard. QUD SELS (-0 to +50 F) -Q QUD seal replaces the standard O'Ring on the piston only. Standard seal material is Buna-N (-0 to +50 F). For other materials consult engineering. vailable on all series, bore, stroke and action combinations. See Standard Specifications pages of desired bore and action for complete dimensional details. There are no dimensional changes from standard. NONROTTING Single cting For Double cting, Nonrotating SEE ction -XK, -XDRK on pages.5 and NR Hex Rod of stainless steel in a broached, hard anodized aluminum endcap replaces the round rod in Single cting, Spring Retracted (ctions -O, -ODR) cylinders. vailable in all series, bores /" (5), /" (7), all strokes, actions -O, -ODR. See Option Specifications pages of desired bore and action for complete dimensional details..8

12 Pancake Cylinders SUFFIX OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER HYDRULIC, Low Pressure Service to 500 psi NONSHOCK. Temperature to +00 F max. Consult factory for media compatability and operating temperatures over 00 F. With Standard Thickness Cover -H With Thick Cover -HHC U-Cup Rod Seal SUFFIX DURLON Rod Bearing Original & "T" Series 8 Bores, /" " Construction Details SUFFIX OPTIONS For ir-oil or Hydraulic systems to 500 psi NONSHOCK.. specially formulated U-Cup seal replaces the O-ring piston rod seal. This eliminates leakage past the rod seal and around the bushing.. Option -HHC, on single rod bores -5/8" () & larger, includes a thicker rear cover to assure that there is no warpage or failure when the mounting surface is the Rod End Face. See chart below.. / NPT Ports are available on bores -5/8" () & larger. See Option -P below.. Single cting (Spring Return) Cylinders are designed for the spring to return the piston & rod assembly. Because of the low return forces available & the somewhat restricted flow, the piston returns slowly when used with oil at any pressure. Double cting Cylinders are therefore recommended for Hydraulic service. H is available on all series, bores -/8" () and larger, actions -X & -O, -OP, -XDR & -ODR, all strokes. vailable also for ctions -XK & -XDRK on bores -/" (5) and larger. Consult factory for available strokes on bores -/8 () to " () and actions -XK & -XDRK. -HHC is available on all series. Bores -5/8" () and larger, all strokes, ctions -X & -O. SEE Option Specifications pages of desired Bore & ction for complete dimensional details. Pressure Ratings (psi) for Various Mountings OPTION H H H H H HHC CTION X, O OP XDR, ODR XK XDRK X, O Mounting surface is at rod end Mounting surface is at cap end Other Options in Combination with H or HHC F PM SM EPM ESM S RS IR SERVICE With Thick Cover -HC -HC includes the thick rear cover. It is for IR service, to 50 psi,when the thick rear cover is desired. vailable on all series, Bores 5/8" () and larger, all strokes, ctions; - X, -O. See Option Specifications pages of desired Bore and ction for complete dimensional details..9 / NPT PORTS -P Port size / NPT. On bores -5/8" () and " () the orifice between the port and the bore is also increased. ll ports are in the standard locations. Use when reduced pressure drop or higher cycle speeds are desired. They are particularly advantageous in ir-oil Hydraulic applications. vailable on all series, bores -5/8" () & larger, all strokes, all actions. See Standard Specifications pages of desired bore & action for complete dimensional details. There are no dimensional changes from standard other than port size. --0

13 Pancake Cylinders SUFFIX OPTIONS HOLE THRU Double Rod Shaft Standard Standard Plus Model No. Model No. Hole Size Suffix Hole Size Suffix Bore thru stud (Std) thru stud (Std Plus) /", /" /6-06 -/8" /8-5/ -6-5/8" /8 - / -5 " 5/ -6 5/6 - -/" 5/ -6 / -5 " 5/ -6 / -5 " / -5 Rod Piston Rod Stud Original & "T" Series 8 Bores, /" " Option Information SUFFIX OPTIONS 50 psi maximum operating pressure hole is drilled through the piston rods & the double rod stud (see construction details on page.). This hole is used for the passage of Vacuum, ir, Gas, Oil, Liquid or any media that is compatible with the stainless steel piston rod and the steel stud. Maximum pressure, 50 psi. Hole sizes available for each bore size are shown in the chart to the left. If a larger hole is needed (for higher flows or mechanical members) or all stainless steel construction is needed (for compatibility or higher pressure) see "One Piece Piston & Rod Construction" under Custom Options on page.5. Insert the SUFFIX Number into the Model Number immediately after the desired ction. For example: -XDR vailable on Original Series, all Bores, all Strokes, ction; -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR. See Standard Specifications pages of desired Bore & ction for complete dimensional details. There are no dimensional changes from standard. FINISH: Clear anodize is standard. Plating: Pro-Coat Electroless Nickel -N Pro-Coat, Electroless Nickel Plating, is a hard, smooth, corrosion and wear resistant coating. It will often suffice for applications where stainless steel is specified. Its lasting luster provides high visual appeal. The coating is a high nickel, low phosphorous alloy deposited by chemical reduction without electric current that is mil-for-mil more corrosion resistant than electroplated nickel. The surface is virtually pore free. The thickness of the nickel deposit is consistent over the entire surface. Blind holes, threads, small diameter holes and internal surfaces all receive the same amount of plating. It has natural lubricity and a high resistance to abrasion. s shipped hardness of the coating is approximately 9 Rockwell C. Heat treating can increase hardness to approximately 60 Rockwell C. For specific applications, consult engineering. Besides cylinder parts, Pro-Coat may be applied to valve bodies, solenoid housings, fittings and most any item that appears in this catalog. Pro-Coat is available on all series, bore, stroke and action combinations. See Standard Specifications pages of desired bore and action for complete dimensional details. There are no dimensional changes from standard. STROKE COLLR on Piston Rod in /8" increments. ) Start with the next longest stroke. ) Select the amount the stroke is to be shortened. ) Specify the corresponding SUFFIX designation. /8" -C /" -C /8" -C /" -C 5/8" -C5 /" -C6 7/8" -C7 For those "in-between" strokes, a STROKE COLLR is incorporated on the piston rod. The collar fits tightly on the piston rod so that it cannot float as the piston is stroked. Tolerance on the stroke is ± /6". For tighter tolerances on the stroke or final rod position, consult Engineering. vailable on all Series, all Bores, all Strokes, ctions; -X, -XDR, -OP. lso all series, Bores /" (7) and larger, all Strokes, ctions; -XK, -XDRK. lso all Series, Bores /" (5) & /" (7), ctions; -O, -ODR. SEE Standard Specifications pages of desired Bore & ction for complete dimensional details. Cap End Rod Stick-out of Double Rod Units increases by amount stroke Stroke Collar is shortened

14 Pancake Cylinders SUFFIX OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER SUFFIX DJUSTBLE EXTEND STROKE For strokes through ". -S Full stroke adjustment is standard. NOTE! Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch poiunts. C--X-S djustment settings are simplified by convenient scale markings applied to nut skirt and stop tube. Original & "T" Series 8 Bores, /" " Option Information SUFFIX OPTIONS Dial--Stroke provides a rugged and precision adjustment of the extend stroke of the cylinder. The stop tube, adjustment nut with skirt & minimum clearances combine to eliminate pinch points, thus providing operator safety. Note! Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points with other parts of your machine design. The stop tube is blue anodized aluminum, the adjustment nut is blackened steel with a black anodized aluminum skirt, and the stop flange is red anodized aluminum; all for corrosion resistance and appearance. The adjustment nut, steel for long life, includes a lock screw with a plastic plug so that the adjustment nut can be locked in place without damaging the threads. The stop flange is mounted on the end of the adjustment rod so that the nut cannot come off. The fine pitch threads on the adjustment rod and nut provide precision adjustment. Bores -/8" () and -5/8" () have a /-0 thread giving.050" adjustment per revolution & Bores " () & larger have a /-6 thread giving.06" adjustment per revolution. The -S designation provides full stroke adjustment. vailable on Original Series, Bores /8" () & larger, all Strokes, ctions; -X, -XK, -O. SEE Option Specifications pages of desired Bore and ction for complete dimensional details. Stop Tube djustment Nut Skirt djustment Nut with Fine Pitch Thread Stop Flange djustment Rod Plastic Plug Lock Screw Contact Surfaces Totally Enclosed /" Min. Clearance when Fully Stroked DJUSTBLE RETRCT STROKE ny stroke with up to and including " adjustment RS ny stroke with over " adjustment, specify adjustment length after the -RS Example: " adjustment RS D--X-RS n adjusting screw with a thread sealing locknut mounted in a thick rear cover provides a simple yet rugged and precision adjustment of the cylinder stroke in the retract direction. The fine thread of the adjusting screw provides precision adjustment. Bores /" (5), /" (7), have a 5/6- thread giving.0" adjustment per revolution. Bore -/8" () has a /8- thread giving.0" adjustment per revolution. Bores -5/8" () and larger have a /-0 thread giving.050" adjustment per revolution. The RS designation provides full stroke adjustment of any cylinder with " stroke or less, and " of stroke adjustment on all longer strokes. When longer adjustments are required, on longer cylinders, add the desired adjustment to the -RS designation (/" increments please). Example:-RS will provide " of adjustment on any cylinder with " or more of stroke. vailable on all series, all bores, all strokes, actions -X, -XK, -O, -OP. See Option Specifications pages of desired bore and action for complete dimensional details.. --0

15 Pancake Cylinders SUFFIX OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER SUFFIX SOUND LIMITERS Rod End Only Cap End Only Both Rod and Cap Ends Temperature Range: 5 to +0 F -LF -LR -LFR Sound Limiting O'Ring Cushion Original & "T" Series 8 Bores, /" " Option Information SUFFIX OPTIONS For applications where you need a small amount of cushion at the end of the cylinder stroke to take out the metallic slap of piston head on piston stop. This is accomplished by placing an O'Ring on the piston, and/or in the rear cover so that initial contact is with the elastomer and not metal-to-metal. The Fabco-ir design assures sufficient compression of the seals to allow full stroke. Because of the temperature limitations of the adhesives involved, sound limiters are available in cylinders with internally lubricated Buna-N O'Rings only. vailable on all series, all bores, all strokes, actions -X, -O (Cap end only, -LR), -OP, -XDR, XDRK, -ODR (Cap end only -LR). See Standard Specifications pages of desired bore and action for complete dimensional details. There are no dimensional changes from standard. RUBBER BUMPERS Rod End Only Cap End Only Both Rod and Cap Ends Temperature Range: 5 to +0 F -BF -BR -BFR Rubber Standard rubber mass provided will compress and give full stroke at psi. Mass can be adjusted to meet your specific pressure and/or dynamic load requirements rubber doughnut is bonded to the cylinder head to act as the piston stop and absorb the impact of the piston. This reduces noise and absorbs energy, thus reducing destruction of the cylinder and tooling due to pounding. The amount of rubber that extends beyond the normal piston stop is designed to compress and allow full stroke of the cylinder at 60 to 80 psi. If your application uses lower pressure or has high energy, consult engineering with application details so that rubber mass can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. On applications such as punching, shearing, etc., where high forces are built up and then very quickly released, the proper method of CTCH- ING this load is to adjust the position of the cylinder and tooling so at the point of breakthrough the piston is very close to or touching the bumper. This reduces the dynamic load that the piston and bumper are required to absorb. It is highly recommended that shock absorbers be considered and built into the tooling to assist in absorbing the force and dynamic loads generated in such applications. Because of the temperature limitations of the adhesives involved (-5 to + 0 F) Rubber Bumpers are available in cylinders with standard internally lubricated Buna-N seals only. Use to reduce noise and absorb impact. Note! The springs in single acting models are designed to return only the piston and rod assembly and will not significantly compress the rubber bumpers. vailable on all series, all bores, all strokes, actions -X, -XK, -O (Cap end only, -BR), -OP (Rod end only, -BF), -XDR, XDRK, -ODR (Cap end only -BR). See Standard Specifications pages of desired bore and action for complete dimensional details. There are no dimensional changes from standard. --0.

16 Pancake Cylinders SUFFIX OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER SUFFIX CLEVIS (Pivot) MOUNT Ports in Line with Slot Ports 90 to Slot C--X-PM with RC-8 -PM -SM Original & "T" Series 8 Bores, /" " Option Information SUFFIX OPTIONS CLEVIS MOUNT provides a pivot point attachment to allow pivotal motion of the cylinder as the piston rod extends or retracts. The pivot is bushed with an oil filled powdered metal bushing. The pivot pin (6 stainless steel) and clips are included as standard. On bores -5/8" (), -/" (5), " (7) and " (), the Clevis Mount can be rotated 90 to provide either -PM or -SM option. To further assist in the mounting, rod clevises and eye brackets are available accessories. In many applications requiring pivotal mounting, the cylinder is mounted with its centerline horizontal. Due to the weight of the cylinder and its attachments, this can result in some off center loading, and possibly binding of the piston and rod, causing accelerated wear. For such applications the T Series cylinders are recommended. vailable on all series, all bores, all strokes, actions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP. See Options Specifications pages of desired bore and action for complete dimensional details of cylinders, rod clevises and eye brackets. EYE (Pivot) MOUNT Ports in Line with Tang Ports 90 to Tang C--X-EPM -EPM -ESM EYE MOUNT provides a pivot point attachment to allow pivotal motion of the cylinder as the piston rod extends or retracts. The pivot is bushed with an oil filled powdered metal bushing. On bore -5/8" () the Eye Mount can be rotated 90 to provide either -EPM or -ESM option. To further assist in the mounting, rod clevises and clevis brackets are available. In many applications requiring pivotal mounting, the cylinder is mounted with its centerline horizontal. Due to the weight of the cylinder and its attachments, this can result in some off center loading, and possibly binding of the piston and rod, causing accelerated wear. For such applications the T Series cylinders are recommended. vailable on all series, bores:/" (5), /" (7), -/8" (), -5/8" () and " (), all strokes, actions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP. See Option Specifications pages of desired bore and action for complete dimensional details of cylinders, rod clevises and eye brackets. THREDED NOSE MOUNT -F C--X-F THREDED NOSE with pilot diameter provides convenient, rigid and precision mounting. hex mounting nut is included as standard and is also available separately. On bores -/8" () and -5/8 () a urethane rod wiper is included, as standard, to exclude dirt from the rod bushing and seal. vailable on all series, bores:/" (5), /" (7), -/8" (), -5/8" (), all strokes, all actions. See Option Specifications pages of desired bore and action for complete dimensional details of cylinder and mounting nuts.. --0

17 Pancake Cylinders Original & "T" Series 8 Bores, /" " Option Information Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Order Sensors Separately Keyway slot for /" bore Pancakes. Wire is in-line with slot. single slot on longer stroke models has room to accommodate multiple sensors. Shorter stroke Pancake Cylinders are furnished with two dovetail mounting slots when Suffix Option "E" is specified. /" 60 Dovetail for /" bore Pancake s & up. /" (5) Bore /" (7) Bore /8" () Bore 5/8" () Bore Wire outlet is in-line with sensor mounting slot # #.09" Max # #." Ref. to 5 wire outlet; Zero stick-out of sensor body # 0 0 # # 5 5 # Sensors available for D & TD strokes and longer. D J & TD TJ have mounting slots; others have. Strokes D & TD are ported on opposite sides. Sensors available for D & TD strokes and longer. D J & TD TJ have mounting slots; others have. Strokes D & TD are ported on opposite sides. Sensors available for D & TD strokes and longer. D F & TD TF have mounting slots; others have. Strokes D & TB TD are ported on opposite sides. Sensors available for & TB strokes and longer. D & TB TD have mounting slots; others have. Strokes are ported on opposite sides. " () Bore 7 /" (5) Bore 5 " (7) Bore 5 " () Bore 5 # # # 5 5 # # 0 # # 0 0 # Sensors available for & T strokes and longer. D & T TD have mounting slots; others have. Strokes B & T are ported on opposite sides. Sensors available for & T strokes and longer. C & T TC have mounting slots; others have. Strokes B & are ported on opposite sides. Sensors available for & T strokes and longer. C & T TC have mounting slots; others have. Strokes B & are ported on opposite sides. Sensors available for B & T strokes and longer. B & T T have mounting slots; others have. Temperature Range: 0 to + 80 C ( to + 76 F) Female Cordsets for Quick Disconnect Length Meter Meters 5 Meters Part No. CFC-M CFC-M CFC-5M Low Profile, Solid State, Magnetic Piston Position Sensors Encased in plastic housing, dovetail style sensors are corrosion resistant. 5 wire outlet allows close mounting. Profile shown here is typical for all but /" bore Pancake s. --0 Ordering Guide Dovetail Style Magnetic Sensors for Pancake Cylinders Cylinder Model /" Bore Pancake /" Bore Pancake ll other Pancakes ll other Pancakes Sensor Type Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Prewired 9 ft. Part No. 9B B Quick Disconnect Part No.* 9B B Note*: /" bore quick disconnect style supplied with " pigtail. ll other bores supplied with 6" pigtail. Order female cordsets separately. LED Yes Yes Yes Yes Electrical Characteristics Sourcing, PNP, 6- VDC, 0.0 mp Max current,.0 Voltage Drop Sinking, NPN, 6- VDC, 0.0 mp Max current,.0 Voltage Drop Sourcing, PNP, 6- VDC, 0.0 mp Max current, 0.5 Voltage Drop Sinking, NPN, 6- VDC, 0.0 mp Max current, 0.5 Voltage Drop.

18 Pancake Cylinders Custom Options & Specials Specials Let us help you! Our engineering and special products departments are willing and able to assist you with your design. FBCO-IR will produce cylinders and valves to meet your specific application requirements. In quantities of one and up. We have been doing it for almost 0 years. Many of our specials have become custom options; many have become standard catalog options. Custom Options are modifications that we produce on a routine basis, but they have too many combinations of features for practical listing in this catalog. Following are just a few of the more common of these custom options: Custom rod extensions Custom rod end configurations Pilot diameters on mounting faces Piece double rod, piston & rod assembly with or without a hole through Rod wipers, urethane or metallic Thick covers with ports Covers with manifolding Other materials Other lubricants Strokes other than listed with special length bodies and rods Mounting styles & dimensions to specifications Back-to-Back cylinders for or positions Multiple position cylinders Tandem type for or more positions ir Springs Constant Low Pressure Reg. Small regulator supplies constant pressure & controls spring force. Connection to Rod End Port results in a spring retracted type cylinder Connection to Cap End Port results in a spring extended type cylinder.5 n air spring allows the use of any standard double acting cylinder as a single acting spring return (push or pull) type. To accomplish this simply connect a constant regulated pressure (must be a relieving regulator) to the proper port of the double acting cylinder. This system gives you a variable spring load (by adjusting the pressure) that is consistent over the full stroke and life of the cylinder and will not break as helical compression springs often do. For space and cost savings, one regulator can serve several cylinders on the same machine. -9-0

19 Pancake Cylinders ccessories Flow Controls Port Mounted, Swivel: Brass or Molded Body Mounts directly to Cylinder,Valve or Manifold. Brass Body Style (above) Male Sizes: #0-, /8 NPT, / NPT Female NPT or Instant Tube Connections: #0-, /8 NPT, / NPT, 5/" T, /" T, /8" T See page. &. for details. Molded Body Style (left) Male Sizes: #0-, /8 NPT, / NPT, /8 NPT Instant Tube Connections: 5/" T, /" T, /8" T See page. for details. Position Sensors Dovetail Style, Low Profile, Solid State Electronic Sensor dovetail slides into a mating slot on the cylinder body, is positioned as desired, and locked in place with a set screw. See page. for Specifications Bolts Pancake Cylinder Mounting Bolts Fabco-ir has in stock socket head cap screws to mount all standard Pancake cylinders, all bores, all strokes. lso consider for Square and other products. LENGTH (Inches) SIZE / / -/ -/ -/ -/ -/ -/ -/ -/ 5 6 #6- #8- #0- /-0 Wrench Flat Wrench Part Number WFW- 0.09" Thick, heat treated and plated steel wrench for holding the piston rod of Pancake cylinders while tightening or loosening rod end tooling or attachments. lso consider for Square and other products

20 Pancake Cylinders /" (5) Bore Model Number Model Number Code Prefix Options Stroke Bore ction Leave blank if none desired TE 5 X Suffix Options MR Metric M See pages.7,.9 &. Bore Code /" 5.7mm 5 Standard Strokes Original Series ction X O XDR ODR OP Stroke /6 /8 B B B / C C C /8 D D D / E E E 5/8 F F / G G H H / I I / J J K K L M T Series Includes PTFE piston bearing ction X O OP Stroke /8 TC TC TC / TD TD TD /8 TE TE TE / TF TF 5/8 TG TG TH TH / TI TI / TJ TJ TK TK TL TM Grey shading indicates sensors are not available. Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston Option E ction Single rod Double acting -X Single acting, spring retracted -O Single acting, spring extended -OP Double rod Double acting -XDR Single acting, spring retracted -ODR See pages.5 &.6 for ction Information. See pages.8 &. for Standard Specifications HOW TO ORDER. Under Stroke select letter(s) for desired Series and Stroke.. Under Bore select 5 for /" bore. Seven Other Bore Sizes are vailable Bore Bore Code See page /" /8" /8" " /" " " Under ction select letter(s) for desired action.. Under Prefix & Suffix Options select letter(s) for desired options and add to model number. EXMPLES E-5-X Original Series, /" stroke - /" Bore - Single Rod, Double cting TE-5-X-MR T Series, /8" Stroke - /" Bore - Single Rod, Double cting - Male Rod Thread Suffix Options Male rod thread: Single rod -MR Double rod, rod end -MR Double rod, cap end -MR Double rod, both ends -MR Viton seals -V Quad seals -Q External nonrotating guide -K Hex rod nonrotating, single acting models to " stroke only -NR Hole thru double rod shaft : /6" hole 50 psi max -06 Finish: ProCoat (Electroless Nickel) -N Stroke collar: /8" -C /" -C /8" -C /" -C 5/8" -C5 /" -C6 7/8" -C7 Rubber Bumpers: Rod end -BF Cap end -BR Both ends -BFR djustable retract stroke (Over " adjustment add desired length, e.g. -RS) -RS Clevis mount: Ports in-line with slot Ports 90 to slot -PM -SM Eye mount: Ports in-line with tang Ports 90 to tang -EPM -ESM Threaded nose mount: Single rod -F Double rod, rod end -F Double rod, cap end -F Double rod, both ends -F Magnetic piston & sensor mounting slot(s) -E Order sensors separately. See page. Stroke length determines number of mounting slots. See page.,.0,.. See pages.7.5 for general option information and pages.9,.0 &. for option specifications of /" bore models. complete library of cylinder CD drawings is available from your local Fabco-ir Distributor or from the Fabco-ir web site

21 Pancake Cylinders /" (5) Bore Single Rod Standard Specifications ction X Double cting Note : Strokes HM & THTM have two #6- x. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.0 Pull area =.5 Seal Kits for Series: Original = 5-SK "T" = 5-SKG /6 x. Wrench Flat B. K x E Female Rod Thread.88 Bolt Circle. Dia. Thru. C'Bore x. Dp. for, #6SHCS HM & THTM. See Note.5 Rod Dia. Rod End Face Y Z. 0- Ports Cap End Face with Dia. Spotface Strokes D & TCTD are ported on Opposite Sides For Single Rod, Double cting, Nonrotating See Option -K on page.0 Original Series "T" Series Stroke, Inch /6 /8 / /8 / 5/8 / / / /8 / /8 / 5/8 / / Stroke, Letter B C D E F G H I J K L M TC TD TE TF TG TH TI TJ TK TL TM ction X Double cting ction X Double cting B E K Note Note Note Note Note Note Note Note Note Note Note Note Y Z Weight, lb ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted B * * * * E.5.5 " " " " K Note Note Note Note Note Note " " Note Note Note Note Note Note " " Y " " " " Z " " " " Weight,. lb " " " " Preload, lb " " " " End of Stroke, lb " " " " ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended B * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * E " " " " " " " ".5.5 " " " " " " " " K " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " Y " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " Z " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " Weight, lb " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " Preload, lb " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " End of Stroke, lb " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " ction O Single cting Spring Retracted Note : Strokes FK & TFTK have two #6- x. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.0 See chart for Spring Forces: Preload and End of Stroke. Seal Kits for Series: Original = 5-SK "T" = 5-SKG /6 x. Wrench Flat B. K x E Female Rod Thread.88 Bolt Circle. Dia. Thru. C'Bore x. Dp. for, #6SHCS FK & TFTK. See Note.5 Rod Dia. Rod End Face Y Z. 0- Ports Cap End Face with Dia. Spotface Strokes C & TC are ported on Opposite Sides ction OP Single cting /6 x. Spring Extended Wrench Flat See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Pull area =.5 See Chart for Spring Forces: Preload & End of Stroke Seal Kits for Series: Original = 5-SK "T" = 5-SKG B. + Stroke K x E Female Rod Thread.88 Bolt Circle. Dia. Thru. C'Bore x. Dp. for, #6SHCS.5 Rod Dia. Rod End Face Y Z.9 0- Ports with Dia. Spotface Cap End Face Strokes C & TC are ported on Opposite Sides --0 * = Not vailable.8

22 Pancake Cylinders /" (5) Bore lso See Page.8 Option Specifications Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread,.7mm Bore vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.7. Original Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter B C D E F G H I J K L M T Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter TC TD TE TF TG TH TI TJ TK TL TM Mounting Holes.6mm Diameter Thru 5.9mm C'Bore x.6mm Dp. Places for M SHCS Except Strokes H-M & TH - TM which have two M x.0mm Dp. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. Thread Pitches M = 0.5mm M = 0.7mm M5 = 0.8mm M x.7 Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm.mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. M5 Ports with 9.5mm Dia. Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original & T Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.8. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. V Q N CC7 BF BR BFR -X -O -OP Suffix Options -PM & -SM Clevis Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page... + B See Page.8.5. Note. Note : Hole Diameter =.5 Pin Diameter = Pin (6 Stainless Steel) and Clips are included -PM Port Location IN LINE with Slot -SM Port Location 90 to Slot Suffix Options -EPM & -ESM Eye Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page... + B See Page EPM Port Location IN LINE with Tang.6 -ESM Port Location 90 to Tang Oil filled bushings Oil filled bushing EM-0 Eye Bracket Kit Mates with Clevis Mount above. Order separately..7 Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four /-0 x /" FH(#)M Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.5 Oil filled bushing.6 is standard. PM-0 Clevis Bracket Kit Mates with Eye Mount above. Order separately..7 Dia. Places on Square Pattern for Flat Head Screws. Four /-0 x /" FH(#)M Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting. Hole.5 Pin Pin (6 Stainless Steel) & Clips included. Oil Filled Bushings are Standard. RC-6 Rod Clevis and Pin Threaded Stud mates with Female Rod thread in Pancake Cylinders. Slot & Pin Mate with EM-0 Eye Bracket shown on the right. Materials: Clevis Steel, Black Oxide Stud Steel Pin 6 Stainless Steel Pin & Clips are included Pin Diameter x.5 Optional Met #MRC-6 M x 6.mm EM-0 Eye Bracket Kit Mates RC-6 Rod Clevis shown on the left..7 Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four /-0 x /" FH(#)M Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.885 Oil filled bushing is standard

23 Pancake Cylinders /" (5) Bore lso See Page.8 Option Specifications Suffix Option -RS djustable Retract Stroke vailable on Original and "T" Series with ctions -X, -O, -OP. lso see Option Information on page B -OP only use B as shown on page.8. No additional length is required Suffix Option -NR vailable on Original and "T" Series with ction -O. lso see Option Information on page.8 Suffix Option -MR vailable on Original and "T" Series with ctions -X, -O, -OP. lso see Option Information on page.8 / Hex Nut djusting Screw.0 Stroke djustment Per Revolution Strokes " & Shorter = Max + Stroke Strokes " & Longer = + djustment Standard djustment is ". Nonrotating, Single cting.5 Hex Stainless Steel Piston Rod Male Rod Thread 8- x Suffix Option -F Threaded Nose Mount vailable on Original and "T" Series with ctions -X, -O, -OP. lso see Option Information on page.. Pilot Dia. =.95.9 Pilot Length =.06 + B (for J Strokes);.9 + B (for K, L & M Strokes).6 Dia Dia.. /-0 Dia..0 Dia..56. Thread C ccessory Plated steel nose mounting brackets Must be ordered separately ngled Part Number BRK-0 Flat Part Number BRK J.8 + B K M + B Standard Rod End Brass Clamp F Suffix Option -K Nonrotating, Double cting vailable on Original and "T" Series with ction -X, -O, -OP. Rotational Tolerance with Piston Rod 90 Ref. Fully Retracted (Clamp near Body) is 6 ±. Cylinder is not intended to carry any rotational load. Ground Tool Steel Pin is Guided by Precision Hole in End Cap Clearance in Body for Guide Pin T Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by Magnetic Piston Option Note: lloy steel mounting bolts may effect sensing. Stainless steel or other nonmagnetic bolts are recommended. Profile of Sensor and Keyway Slot for /" bore Pancake. Wire is in-line with slot. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. --0 Wire outlet is in-line with sensor mounting slot # /" (5) Bore #.09" Max Sensors available for D & TD strokes and longer. D J & TD TJ have mounting slots; others have. Strokes D & TD are ported on opposite sides. vailable on Original Series ction Stroke X / D / E 5/ F / G H / I / J K L M Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number vailable on T Series ction Stroke X / TD / TE / TF 5/ TG TH / TI / TJ TK TL TM.0

24 Pancake Cylinders /" (5) Bore Double Rod Standard Specifications ction XDR Original Series Double Rod, Double cting Note : Strokes H M have two #6- x. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.5 Seal Kit = 5-SK Stroke, Inches /6 /8 / /8 / 5/8 / -/ -/ Stroke, Letter B C D E F G H I J K L M B E K Note Note Note Note Note Note Y Z Weight, lb /6 x. Wrench Flat B. K. + Stroke 90. Y 8- x E Female Rod Thread.88 Bolt Circle. Dia. Thru. C'Bore x. Dp both ends for, #6 SHCS HM See Note.5 Rod Dia. Rod End Face Z. Cap End Face 0- Ports with Dia. Spotface Strokes C are ported on Opposite Sides ction ODR Original Series Double Rod, Single cting, Spring Retracted Note : Strokes F K have two #6- x. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.5 Seal Kit = 5-SK Stroke, Inches /6 /8 / /8 / 5/8 / / / Stroke, Letter B C D E F G H I J K B E K Note Note Note Note Note Note Y Z Weight, lb Spring Return Forces, lb. Preload End of Stroke /6 x. Wrench Flat B. K. + Stroke 90. Y 8- x E Female Rod Thread.88 Bolt Circle. Dia. Thru. C'Bore x. Dp both ends for, #6 SHCS HM See Note.5 Rod Dia. Rod End Face Z. Cap End Face 0- Ports with Dia. Spotface Strokes C are ported on Opposite Sides Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by Magnetic Piston Option Profile of Sensor and Keyway Slot for /" bore Pancake. Wire is in-line with slot. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. Note: lloy steel mounting bolts may effect sensing. Stainless steel or other nonmagnetic bolts are recommended. Wire outlet is in-line with sensor mounting slot # /" (5) Bore # Sensors available for D strokes and longer. D J have mounting slots;others have. Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number vailable on Original Series ction Stroke XDR.09" Max / D / E 5/ F / G H / I / J K L M. 0--0

25 Pancake Cylinders /" (5) Bore lso See Page. Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread,.7mm Bore vailable on Original Series with ctions: -XDR, -ODR lso see Option Information on page.7. Stroke mm Stroke Letter B C D E F G H I J K L M Option Specifications Mounting Holes.6mm Diameter Thru 5.9mm C'Bore x.6mm Dp. Places for M SHCS Except Strokes H-M which have two M x.0mm Dp. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. Thread Pitches M = 0.5mm M = 0.7mm M5 = 0.8mm M x.7 Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm.mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. M5 Ports with 9.5mm Dia. Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. V Q N CC7 BF BR BFR 06 -XDR -ODR Suffix Option -MR, -MR, -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original Series with ctions -XDR, -ODR. For Rod End only use MR For Cap End only use MR For Both Ends use MR lso see Option Information on Page.8 8- x Suffix Option -NR Nonrotating, Single cting vailable on Original Series with ction -ODR lso see Option Information on page.8..5 Hex Stainless Steel Piston Rod Suffix Option -F, -F, -F Threaded Nose Mount (See info page.) vailable on Original Series with ctions -XDR, -ODR. For Rod End only use -F /-0 Pilot Dia. =.95 Pilot Length =.06 For Cap End only use -F.9 For Both Ends use -F /-0 Nut. Part No. MC is included. Material: Brass.7 5/ B. + Stroke ccessory Nose Mounting Brackets Order separately Material Plated Steel.6 Dia Dia.. Part No: BRK-0 Dia..0 Dia Part No: BRK-0 Suffix Option -K Nonrotating, Double cting vailable on Original Series with ctions: -XDR, -ODR. Rotational Tolerance with Piston Rod Fully Retracted (Clamp near Body) is ±. Cylinder is not intended to carry any rotational load. 90 Ref J.8 + B K M + B Standard Rod End Brass Clamp Ground Tool Steel Pin is Guided by Precision Hole in End Cap Clearance in Body for Guide Pin. + Stroke --0.

26 Pancake Cylinders /" (7) Bore Model Number Model Number Code Prefix Options Stroke Bore ction Leave blank if none desired TE 7 X Suffix Options MR Metric M See pages.7,.5,.8 Bore /" Code 7 9.mm 7 Grey shading indicates sensors are not available. Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston Option E. Standard Strokes Note : For action XK strokes G are decreased by /8" from those shown (Original Series only). Note : For action XDRK strokes M are decreased by /8" from those shown (Original Series only). Original Series ction X XK O XDR XDRK ODR OP Stroke /6 /8 B B B / C C C /8 D D D / E E E 5/8 F F / G G H H / I I / J J K K L M T Series Includes PTFE piston bearing ction X, XK O OP Stroke /8 TC TC TC / TD TD TD /8 TE TE TE / TF TF 5/8 TG TG TH TH / TI TI / TJ TJ TK TK TL TM ction Single rod Double acting -X Double acting, Nonrotating -XK 50 psi max Single acting, spring retracted -O Single acting, spring extended -OP Double rod Double acting -XDR Double acting, Nonrotating -XDRK 50 psi max Single acting, spring retracted -ODR See pages.5 &.6 for ction Information. See pages. &.7 for Standard Specifications HOW TO ORDER. Under Stroke select letter(s) for desired Series and Stroke.. Under Bore select 7 for /" bore. Seven Other Bore Sizes are vailable Bore Bore Code See page /" /8" /8" " /" " " Under ction select letter(s) for desired action.. Under Prefix & Suffix Options select letter(s) for desired options and add to model number. EXMPLES E-7-X Original Series, /" stroke - /" Bore - Single Rod, Double cting TE-7-X-MR T Series, /8" Stroke - /" Bore - Single Rod, Double cting - Male Rod Thread complete library of cylinder CD drawings is available from your local Fabco-ir Distributor or from the Fabco-ir web site Suffix Options Male rod thread: Single rod -MR Double rod, rod end -MR Double rod, cap end -MR Double rod, both ends -MR Viton seals -V Quad seals -Q External guide, nonrotating for load guiding (See page.65) -G Hex rod nonrotating, single acting models to " stroke only -NR Hole thru double rod shaft : /6" hole 50 psi max -06 Finish: ProCoat (Electroless Nickel) -N Stroke collar: /8" -C /" -C /8" -C /" -C 5/8" -C5 /" -C6 7/8" -C7 Rubber Bumpers: Rod end -BF Cap end -BR Both ends -BFR djustable retract stroke (Over " adjustment add desired length, e.g. -RS) -RS Clevis mount: Ports in-line with slot -PM Ports 90 to slot -SM Eye mount: Ports in-line with tang -EPM Ports 90 to tang -ESM Threaded nose mount: Single rod -F Double rod, rod end -F Double rod, cap end -F Double rod, both ends -F Magnetic piston & sensor mounting slot(s) -E Order sensors separately. See page.. Stroke length determines number of mounting slots. See page.,.6, or.8. See pages.7.5 for general option information and pages.5,.6 &.8 for option specifications of /" bore models. 6--0

27 Pancake Cylinders /" (7) Bore Standard Specifications ction X Double cting Note : Strokes HM & THTM have two #8- x. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =. Pull area =.6 Seal Kits for Series: Original = 7-SK "T" = 7-SKG / x. Wrench Flat B. K x E Female Rod Thread.9 Bolt Circle. Dia. Thru. C'Bore x. Dp. for, #6SHCS HM & THTM. See Note. Rod Dia. Rod End Face Y Z. 0- Ports with Dia. Spotface Cap End Face Strokes D & TCTD are ported on Opposite Sides ction XK Double cting Nonrotating Note : Strokes HM & THTM have two #8- x. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =. Pull area =. Seal Kits for Series: Original = 7-SK-K "T" = 7-SKG-K / x. Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ±. B K x E Female Rod Thread.9 Bolt Circle. Dia. Thru. C'Bore x. Dp. for, #6SHCS HM & THTM. See Note. Rod Dia. Rod End Face Y Z. 0- Ports with Dia. Spotface Cap End Face Strokes CD & TCTD are ported on Opposite Sides Original Series "T" Series Stroke, Inch /6 /8 / /8 / 5/8 / / / /8 / /8 / 5/8 / / Stroke, Letter B C D E F G H I J K L M TC TD TE TF TG TH TI TJ TK TL TM ction X Double cting ction X Double cting B E K Note Note Note Note Note Note Note Note Note Note Note Note Y Z Weight, lb ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating Stroke, Inch /8 / /8 / 5/8 / / B Stroke, Letter C D E F G H I J K L M E.5 Use Strokes & Dimensions under K Note Note Note Note Note Note "T" Series ction XK Double cting Y Z Weight, lb ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted B * * * * E.5.5 " " " " K Note Note Note Note Note Note " " Note Note Note Note Note Note " " Y " " " " Z " " " " Weight,. lb " " " " Preload, lb " " " " End of Stroke, lb " " " " ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended B * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * E " " " " " " " ".5.5 " " " " " " " " K " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " Y " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " Z " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " Weight, lb " " " " " " " ".8.. " " " " " " " " Preload, lb " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " End of Stroke, lb " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " ction O Single cting Spring Retracted Note : Strokes FK & TFTK have two #8- x. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =. See chart for Spring Forces: Preload and End of Stroke. Seal Kits for Series: Original = 7-SK "T" = 7-SKG / x. Wrench Flat B. K x E Female Rod Thread.9 Bolt Circle. Dia. Thru. C'Bore x. Dp. for, #6SHCS FK & TFTK See Note. Rod Dia. Rod End Face Y Z. 0- Ports with Dia. Spotface Cap End Face Strokes C & TC are ported on Opposite Sides ction OP Single cting Spring Extended See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Pull area =.6 See Chart for Spring Forces: Preload & End of Stroke Seal Kits for Series: Original = 7-SK "T" = 7-SKG / x. Wrench Flat B. + Stroke K x E Female Rod Thread.9 Bolt Circle. Dia. Thru. C'Bore x. Dp. for, #6SHCS. Rod Dia. Y Z Rod End Face.9 0- Ports with Dia. Spotface Cap End Face Strokes C & TC are ported on Opposite Sides --0 * = Not vailable.

28 Pancake Cylinders /" (7) Bore lso See Page. Option Specifications Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread, 9.mm Bore vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.7. Original Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter B C D E F G H I J K L M T Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter TC TD TE TF TG TH TI TJ TK TL TM Mounting Holes.mm Diameter Thru 7.mm C'Bore x.6mm Dp. Places for M SHCS Except Strokes H-M and TH-TM which have two M5 x. Dp. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. Thread Pitches M = 0.7mm M5 = 0.8mm M5 x.7 Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm 0.mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M5. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. M5 Ports with 9.5mm Dia. Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original & T Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. V Q N CC7 BF BR BFR -X -XK -O -OP Suffix Options -PM & -SM Clevis Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page... + B See Page..5. Note. Note : Hole Diameter =.5 Pin Diameter = Pin (6 Stainless Steel) and Clips are included -PM Port Location IN LINE with Slot -SM Port Location 90 to Slot Suffix Options -EPM & -ESM Eye Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page... + B See Page EPM Port Location IN LINE with Tang.6 -ESM Port Location 90 to Tang Oil filled bushings Oil filled bushing EM-0 Eye Bracket Kit Mates with Clevis Mount above. Order separately..7 Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four /-0 x /" FH(#)M Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.5 Oil filled bushing.6 is standard. PM-0 Clevis Bracket Kit Mates with Eye Mount above. Order separately..7 Dia. Places on Square Pattern for Flat Head Screws. Four /-0 x /" FH(#)M Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting. Hole.5 Pin Pin (6 Stainless Steel) & Clips included. Oil Filled Bushings are Standard. RC-9 Rod Clevis and Pin Threaded Stud mates with Female Rod thread in Pancake Cylinders. Slot & Pin Mate with EM-0 Eye Bracket shown on the right. Materials: Clevis Steel, Black Oxide Stud Steel Pin 6 Stainless Steel Pin & Clips are included Pin Diameter x.5 Optional Me #MRC-9 M5 x 6.mm EM-0 Eye Bracket Kit Mates RC-9 Rod Clevis shown on the left..7 Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four /-0 x /" FH(#)M Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.885 Oil filled bushing is standard

29 Pancake Cylinders /" (7) Bore lso See Page. Option Specifications Suffix Option -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP. 0- x lso see Option Information on page.8. Suffix Option -RS djustable Retract Stroke vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.. / Hex Nut djusting Screw Suffix Option -F Threaded Nose Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page... 5/8-8 5/8-8 / Hex.0 Stroke djustment Per Revolution.7 Strokes " & Shorter = Max. + Stroke Strokes " & Longer = + djustment.06 + B Standard djustment is " (-OP Only use B as shown on page.. No additional length is required.) Suffix Option -NR Nonrotating, Single cting vailable on Original and T Series with ction -O lso see Option Information on page.8. + B (for J Strokes) (.9 + B for K, L, M Strokes) Pilot Dia. = Pilot Length =.06 ccessory Nose Mounting Brackets Order Separately. Material: Plated Steel ngled Part Number BRK Part No. MC Mounting Nut is included Material: Brass Flat Part Number BRK Dia..6.5 Dia Dia..0 Dia.. Hex Stainless Steel Piston Rod Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by Magnetic Piston Option /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. Note: lloy steel mounting bolts may effect sensing. Stainless steel or other non-magnetic bolts are recommended. # /" (7) Bore # Sensors available for D & TD strokes and longer. D J & TD TJ have mounting slots; others have. Strokes D & TD are ported on opposite sides.." Ref. to 5 wire outlet; Zero stick-out of sensor body Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number vailable on Original Series ction Stroke X, XK / D / E 5/ F / G H / I / J K L M vailable on T Series Stroke ction X, XK / TD / TE / TF 5/ TG TH / TI / TJ TK TL TM Note : For ction XK strokes G are decreased by /8" for those shown for Original Series. There is no decrease in stroke for T Series

30 Pancake Cylinders /" (7) Bore Double Rod Standard Specifications ction XDR Original Series Double Rod, Double cting Note : Strokes H M have two #8- x. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.6 Seal Kit = 7-SK / x. Wrench Flat x E Female Rod Thread.9 Bolt Circle. Dia. Thru. C'Bore x. Dp both ends for, #6 SHCS HM See Note. Rod Dia. Rod End Face Stroke, Inches /6 /8 / /8 / 5/8 / -/ -/ Stroke, Letter B C D E F G H I J K L M B E K Note Note Note Note Note Note Y Z Weight, lb Y Z B K.. + Stroke Cap End Face 0- Ports with Dia. Spotface Strokes C are ported on Opposite Sides ction XDRK Original Series Double Rod, Double cting, Nonrotating Note : Strokes H M have two #8- x. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.5 Seal Kit = 7-SK-K Stroke, Inches /8 / /8 / 5/8 7/8 /8 /8 7/8 7/8 7/8 Stroke, Letter C D E F G H I J K L M B E.5 K Note Note Note Note Note Note Y Z Weight, lb / x. Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ±. B K. + Stroke 90 Y 0- x E Female Rod Thread.9 Bolt Circle. Dia. Thru. C'Bore x. Dp both ends for, #6 SHCS H M See Note. Rod Dia. Rod End Face Z. Cap End Face 0- Port with Dia. Spotface Stroke C is ported on Opposite Sides ction ODR Original Series Double Rod, Single cting, Spring Retracted Note : Strokes F K have two #8- x. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.6 Seal Kit = 7-SK Stroke, Inches /6 /8 / /8 / 5.8 / / / Stroke, Letter B C D E F G H I J K B E K Note Note Note Note Note Note Y Z Weight, lb Spring Return Forces, lb. Preload End of Stroke / x. Wrench Flat. Rod Dia. B. K. + Stroke 90 Y 0- x E Female Rod Thread.9 Bolt Circle. Dia. Thru. C'Bore x. Dp both ends for, #6 SHCS HM See Note Rod End Face Z. Cap End Face 0- Port with Dia. Spotface Strokes C are ported on Opposite Sides.7 --0

31 Pancake Cylinders /" (7) Bore lso See Page. Option Specifications Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread, 9.mm Bore vailable on Original Series with ctions: -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR lso see Option Information on page.7. ction -XDR & -ODR -XDR Stroke mm Stroke Letter B C D E F G H I J K L M ction -XDRK Stroke mm Stroke Letter B C D E F G H I J K L M Mounting Holes.mm Diameter Thru 7.mm C'Bore x.6mm Dp. Places for M SHCS both ends Except Strokes H-M which have two M5 x. Dp Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. Thread Pitches M = 0.7mm M5 = 0.8mm M5 x.7 Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm 0.mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M5. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown M5 Ports with 9.5mm Dia. Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.7. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. Suffix Option -MR, -MR, -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original Series with ctions -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR. For Rod End only use MR 0- x For Cap End only use MR For Both Ends use MR lso see Option Information on Page.8 V Q N CC7 BF BR BFR 06 -XDR -XDRK -ODR Suffix Option -NR Nonrotating, Single cting vailable on Original Series with ctions: -ODR lso see Option Information on page.8.. Hex Stainless Steel Piston Rod Suffix Option -F, -F, -F Threaded Nose Mount vailable on Original Series with ctions -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR. For Rod End only use -F For Cap End only use -F For Both Ends use -F lso see Option Information on page. Part No. MC Mounting Nut is included Material: Brass 5/ / Hex.5. 5/8-8 Pilot Dia. =.60 Pilot Length = B. + Stroke ccessory Nose Mounting Brackets Order Separately. Material Plated Steel BRK Dia..6.5 Dia BRK Dia..0 Dia. Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by Magnetic Piston Option /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. Note: lloy steel mounting bolts may effect sensing. Stainless steel or other nonmagnetic bolts are recommended. # /" (7) Bore # Sensors available for D strokes and longer. D J have mounting slots; others have.." Ref. to 5 wire outlet; Zero stick-out of sensor body Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number vailable on Original Series ction Stroke XDR, XDRK / D / E 5/ F / G H / I / J K L M Note : For ction XDRK strokes M are decreased by /8" for those shown for Original Series

32 Pancake Cylinders /8" () Bore Model Number Model Number Code Prefix Options Stroke Bore ction Leave blank if none desired D X Suffix Options MR Metric M See pages.7,. &. Bore Code /8" 8.5mm T Series HOW TO ORDER Sound limiters: Rod end -LF Includes PTFE. Under Stroke select letter(s) for desired Series Cap end -LR piston bearing and Stroke. Both ends -LFR X. Under Bore select for /8" bore. Rubber Bumpers: Rod end -BF ction XK O OP Seven Other Bore Sizes are vailable Cap end -BR Both ends -BFR Stroke Bore Bore Code See page /6 TB TB TB /" djustable extend stroke (Full stroke adjustment is standard) -S /8 TC TC TC /" /8 TD* TD TD 5 /8" djustable retract stroke (Over " " adjustment add desired length, e.g. -RS) -RS 5/8 TX TX TX 7/8 TE TE TE /" Clevis mount: Ports in-line with slot -PM /8 TF TF TF " Ports 90 to slot -SM /8 TG TG TG " Eye mount: Ports in-line with tang -EPM 5/8 TH TH Ports 90 to tang -ESM. Under ction select letter(s) for desired action. 7/8 TI TI Threaded nose mount: Single rod -F 7/8 TJ. Under Prefix & Suffix Options Double rod, rod end -F 7/8 TK select letter(s) for desired options Double rod, cap end -F and add to model number. Double rod, both ends -F Grey shading EXMPLES Magnetic piston & sensor mounting slot(s) -E indicates sensors are Order sensors separately. See page.. not available. D--X Stroke length determines number of mounting Strokes are NOT Original Series, /" stroke - /8" Bore - slots. See page.,.,. affected by magnetic Single Rod, Double cting piston Option E TD--X-MR See pages..5 for general option T Series, /8" Stroke - /8" Bore - information and pages.,. &. for * Note Sensors not available: Single Rod, Double cting - Male Rod Thread option specifications of /8" bore models. D--XK, TD--XK, D--XDRK complete library of cylinder CD drawings is available from your local Fabco-ir Distributor or from the Fabco-ir web site Standard Strokes Original Series ction X XK O XDR XDRK ODR OP Stroke /8 /6 B B B / C C C / D* D D / X X X E E E / F F F / G G G / H H I I J K ction Single rod Double acting -X Double acting, Nonrotating Internal guide pins - 50 psi max -XK Single acting, spring retracted -O Single acting, spring extended -OP Double rod Double acting -XDR Double acting, Nonrotating Internal guide pins - 50 psi max -XDRK Single acting, spring retracted -ODR See pages.5 &.6 for ction Information. See pages.0 &. for Standard Specifications Suffix Options Male rod thread: Single rod Double rod, rod end Double rod, cap end Double rod, both ends PTFE seals -T Viton seals -V Quad seals -Q External guide, nonrotating for load guiding (See page.65) -G Hydraulic: Standard cover -H Hole thru double rod shaft: /8" hole - Plus size: 5/" hole psi max Finish: ProCoat (Electroless Nickel) -N Stroke collar: /8" -C /" -C /8" -C /" -C 5/8" -C5 /" -C6 7/8" -C7 -MR -MR -MR -MR 6--0

33 Pancake Cylinders -/8" () Bore Single Rod Standard Specifications ction X Double cting Note : Strokes J, K, TJ, & TK have two #0- x Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.99 Pull area =.80 Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK "T" = -SKG 7/6 x. Wrench Flat.99 5/6- x E Female Rod Thread.69 Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS J, K, TJ & TK See Note 90 Rod Dia. Rod End Face. Y B Z K. /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes D & TBTD are Ported on Opposite Sides ction XK Double cting Nonrotating Note : Strokes J, K, TJ, & TK have two #0- x Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.97 Pull area =.78 Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK-K "T" = -SKG-K 7/6 x. Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ± B. K /6- x E Female Rod Thread.69 Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS J, K, TJ & TK See Note Rod Dia. Rod End Face Y Z. /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes D & TBTD are Ported on Opposite Sides Original Series "T" Series Stroke, Inches /8 /6 / / / / / / /6 /8 /8 5/8 7/8 /8 /8 5/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 Stroke, Letter B C D X E F G H I J K TB TC TD TX TE TF TG TH TI TJ TK ction X Double cting ction X Double cting B E K Note Note Note Note Y Z Weight, lb ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating B E K Note Note Note Note Y Z Weight, lb ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted B * * * * E " " " " K Note Note " " Note Note " " Y Rod End Face Vent " " Rod End Face Vent " " Z " " " " Weight,. lb " " " " Preload, lb " " " " End of Stroke, lb " " " " ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended B * * * * * * * * E " " " " " " " " K " " " " " " " " Y " " " " " " " " Z " " " " " " " " Weight, lb " " " " " " " " Preload, lb " " " " " " " " End of Stroke, lb " " " " " " " " N/* = Not vailable ction O Single cting Spring Retracted Note : Strokes H, I, TH & TI have two #0- x Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.99 See chart for Spring Forces: Preload and End of Stroke. Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK "T" = -SKG 7/6 x. Wrench Flat Rod Dia. Rod End Face. B K /8 NPT Y 5/6- x E Female Rod Thread.69 Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS H, I, TH & TI See Note.0 Rod End Vent Strokes D & TBTD Z Rod End Vent Strokes XI & TXTI. Cap End Face ction OP Single cting Spring Extended See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Pull area =.80 See Chart for Spring Forces: Preload & End of Stroke Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK "T" = -SKG 7/6 x. Wrench Flat B Stroke K.99 Y 5/6- x E Female Rod Thread.69 Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS Rod Dia. Rod End Face /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes D & TBTD are Ported on Opposite Sides Z -5-0 * = Not vailable.0

34 Pancake Cylinders -/8" () Bore lso See Pg..0 Option Specifications Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread, 8.5mm Bore vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.7. Original Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter B C D X E F G H I J K T Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter TB TC TD TX TE TF TG TH TI TJ TK Mounting Holes 5.mm Diameter Thru 8.8mm C'Bore x 5.mm Dp. Places for M5 SHCS Except strokes J, K, TJ & TK which have two M5 x.0mm Dp. Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. Thread Pitches M5 = 0.8mm M8 =.5mm M8 x 9.0 Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm.8mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M8. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. G/8 Ports with mm Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original and T Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.0. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. Suffix Options -PM & -SM Clevis Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page B See Page Note Note : Hole Diameter =.5 Pin Diameter =.5 Pin (6 Stainless Steel) and Clips are included -PM Port Location IN LINE with Slot -SM Port Location 90 to Slot T V Q H N CC7 LF LR LFR BF BR BFR -X -XK -O -OP Suffix Options -EPM & -ESM Eye Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page B See Page EPM Port Location IN LINE with Tang.00 -ESM Port Location 90 to Tang Oil filled bushings Oil filled bushing EM- Eye Bracket Kit Mates with Clevis Mount above. Order separately..7 Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four /-0 x /" FH(#)M Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.5 Oil filled bushing is standard.69 PM- Clevis Bracket Kit Mates with Eye Mount above. Order separately..7 Dia. Places on Square Pattern for Flat Head Screws. Four /-0 x /" FH(#)M Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting.69 Hole.5 Pin.5 Pin (6 Stainless Steel) & Clips are included. Oil Filled Bushings are Standard. RC- Rod Clevis and Pin Threaded Stud mates with Female Rod thread in Pancake Cylinders. Slot & Pin Mate with EM-0 Eye Bracket shown on the right. Materials: Clevis Steel, Black Oxide Stud Steel Pin 6 Stainless Steel Pin & Clips are included Pin Diameter /6- Optional Metric #MRC- M8 x 9.7mm EM-0 Eye Bracket Kit Mates RC- Rod Clevis shown on the left..7 Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four /-0 x /" FH(#)M Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.5 Oil filled bushing is standard

35 Pancake Cylinders -/8" () Bore lso See Pg..0 Option Specifications Suffix Option -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP. 5/6- x 0 lso see Option Information on page.8. Suffix Option -RS djustable Retract Stroke vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.. 9/6 Hex Nut djusting Screw.0 Stroke djustment Per Revolution.7 Strokes " & Shorter = Max. + Stroke Strokes " & Longer = + djustment. + B Standard djustment is " (-OP Only Use B as shown on page.0. No additional length is required.) Suffix Option -F Threaded Nose Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP - lso see Option Information on page B /8 Hex.9 Part No Mounting Nut is included Material: Zinc Plated Steel Pilot Dia. = Pilot Length =. Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston. Note: lloy steel mounting bolts may effect sensing. Stainless steel or other nonmagnetic bolts are recommended. /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. /8" () Bore # 0 0 # Sensors available for D & TD strokes and longer. D F & TD TF have mounting slots; others have. Strokes D & TB TD are ported on opposite sides. Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number vailable on Original Series ction Stroke X XK / D Not vailable / X X E E / F F / G G / H H I I J J K K vailable on T Series ction Stroke X XK / TD ---- Not vailable 5/ TX TX 7/ TE TE / TF TF / TG TG 5/ TH TH 7/ TI TI 7/ TJ TJ 7/ TK TK Suffix Option -S djustable Extend Stroke vailable on Original Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O lso see Option Information on page.. BB D C E Stroke Inches /8 /6 / / / -/ -/ -/ Stroke Letter B C D X E F G H I J K ctions: -X, -XK BB ctions:-o BB C D E Dia.. Dia..050 Stroke djustment Per Revolution --0.

36 Pancake Cylinders -/8" () Bore Double Rod Standard Specifications ction XDR Original Series Double Rod, Double cting Note : Strokes J & K have two #0- x Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.80 Seal Kit = -SK 7/6 x. Wrench Flat /6- x E Female Rod Thread.69 Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS J & K See Note Rod Dia. Rod End Face Y Stroke, Inches /8 /6 / / / / / / B Z K.7 Stroke, Letter B C D X E F G H I J K B E K Note Note. + Stroke Cap End Face Y Z /8 NPT Weight, lb Strokes D are Ported on Opposite Sides ction XDRK Original Series Double Rod, Double cting, Nonrotating Note : Strokes J & K have two #0- x Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.78 Seal Kit = -SK-K 7/6 x. Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ± /6- x E Female Rod Thread.69 Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS J & K See Note Rod Dia. Rod End Face Stroke, Inches /8 /6 / / / / / / Stroke, Letter B C D X E F G H I J K B E K Note Note Y Z Weight, lb Y B Z K.7. + Stroke Cap End Face /8 NPT Strokes D are Ported on Opposite Sides ction ODR Original Series Double Rod, Single cting, Spring Retracted Note : Strokes H & I have two #0- x Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.80 Seal Kit = -SK Stroke, Inches /8 /6 / / / / / / Stroke, Letter B C D X E F G H I B E K Note Note Y Rod End Vent Face Z Weight, lb Spring Return Forces, lb. Preload End of Stroke /6 x. Wrench Flat Rod Dia. B. K. + Stroke /8 NPT 5/6- x E Female Rod Thread.69 Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS H & I See Note.0 Rod End Vent Strokes D Rod End Face Rod End Vent Strokes X I Y Z.7 Cap End Face. --0

37 Pancake Cylinders -/8" () Bore lso See Pg.. Option Specifications Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread, 50.8mm Bore vailable on Original Series with ctions: -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR lso see Option Information on page.7. Stroke mm Stroke Letter B C D X E F G H I J K Mounting Holes 5.mm Diameter Thru 8.8mm C'Bore x 5.mm Dp. Places for M5 SHCS Except strokes J & K which have two M5 x.0mm Dp Tapped Mounting Holes on each end. Thread Pitches M5 = 0.8mm M8 =.5mm.8mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M8. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. M8 x 9.0 Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm G/8 Ports with mm Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. T V Q H N CC7 LF LR LFR BF BR BFR 6 -XDR -XDRK -ODR Suffix Options -MR, -MR, -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original Series with ctions -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR. For Rod End only use MR For Cap End only use MR For Both Ends use MR lso see Option Information on Page.8. 5/6- x 0 Suffix Options -F, -F, -F Threaded Nose Mount vailable on Original Series with ctions -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR. For Rod End only use -F For Cap End only use -F For Both Ends use -F lso see Option Information page Pilot Dia. = Pilot Length = /8 Hex B. + Stroke Part No Mounting Nut is included Material: Zinc Plated Steel Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Sensors Must Be Ordered Separately Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston. See Sensor Models vailable page. /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. --0 Note: lloy steel mounting bolts may effect sensing. Stainless steel or other nonmagnetic bolts are recommended. /8" () Bore # 0 0 # Sensors available for D strokes and longer. D F have mounting slots; others have. Strokes D are ported on opposite sides. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number vailable on Original Series ction Stroke XDR XDRK / D Not vailable / X X E E / F F / G G / H H I I J J K K.

38 Pancake Cylinders 5/8" () Bore Model Number Model Number Code Prefix Options Stroke Bore ction Leave blank if none desired Suffix Options D X MR Metric M See pages.7,.7 &.0 Bore 5/8" Code.mm Standard Strokes Original Series X ction XK XDR O XDRK ODR OP Stroke /8 / * / B B B / C C C D D D / E E F G H T Series Includes PTFE piston bearing ction X XK O OP Stroke / TB TB TB / TC TC TC / TD TD TD / TE TE / TF / TG / TH Grey shading indicates sensors are not available. Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston Option E *Note Sensors not available: --XK --XDRK ction Single rod Double acting -X Double acting, Nonrotating Internal guide pins - 50 psi max -XK Single acting, spring retracted -O Single acting, spring extended -OP Double rod Double acting -XDR Double acting, Nonrotating Internal guide pins - 50 psi max -XDRK Single acting, spring retracted -ODR See pages.5 &.6 for ction Information. See pages.6 &.9 for Standard Specifications HOW TO ORDER. Under Stroke select letter(s) for desired Series and Stroke.. Under Bore select for 5/8" bore. Seven Other Bore Sizes are vailable Bore Bore Code See page /" /" /8" " /" " " Under ction select letter(s) for desired action.. Under Prefix & Suffix Options select letter(s) for desired options and add to model number. EXMPLES B--X Original Series, /" stroke - 5/8" Bore - Single Rod, Double cting TC--O-MR T Series, /" Stroke - 5/8" Bore - Single Rod, Spring Retract - Male Rod Thread Suffix Options Male rod thread: Single rod -MR Double rod, rod end -MR Double rod, cap end -MR Double rod, both ends -MR PTFE seals -T Viton seals -V Quad seals -Q External guide, nonrotating for load guiding (See page.65) -G Hydraulic: Standard cover Thick cover -H -HHC ir service: Thick cover -HC / NPT ports -P Hole thru double rod shaft: /8" hole - Plus size: /" hole psi max Finish: ProCoat (Electroless Nickel) -N Stroke collar: /8" -C /" -C /8" -C /" -C 5/8" -C5 /" -C6 7/8" -C7 Sound limiters: Rod end -LF Cap end -LR Both ends -LFR Rubber Bumpers: Rod end -BF Cap end -BR Both ends -BFR djustable extend stroke (Full stroke adjustment is standard) -S djustable retract stroke (Over " adjustment add desired length, e.g. -RS) -RS Clevis mount: Ports in-line with slot Ports 90 to slot -PM -SM Eye mount: Ports in-line with tang Ports 90 to tang -EPM -ESM Threaded nose mount: Single rod -F Double rod, rod end -F Double rod, cap end -F Double rod, both ends -F Magnetic piston & sensor mounting slot(s) -E Order sensors separately. See page.. Stroke length determines number of mounting slots. See page.,,.0 See pages..5 for general option information. and pages.7, &.0 for option specifications of 5/8" bore models. complete library of cylinder CD drawings is available from your local Fabco-ir Distributor or from the Fabco-ir web site

39 Pancake Cylinders -5/8" () Bore Single Rod Standard Specifications ction X Double cting / x. Wrench Flat /8- x E Female Rod Thread Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS.6 Rod Dia. Rod End Face ction XK Double cting Nonrotating / x. Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ± /8- x E Female Rod Thread Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS.6 Rod Dia. Rod End Face See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.07 Pull area =.76 Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK "T" = -SKG B K Y Z /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes are Ported on Opposite Sides. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.0 Pull area =.70 Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK-K "T" = -SKG-K B K Y Z /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes are Ported on Opposite Sides.5 Original Series "T" Series Stroke, Inches /8 / / / / / / / / / / / Stroke, Letter B C D E F G H TB TC TD TE TF TG TH ction X Double cting ction X Double cting B E K Y Z Weight, lb ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating B E K Y Z Weight, lb ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted B * * * * * * E..6.6 * * *.6.6 * * * K * * * * * * Y Rod End Face Vent.5 * * * Rod End Face Vent.5 * * * Z * * * * * * Weight,. lb * * * * * * Preload, lb * * * * * * End of Stroke, lb * * * * * * ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended B * * * * * * * * E..6.6 * * * *.6.6 * * * * K * * * *.8.07 * * * * Y * * * * * * * * Z * * * * * * * * Weight, lb * * * * * * * * Preload, lb * * * * * * * * End of Stroke, lb * * * * * * * * ction O Single cting / x. Spring Retracted Wrench Flat.6 Rod Dia. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.07 See Chart for Spring Forces: Preload & End of Stroke Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK "T" = -SKG --0 Rod End Face B. K /8 NPT 90.7 Y Z Cap End Face /8- x E Female Rod Thread Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS.66 Rod End Vent Strokes -D & TB - TD Rod End Vent Strokes E & TE. ction OP Single cting Spring Extended See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Pull area =.76 See Chart for Spring Forces: Preload & End of Stroke Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK "T" = -SKG B / x. Wrench Flat. + Stroke K 90.7 /8- x E Female Rod Thread Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS Y.6 Rod Dia. Z /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes are Ported on Opposite Sides * = Not vailable Rod End Face For Strokes -C = D =.6 TB-TC = TD =.6.6

40 Pancake Cylinders -5/8" () Bore lso See Page.6 Option Specifications Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread,.mm Bore vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.7. Original Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter B C D E F G H T Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter TB TC TD TE TF TG TH Mounting Holes 5.mm Diameter Thru 8.8mm C'Bore x 5.mm Dp. Places for M5 SHCS Thread Pitches M5 = 0.8mm M0 =.5mm Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm M0 x. 60.mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M0. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. G/8 Ports with mm Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original and T Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.6. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. T V Q H N CC7 LF LR LFR BF BR BFR P -X -XK -O -OP Suffix Options -PM & -SM Clevis Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.. Suffix Options -EPM & -ESM Eye Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.. Chart lso see page Note.69 ction -X, -O -XK -OP -OP.5.8 Chart Dimension ll Strokes.88 + B ll Strokes + B -C Strokes.9 + B D Stroke.8 + B -PM Port Location IN LINE with Slot Note : Hole Diameter =.76 Pin Diameter = 0 -SM Port Location 90 to Slot Pin (6 Stainless Steel) & Clips are included Chart lso see page ction -X, -O -XK -OP -OP Oil filled bushing Chart Dimension ll Strokes.88 + B ll Strokes + B -C Strokes.9 + B D Stroke.8 + B -EPM Port Location IN LINE with Tang.5 -ESM Port Location 90 to Tang Oil filled bushings EM- Eye Bracket Kit Mates with Clevis Mount shown above. Order separately..7 Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four /-0 x " FHSCS Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.76 Oil filled bushing. is standard PM- Clevis Bracket Kit Mates with Eye Mount shown above. Order separately Dia. Places on Square Pattern for Flat Head Screws. Four /-0 x " FHSCS Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting.69 Hole.76 Pin 0 Pin (6 Stainless Steel) & Clips included. Oil Filled Bushings are Standard. RC-8 Rod Clevis and Pin Threaded Stud mates with Female Rod thread in Pancake Cylinders. Slot & Pin Mate with. EM- Eye Bracket shown on the right. Materials: Clevis Steel, Black Oxide Stud Steel Pin 6 Stainless Steel Pin & Clips are included Pin Diameter.5 /8- x.7 Optional Metric #MRC-8 M0 x 9. EM- Eye Bracket Kit Mates RC-8 Rod Clevis shown on the left..7 Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four /-0 x /" FH(#)M Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.5 Oil filled bushing is standard

41 Pancake Cylinders -5/8" () Bore lso See Page.6 Option Specifications Suffix Options -HHC Hydraulic & -HC ir vailable on Original and T Series with ction -X, -O. lso see Option Information. + B on page.9 for Pressure. + K and Mounting details..5 Suffix Option -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP. /8- x 0.88 lso see Option Information on page.8. Suffix Option -RS djustable Retract Stroke vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.. /6 Hex Nut djusting Screw.050 Stroke djustment Per Revolution Suffix Option -F Threaded Nose Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information / - on page / /8 Hex.5 Part No Mounting Nut is included Material: Zinc Plated Steel.9 Strokes " & Shorter = Max. + Stroke Strokes " & Longer = + djustment. + B Standard djustment is " (-XK Only Use B as shown on page.6. No additional length is required.) (-OP Only Use B as shown on page.6. No additional length is required.) B Pilot Dia. =.5 Pilot Length =. Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) 5/8" () Bore Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. # 5 5 # Sensors available for & TB strokes and longer. D & TB TD have mounting slots; others have. Strokes are ported on opposite sides. vailable on Original Series ction Stroke X XK / Not vailable / B B / C C D D / E E F F G G H H vailable on T Series Stroke ction X, XK / TB / TC / TD / TE / TF / TG / TH Suffix Option -S djustable Extend Stroke vailable on Original Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O lso see Option Information on page.. BB D C E Stroke Inches /8 / / / -/ Stroke Letter B C D E F G H ctions: -X, -XK BB ctions:-o BB C D E Dia.. Dia..050 Stroke djustment Per Revolution --0

42 Pancake Cylinders -5/8" () Bore Double Rod Standard Specifications ction XDR Original Series Double Rod, Double cting See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.76 Seal Kit = -SK Stroke, Inches /8 / / / / Stroke, Letter B C D E F G H B E..6.6 K Y Z Weight, lb / x. Wrench Flat B. K. + Stroke 90.7 /8- x E Female Rod Thread Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS.6 Rod Dia. /8 NPT Strokes are Ported on Opposite Sides Y Rod End Face Z Cap End Face.60 ction XDRK Original Series Double Rod, Double cting, Nonrotating See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.70 Seal Kit = -SK-K Stroke, Inches /8 / / / / Stroke, Letter B C D E F G H B E..6.6 K Y Z Weight, lb / x. Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ± B. K. + Stroke 90.7 /8- x E Female Rod Thread Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS.6 Rod Dia. Rod End Face /8 NPT Strokes are Ported on Opposite Sides Y Z Cap End Face.60 ction ODR Original Series Double Rod, Single cting, Spring Retracted See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.76 Seal Kit = -SK Stroke, Inches /8 / / / / Stroke, Letter B C D E B E..6.6 K Y Rod End Vent Face.5 Z Weight, lb Spring Return Forces, lb. Preload End of Stroke / x. Wrench Flat.6 Rod Dia. B. K. + Stroke 90.7 /8- x E Female Rod Thread Bolt Circle.0 Dia. Thru. C'Bore x.9 Dp. for, #0 SHCS.66 Rod End Vent Strokes D Rod End Face Rod End Vent Stroke E Y Z.60 Cap End Face.9 /8 NPT --0

43 Pancake Cylinders -5/8" () Bore lso See Page.9 Option Specifications Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread,.mm Bore vailable on Original Series with ctions: -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR lso see Option Information on page.7. Mounting Holes 5.mm Diameter Thru 8.8mm C'Bore x 5.mm Dp. Places for M5 SHCS Thread Pitches M5 = 0.8mm M0 =.5mm 60.mm Bolt Circle Stroke mm Stroke Letter B C D E F G H Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm M0 x. Standard Female Rod Thread M0. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. G/8 Ports with mm Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.9. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. T V Q H N CC7 LF LR LFR BF BR BFR P 5 -XDR -XDRK -ODR Suffix Options -MR, -MR, -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original Series with ctions -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR. For Rod End only use MR For Cap End only use MR For Both Ends MR lso see Option Information on Page.8. /8- x 0.88 Suffix Options -F, -F, -F Threaded Nose Mount vailable on Original Series / - with ctions -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR. For Rod End only use -F For Cap End only use -F.99 For Both Ends use -F lso see Option Information on page B Pilot Dia. =.5. + Stroke Pilot Length =. / /8 Hex.5 Part No Mounting Nut is included Material: Zinc Plated Steel Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston. 5/8" () Bore Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. # 5 5 # Sensors available for strokes and longer. D have mounting slots; others have. Strokes are ported on opposite sides. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number vailable on Original Series ction Stroke XDR XDRK / Not vailable / B B / C C D D / E E F F G G H H -0.0

44 Pancake Cylinders " () Bore Model Number Model Number Code Prefix Options Stroke Bore ction Leave blank if none desired D X Suffix Options MR Metric M See pages.7,. &.6 Bore Code " 50.8mm Standard Strokes Original Series X ction XK XDR O XDRK ODR OP Stroke /8 B B B / /8 / B B B / C C C D D D / E E F G H T Series Includes PTFE piston bearing X ction XK O OP Stroke /8 T T T / TB TB TB / TC TC TC / TD TD TD / TE TE / TF / TG / TH Grey shading indicates sensors are not available. Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston Option E ction Single rod Double acting -X Double acting, Nonrotating Internal guide pins - 50 psi max -XK Single acting, spring retracted -O Single acting, spring extended -OP Double rod Double acting -XDR Double acting, Nonrotating Internal guide pins - 50 psi max -XDRK Single acting, spring retracted -ODR See pages.5 &.6 for ction Information. See pages. &.5 for Standard Specifications HOW TO ORDER. Under Stroke select letter(s) for desired Series and Stroke.. Under Bore select for " bore. Seven Other Bore Sizes are vailable Bore Bore Code See page /" /" /8" /8" /" " " Under ction select letter(s) for desired action.. Under Prefix & Suffix Options select letter(s) for desired options and add to model number. EXMPLES B--X Original Series, /" stroke - " Bore - Single Rod, Double cting TD--X-MR T Series, /" Stroke - " Bore - Single Rod, Double cting - Male Rod Thread Suffix Options Male rod thread: Single rod -MR Double rod, rod end -MR Double rod, cap end -MR Double rod, both ends -MR PTFE seals -T Viton seals -V Quad seals -Q External guide, nonrotating for load guiding (See page.65) -G Hydraulic: Standard cover Thick cover -H -HHC ir service: Thick cover -HC / NPT ports -P Hole thru double rod shaft: 5 /" hole -6 Plus size 5 /6" hole - 50 psi max Finish: ProCoat (Electroless Nickel) -N Stroke collar: /8" -C /" -C /8" -C /" -C 5/8" -C5 /" -C6 7/8" -C7 Sound limiters: Rod end -LF Cap end -LR Both ends -LFR Rubber Bumpers: Rod end -BF Cap end -BR Both ends -BFR djustable extend stroke (Full stroke adjustment is standard) -S djustable retract stroke (Over " adjustment add desired length, e.g. -RS) -RS Clevis mount: Ports in-line with slot Ports 90 to slot -PM -SM Eye mount: Ports in-line with tang Ports 90 to tang -EPM -ESM Magnetic piston & sensor mounting slot(s) -E Order sensors separately. See page.. Stroke length determines number of mounting slots. See page.,.,.6 See pages..5 for general option information and pages.,. &.6 for option specifications of " bore models. complete library of cylinder CD drawings is available from your local Fabco-ir Distributor or from the Fabco-ir web site

45 Pancake Cylinders " () Bore Single Rod Standard Specifications ction X Double cting 5/8 x. Wrench Flat. 7. /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS Rod Dia. Rod End Face ction XK Double cting Nonrotating 5/8 x. Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ±. 7. /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS Rod Dia. Rod End Face See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =. Pull area =.70 Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK "T" = -SKG B K Y Z. /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes B & T are Ported on Opposite Sides See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.9 Pull area = Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK-K "T" = -SKG-K B K Y Z.5 /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes B & T are Ported on Opposite Sides Original Series "T" Series Stroke, Inches /8 / /8 / / / /8 / / / / / / / Stroke, Letter B B C D E F G H T TB TC TD TE TF TG TH ction X Double cting ction X Double cting B E K Y Z Weight, lb ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating B E K Y Z Weight, lb ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted B * * * * * * E * * * * * * K * * * * * * Y Rod End Face Vent.5 * * * Rod End Face Vent.5 * * * Z * * * * * * Weight,. lb * * * * * * Preload, lb * * * * * * End of Stroke, lb * * * * * * ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended B * * * * * * * * E * * * * * * * * K * * * * * * * * Y * * * * * * * * Z * * * * * * * * Weight, lb * * * * * * * * Preload, lb * * * * * * * * End of Stroke, lb * * * * * * * * ction O Single cting 5/8 x. Spring Retracted Wrench Flat Rod Dia. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =. See Chart for Spring Forces: Preload & End of Stroke Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK "T" = -SKG --0 Rod End Face B. K /8 NPT 7. /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS Y Z Cap End Face.7 Rod End Vent Strokes B-D & T - TD Rod End Vent Strokes E & TE. ction OP 5/8 x. Single cting Wrench Flat Spring Extended See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. B Pull area =.70 See Chart for Spring Forces: Preload & End of Stroke Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK "T" = -SKG. + Stroke K 7. Y /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS Rod Dia. /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes B & T are Ported on Opposite Sides Z Rod End Face * = Not vailable Strokes B-C = D =.6 T-TC = TD =.6.

46 Pancake Cylinders " () Bore lso See Page. Option Specifications Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread, 50.8mm Bore vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.7. Mounting Holes 6.7mm Diameter Thru 0.mm C'Bore x 6.mm Dp. Places for M6 SHCS Thread Pitches M6 =.0mm M = mm 7.mm Bolt Circle Original Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter B B C D E F G H T Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter T TB TC TD TE TF TG TH Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm M x 5. Standard Female Rod Thread M. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. G/8 Ports with mm Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original and T Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. Suffix Options -PM & -SM Clevis Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.. Chart lso see page Note Oil filled bushings Chart ction Dimension -X, -O ll Strokes.88 + B -XK ll Strokes + B -OP B-C Strokes.9 + B -OP D Stroke.8 + B -PM Port Location IN LINE with Slot Note : Hole Diameter =.76 Pin Diameter = 0 -SM Port Location 90 to Slot Pin (6 Stainless Steel) & Clips are included T V Q H N CC7 LF LR LFR BF BR BFR P -X -XK -O -OP Suffix Options -EPM & -ESM Eye Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.. Chart lso see page Oil filled bushing ction -X, -O -XK -OP -OP Chart Dimension ll Strokes.88 + B ll Strokes + B B-C Strokes.9 + B D Stroke.8 + B -EPM Port Location IN LINE with Tang.5 -ESM Port Location 90 to Tang EM- Eye Bracket Kit Mates with Clevis Mount above. Order separately..7 Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four /-0 x " FHSCS Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.76 Oil filled bushing. is standard PM- Clevis Bracket Kit Mates with Eye Mount above. Order separately Dia. Places on Square Pattern for Flat Head Screws. Four /-0 x " FHSCS Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.76 Pin 0 Pin (6 Stainless Steel) & Clips included. Oil Filled Bushings are Standard. RC-Chart Rod Clevis and Pin Threaded Stud mates with Female Rod thread in the Pancake Cylinders. Slot and Pin Mate with EM- Eye Bracket shown on the right. Materials: Clevis Steel, Black Oxide Stud Steel Pin 6 Stainless Steel Pin & Clips are included Pin Diameter.5 CHRT /-0 x Thread Length Metric M x Thread Length Rod Clevis Number RC-5 RC-56 Strokes B H Thread Length.9".6" MRC-5 MRC-56 MBM 9.9mm MMH 5.7mm EM- Eye Bracket Kit Mates with any Rod Clevis shown on the left..7 Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four /-0 x /" FH(#)M Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.5 Oil filled bushing.5 is standard

47 Pancake Cylinders " () Bore lso See Page. Option Specifications Suffix Option -HHC Hydraulic & -HC ir vailable on Original and T Series with ction -X, -O. lso see Option Information on page.9 for Pressure and Mounting details.. + B. + K.5 Suffix Option -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP. /-0 x.00 lso see Option Information on page.8. Suffix Option -RS djustable Retract Stroke vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.. /6 Hex Nut djusting Screw.050 Stroke djustment Per Revolution.9 Strokes " & Shorter = Max. + Stroke Strokes " & Longer = + djustment. + B Standard djustment is " (-XK Only use B as shown on page.. No additional length is required.) (-OP Only use B as shown on page.. No additional length is required.) Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston. /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. " () Bore 7 # 5 5 # Sensors available for & T strokes and longer. D & T TD have mounting slots; others have. Strokes B & T are ported on opposite sides. Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number vailable on Original Series ction Stroke X, XK / / / B / C D / E F G H vailable on T Series ction Stroke X, XK / T / TB / TC / TD / TE / TF / TG / TH Suffix Option -S djustable Extend Stroke vailable on Original Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O lso see Option Information on page.. BB D C E Stroke Inches /8 / /8 / / -/ Stroke Letter B B C D E F G H ctions: -X, -XK BB ctions:-o BB C D E Dia..00 Dia..06 Stroke djustment Per Revolution --0.

48 Pancake Cylinders " () Bore Double Rod Standard Specifications ction XDR Original Series Double Rod, Double cting See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.70 Seal Kit = -SK 5/8 x. Wrench Flat. 7. /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS Rod Dia. Rod End Face Stroke, Inches /8 / /8 / / -/ Stroke, Letter B B C D E F G H B E K Y Z Weight, lb B K. + Stroke /8 NPT Strokes B are Ported on Opposite Sides Y Z Cap End Face ction XDRK Original Series Double Rod, Double cting, Nonrotating See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.5 Seal Kit = -SK-K 5/8 x. Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ±. 7. /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS Rod Dia. Rod End Face Stroke, Inches /8 / /8 / / -/ Stroke, Letter B B C D E F G H B E K Y Z Weight, lb B K. + Stroke /8 NPT Strokes B are Ported on Opposite Sides Y Z Cap End Face ction ODR Original Series Double Rod, Single cting, Spring Retracted See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.70 Seal Kit = -SK Stroke, Inches /8 / /8 / / -/ Stroke, Letter B B C D E B E K Y Rod End Face Vent.5 Z Weight, lb Spring Return Forces, lb. Preload End of Stroke /8 x. Wrench Flat.7 Rod End Vent Strokes B D B /8 NPT. K. + Stroke 7. /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS Y Rod Dia. Rod End Face Rod End Vent Stroke E Z Cap End Face.5 --0

49 Pancake Cylinders " () Bore lso See Page.5 Option Specifications Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread, 50.8mm Bore vailable on Original Series with ctions: -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR lso see Option Information on page.7. Stroke mm Stroke Letter B B C D E F G H Mounting Holes 6.7mm Diameter Thru 0.mm C'Bore x 6.mm Dp. Places for M6 SHCS Thread Pitches M6 =.0mm M = mm Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm M x 5. 7.mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. G/8 Ports with mm Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.5. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. T V Q H N CC7 LF LR LFR BF BR BFR P 6 -XDR -XDRK -ODR Suffix Options -MR, -MR, -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original Series with ctions -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR. For Rod End only use MR For Cap End only use MR For Both Ends MR lso see Option Information on Page.8 /-0 x.00 Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston. " () Bore /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. 7 # 5 5 # Sensors available for strokes and longer. D have mounting slots; others have. Strokes B are ported on opposite sides. Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number vailable on Original Series ction Stroke XDR, XDRK / / / B / C D / E F G H --0.6

50 Pancake Cylinders /" (5) Bore Model Number Model Number Code Prefix Options Stroke Bore ction Leave blank if none desired C 5 X Suffix Options MR Metric M See pages.7,.9 &.5 Bore Code /" 5 6.5mm 5 Standard Strokes Original Series X ction XK XDR O XDRK ODR OP Stroke /8 B B B / / / B B B C C C / D D E F G T Series Includes PTFE piston bearing ction X XK O OP Stroke / T T T / TB TB TB / TC TC TC / TD TD / TE / TF / TG Grey shading indicates sensors are not available. Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston Option E ction Single rod Double acting -X Double acting, Nonrotating Internal guide pins - 50 psi max -XK Single acting, spring retracted -O Single acting, spring extended -OP Double rod Double acting -XDR Double acting, Nonrotating Internal guide pins - 50 psi max -XDRK Single acting, spring retracted -ODR See pages.5 &.6 for ction Information. See pages.8 &.5 for Standard Specifications HOW TO ORDER. Under Stroke select letter(s) for desired Series and Stroke.. Under Bore select 5 for /" bore. Seven Other Bore Sizes are vailable Bore Bore Code See page /" /" /8" /8" " " " Under ction select letter(s) for desired action.. Under Prefix & Suffix Options select letter(s) for desired options and add to model number. EXMPLES -5-X Original Series, /" stroke - /" Bore - Single Rod, Double cting TC-5-X-MR T Series, /" Stroke - /" Bore - Single Rod, Double cting - Male Rod Thread Suffix Options Male rod thread: Single rod -MR Double rod, rod end -MR Double rod, cap end -MR Double rod, both ends -MR PTFE seals -T Viton seals -V Quad seals -Q External guide, nonrotating for load guiding (See page.65) -G Hydraulic: Standard cover -H Thick cover -HHC ir service: Thick cover -HC / NPT ports -P Hole thru double rod shaft: 5 /" hole -6 Plus size: /" hole psi max Finish: ProCoat (Electroless Nickel) -N Stroke collar: /8" -C /" -C /8" -C /" -C 5/8" -C5 /" -C6 7/8" -C7 Sound limiters: Rod end -LF Cap end -LR Both ends -LFR Rubber Bumpers: Rod end -BF Cap end -BR Both ends -BFR djustable extend stroke -S (Full stroke adjustment is standard) djustable retract stroke (Over " adjustment add desired length, e.g. -RS) -RS Clevis mount: Ports in-line with slot -PM Ports 90 to slot -SM Magnetic piston & sensor mounting slot(s) -E Order sensors separately. See page.. Stroke length determines number of mounting slots. See page.,,.5 See pages..5 for general option information and pages.9, &.5 for option specifications of /" bore models..7 complete library of cylinder CD drawings is available from your local Fabco-ir Distributor or from the Fabco-ir web site

51 Pancake Cylinders -/" (5) Bore Single Rod Standard Specifications ction X Double cting 5/8 x. Wrench Flat. 5.7 /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.5 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Rod Dia. Rod End Face ction XK Double cting Nonrotating 5/8 x. Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ±. 5.7 /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.5 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Rod Dia. Rod End Face See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.9 Pull area =.7 Seal Kits for Series: Original = 5-SK "T" = 5-SKG B K Y Z.9 /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes B & are Ported on Opposite Sides Original Series See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.7 Pull area =.7 Seal Kits for Series: Original = 5-SK-K "T" = 5-SKG-K B K Y Z /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes B & are Ported on Opposite Sides "T" Series Stroke, Inches /8 / / / / / / / / / / / Stroke, Letter B B C D E F G T TB TC TD TE TF TG ction X Double cting ction X Double cting B E K Y Z Weight, lb ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating B E K Y Z Weight, lb ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted B * * * * * * E * * * * * * K * * * * * * Y Rod End Face Vent.6 * * * Rod End Face Vent.6 * * * Z * * * * * * Weight,. lb * * * * * * Preload, lb * * * * * * End of Stroke, lb * * * * * * ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended B * * * *.5..5 * * * * E * * * * * * * * K * * * * * * * * Y * * * * * * * * Z * * * *.5..5 * * * * Weight, lb * * * *.7.7 * * * * Preload, lb * * * *.. 0. * * * * End of Stroke, lb * * * * * * * * ction O Single cting 5/8 x. Spring Retracted Wrench Flat Rod Dia. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.9 See Chart for Spring Forces: Preload & End of Stroke Seal Kits for Series: Original = 5-SK "T" = 5-SKG --0 Rod End Face B. K /8 NPT 5.7 /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.5 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Y Z Cap End Face.7 Rod End Vent Strokes B-C & T - TC Rod End Vent Strokes D & TD.9 ction OP Single cting Spring Extended See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Pull area =.7 See Chart for Spring Forces: Preload & End of Stroke Seal Kits for Series: Original = 5-SK "T" = 5-SKG 5/8 x. Wrench Flat B. + Stroke K 5.7 /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.5 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Rod Dia. Rod End Face Y Z.6 /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes B & are Ported on Opposite Sides * = Not vailable.8

52 Pancake Cylinders -/" (5) Bore lso See Page.8 Option Specifications Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread 6.5mm Bore vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.7. Original Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter B B C D E F G T Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter T TB TC TD TE TF TG Mounting Holes 6.7mm Diameter Thru 0.mm C'Bore x 6.mm Dp. Places for M6 SHCS Thread Pitches M6 =.0mm M = mm Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm M x mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. G/8 Ports with mm Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original and T Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.8. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. T V Q H N CC7 LF LR LFR BF BR BFR P -X -XK -O -OP Suffix Options -PM & -SM Clevis Mount vailable On Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.. Chart ction Dimension -X, -O, -OP.9 + B -XK.00 + B Chart Note : lso see page.8 Hole Diameter = Pin Diameter = 0.90 Pin (6 Stainless Steel) and Clips are included. Note -PM Port Location IN LINE with Slot -SM.97 Port Location 90 to Slot.6.86 Oil filled bushings RC-Chart Rod Clevis and Pin Threaded Stud mates with Female Rod thread in the Pancake Cylinders. Slot and Pin Mate with EM- Eye Bracket shown below. Materials: Clevis Steel, Black Oxide Stud Steel Pin 6 Stainless Steel Pin & Clips are included CHRT /-0 x Thread Length Metric M x Thread Length Rod Clevis Number RC-5 RC-56 MRC-5 MRC-56 Strokes B G MB MMG Pin Diameter.5 Thread Length.9".6" 9.9mm 5.7mm EM-5 Eye Bracket Kit Mates with Clevis Mount shown above. Order separately.. EM- Eye Bracket Kit Mates with any Rod Clevis shown above. Order separately Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four 5/6-8 x " FHSCS are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole Oil filled bushing is standard.7 Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four /-0 x /" FH(#)M Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.5 Oil filled bushing is standard.9-5-0

53 Pancake Cylinders -/" (5) Bore lso See Page.8 Option Specifications Suffix Option -HHC Hydraulic & -HC ir vailable on Original and T Series with ction -X, -O. lso see Option Information on page.9 for Pressure and Mounting details..9 + B.9 + K Suffix Option -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP. /-0 x.00 lso see Option Information on page.8. Suffix Option -RS djustable Retract Stroke vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.. /6 Hex Nut djusting Screw.050 Stroke djustment Per Revolution.9 Strokes " & Shorter = Max. + Stroke Strokes " & Longer = + djustment.9 + B Standard djustment is " (-XK only use B as shown on page.8. No additional length is required.) (-OP Only use B as shown on page.8. No additional length is required.) Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston. /" (5) Bore 5 Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. # # Sensors available for & T strokes and longer. C & T TC have mounting slots; others have. Strokes B & are ported on opposite sides. vailable on Original Series ction Stroke X, XK / / / B C / D E F G vailable on T Series Stroke ction X, XK / T / TB / TC / TD / TE / TF / TG Suffix Option -S djustable Extend Stroke vailable on Original Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O lso see Option Information on page.. BB D C E Stroke Inches /8 / / / -/ Stroke Letter B B C D E F G ctions: -X, -XK BB ctions:-o BB C D E Dia..00 Dia..06 Stroke djustment Per Revolution --0

54 Pancake Cylinders ction XDR Original Series Double Rod, Double cting See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.7 Seal Kit = 5-SK -/" (5) Bore Double Rod Stroke, Inches /8 / / / -/ Stroke, Letter B B C D E F G B E K Y Z Weight, lb Standard Specifications 5/8 x. Wrench Flat B. K. + Stroke 5.7 /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.5 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Rod Dia. /8 NPT Strokes B & are Ported on Opposite Sides Y Z Cap End Face Rod End Face ction XDRK Original Series Double Rod, Double cting, Nonrotating See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.7 Seal Kit = 5-SK-K Stroke, Inches /8 / / / -/ Stroke, Letter B B C D E F G B E K Y Z Weight, lb /8 x. Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ± B. K. + Stroke 5.7 /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.5 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Rod Dia. /8 NPT Strokes B & are Ported on Opposite Sides Y Z Cap End Face Rod End Face ction ODR Original Series Double Rod, Single cting, Spring Retracted See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea =.7 Seal Kit = 5-SK Stroke, Inches /8 / / / -/ Stroke, Letter B B C D B E K.6.00 Y Rod End Face Vent.6 Z Weight, lb Spring Return Forces, lb. Preload End of Stroke /8 x. Wrench Flat.7 Rod End Vent Strokes B C B /8 NPT. K. + Stroke 5.7 /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.5 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Rod Dia. Rod End Face Rod End Vent Stroke D Y Z Cap End Face.5 --0

55 Pancake Cylinders -/" (5) Bore lso See Page.5 Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread, 6.5mm Bore vailable on Original Series with ctions: -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR lso see Option Information on page.7. Stroke mm Stroke Letter B B C D E F G Option Specifications Mounting Holes 6.7mm Diameter Thru 0.mm C'Bore x 6.mm Dp. Places for M6 SHCS Thread Pitches M6 =.0mm M = mm Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm M x mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. G/8 Ports with mm Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.5. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. T V Q H N CC7 LF LR LFR BF BR BFR P 6 5 -XDR -XDRK -ODR Suffix Options -MR, -MR, -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original Series with ctions -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR. For Rod End only use MR For Cap End only use MR For Both Ends use MR lso see Option Information on Page.8. /-0 x.00 Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston. /" (5) Bore 5 Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. # # Sensors available for strokes and longer. C have mounting slots; others have. Strokes B & are ported on opposite sides. vailable on Original Series ction Stroke XDR, XDRK / / / B C / D E F G --0.5

56 Pancake Cylinders " (7) Bore Model Number Model Number Code Prefix Options Stroke ction Leave blank if none desired Suffix Options C 7 X MR Metric M See pages.7,.55 &.58 Bore Code " 7 76.mm 7 Standard Strokes Original Series X ction XK XDR O XDRK ODR OP Stroke /8 B B B / / / B B B C C C / D D E F G T Series Includes PTFE piston bearing ction X XK O OP Stroke / T T T / TB TB TB / TC TC TC / TD TD / TE / TF / TG Grey shading indicates sensors are not available. Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston Option E ction Single rod Double acting -X Double acting, Nonrotating Internal guide pins - 50 psi max -XK Single acting, spring retracted -O Single acting, spring extended -OP Double rod Double acting -XDR Double acting, Nonrotating Internal guide pins - 50 psi max -XDRK Single acting, spring retracted -ODR See pages.5 &.6 for ction Information. See pages.5 &.57 for Standard Specifications HOW TO ORDER. Under Stroke select letter(s) for desired Series and Stroke.. Under Bore select 7 for " bore. Seven Other Bore Sizes are vailable Bore Bore Code See page /" /" /8" /8" " /" " Under ction select letter(s) for desired action.. Under Prefix & Suffix Options select letter(s) for desired options and add to model number. EXMPLES -7-X Original Series, /" stroke - " Bore - Single Rod, Double cting TC-7-X-MR T Series, /" Stroke - " Bore - Single Rod, Double cting - Male Rod Thread Suffix Options Male rod thread: Single rod -MR Double rod, rod end -MR Double rod, cap end -MR Double rod, both ends -MR PTFE seals -T Viton seals -V Quad seals -Q External guide, nonrotating -G for load guiding (See page.65) Hydraulic: Standard cover -H Thick cover -HHC ir service: Thick cover -HC / NPT ports -P Hole thru double rod shaft: 5 /" hole -6 Plus size: /" hole psi max Finish: ProCoat (Electroless Nickel) -N Stroke collar: /8" -C /" -C /8" -C /" -C 5/8" -C5 /" -C6 7/8" -C7 Sound limiters: Rod end -LF Cap end -LR Both ends -LFR Rubber Bumpers: Rod end -BF Cap end -BR Both ends -BFR djustable extend stroke -S (Full stroke adjustment is standard) djustable retract stroke (Over " adjustment add desired length, e.g. -RS) -RS Clevis mount: Ports in-line with slot -PM Ports 90 to slot -SM Magnetic piston & sensor mounting slot(s) -E Order sensors separately. See page.. Stroke length determines number of mounting slots. See page.,.56,.58 See pages..5 for general option information and pages.55,.56 &.58 for option specifications of " bore models..5 complete library of cylinder CD drawings is available from your local Fabco-ir Distributor or from the Fabco-ir web site

57 Pancake Cylinders " (7) Bore Single Rod Standard Specifications ction X Double cting 5/8 x. Wrench Flat Rod End Face. 5. /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Rod Dia. ction XK Double cting Nonrotating 5/8 x. Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ±. 5. /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Rod Dia. Rod End Face See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area = 7.07 Pull area = 6.6 Seal Kits for Series: Original = 7-SK "T" = 7-SKG Y Z B K.9 /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes B & are Ported on Opposite Sides See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area = 6.87 Pull area = 6. Seal Kits for Series: Original = 7-SK-K "T" = 7-SKG-K Y Z B K /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes B & are Ported on Opposite Sides Original Series "T" Series Stroke, Inches /8 / / / / / / / / / / / Stroke, Letter B B C D E F G T TB TC TD TE TF TG ction X Double cting ction X Double cting B E K Y Z Weight, lb ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating B E K Y Z Weight, lb ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted ction O Single cting, Spring Retracted B * * * * * * E * * * * * * K * * * * * * Y Rod End Face Vent.6 * * * Rod End Face Vent.6 * * * Z * * * * * Weight,. lb * * * * * * Preload, lb * * * * * * End of Stroke, lb * * * * * * ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended ction OP Single cting, Spring Extended B * * * * * * * * E * * * * * * * * K * * * *.9.8. * * * * Y * * * * * * * * Z * * * * * * * * Weight, lb * * * *.0..5 * * * * Preload, lb * * * * * * * * End of Stroke, lb * * * * * * * * ction O Single cting 5/8 x. Spring Retracted Wrench Flat Rod Dia. See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area = 7.07 See Chart for Spring Forces: Preload & End of Stroke Seal Kits for Series: Original = 7-SK "T" = 7-SKG --0 Rod End Face B. K /8 NPT 5. /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Y Z Cap End Face.7 Rod End Vent Strokes B-C & T - TC Rod End Vent Strokes D & TD.9 ction OP Single cting Spring Extended See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Pull area = 6.6 See Chart for Spring Forces: Preload & End of Stroke Seal Kits for Series: Original = 7-SK "T" = 7-SKG 5/8 x. Wrench Flat B. + Stroke K 5. /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Rod Dia. Rod End Face Y Z /8 NPT Cap End Face Strokes B & are Ported on Opposite Sides * = Not vailable.6.5

58 Pancake Cylinders " (7) Bore lso See Page.5 Option Specifications Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread 76.mm Bore vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.7. Original Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter B B C D E F G T Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter T TB TC TD TE TF TG Mounting Holes 6.7mm Diameter Thru 0.mm C'Bore x 6.mm Dp. Places for M6 SHCS Thread Pitches M6 =.0mm M = mm Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm M x mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. G/8 Ports with mm Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original and T Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.5. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. T V Q H N CC7 LF LR LFR BF BR BFR P -X -XK -O -OP Suffix Options -PM & -SM Clevis Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.. Chart ction Dimension -X, -O, -OP.9 + B -XK.00 + B Chart lso see page.5.90 Note.97 Note : Hole Diameter = Pin Diameter = 0 Pin (6 Stainless Steel) and Clips are included. -PM Port Location IN LINE with Slot -SM Port Location 90 to Slot EM-5 Eye Bracket Kit Mates with Clevis Mount shown on the left. Order separately.. Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four 5/6-8 x " FHSCS are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole Oil filled bushing is standard Oil filled bushings RC-56 Rod Clevis and Pin Threaded Stud mates with Female Rod thread in the Pancake Cylinders. Slot and Pin Mate with EM- Eye Bracket shown on the right. Pin Diameter.5 Materials: Clevis Steel, Black Oxide Stud Steel. Pin 6 Stainless Steel /-0 x.6 Pin & Clips are included. Optional Metric.69 #MRC M x EM- Eye Bracket Kit Mates with RC-56 Rod Clevis shown on the left. Order separately..7 Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four /-0 x /" FH(#)M Screws are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.5 Oil filled bushing is standard

59 Pancake Cylinders " (7) Bore lso See Page.5 Option Specifications Suffix Option -HHC Hydraulic & -HC ir vailable on Original and T Series with ction -X, -O. lso see Option Information on page.9 for Pressure and Mounting details..9 + B.9 + K Suffix Option -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP. /-0 x.00 lso see Option Information on page.8. Suffix Option -RS djustable Retract Stroke vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O, -OP lso see Option Information on page.. /6 Hex Nut djusting Screw.050 Stroke djustment Per Revolution.9 Strokes " & Shorter = Max. + Stroke Strokes " & Longer = + djustment.9 + B Standard djustment is " (-XK Only use B as shown on page.5. No additional length is required.) (-OP Only use B as shown on page.5. No additional length is required.) Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston. " (7) Bore 5 Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. 0 0 # # Sensors available for & T strokes and longer. C & T TC have mounting slots; others have. Strokes B & are ported on opposite sides. vailable on Original Series ction Stroke X, XK / / / B C / D E F G vailable on T Series Stroke ction X, XK / T / TB / TC / TD / TE / TF / TG Suffix Option -S djustable Extend Stroke vailable on Original Series with ctions: -X, -XK, -O lso see Option Information on page.. BB D C E Stroke Inches /8 / / / -/ Stroke Letter B B C D E F G ctions: -X, -XK BB ctions:-o BB C D E Dia..00 Dia..06 Stroke djustment Per Revolution

60 Pancake Cylinders " (7) Bore Double Rod Standard Specifications ction XDR Original Series Double Rod, Double cting See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea = 6.6 Seal Kit = 7-SK Stroke, Inches /8 / / / -/ Stroke, Letter B B C D E F G B E K Y Z Weight, lb /8 x. Wrench Flat Rod End Face B. K. + Stroke 5. /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Rod Dia. /8 NPT Strokes B & are Ported on Opposite Sides Y Z Cap End Face ction XDRK Original Series Double Rod, Double cting, Nonrotating See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea = 6. Seal Kit = 7-SK-K Stroke, Inches /8 / / / -/ Stroke, Letter B B C D E F G B E K Y Z Weight, lb /8 x. Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ±. B K. + Stroke 5. /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Rod Dia. Rod End Face /8 NPT Strokes B & are Ported on Opposite Sides Y Z Cap End Face.57 ction ODR Original Series Double Rod, Single cting, Spring Retracted See page.6 for Mounting Bolts Force rea = 6.6 Seal Kit = 7-SK Stroke, Inches /8 / / / -/ Stroke, Letter B B C D B E K Y Rod End Face Vent.6 Z Weight, lb Spring Return Forces, lb. Preload End of Stroke /8 x. Wrench Flat.7 Rod End Vent Strokes B C. B /8 NPT K. + Stroke 5. /-0 x E Female Rod Thread.8 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Rod Dia. Y Z Cap End Face Rod End Face.7 Rod End Vent Stroke D 0--0

61 Pancake Cylinders " (7) Bore lso See Page.57 Option Specifications Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread, 76.mm Bore vailable on Original Series with ctions: -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR lso see Option Information on page.7. Stroke mm Stroke Letter B B C D E F G Mounting Holes 6.7mm Diameter Thru 0.mm C'Bore x 6.mm Dp. Places for M6 SHCS Thread Pitches M6 =.0mm M = mm Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm 96.8mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. M x 5. G/8 Ports with mm Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.57. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. T V Q H N CC7 LF LR LFR BF BR BFR P 6 5 -XDR -XDRK -ODR Suffix Options -MR, -MR, -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original Series with ctions -XDR, -XDRK, -ODR. For Rod End only use MR For Cap End only use MR For Both Ends MR lso see Option Information on Page.8 /-0 x.00 Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston. " (7) Bore 5 Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. 0 0 # # Sensors available for strokes and longer. C have mounting slots; others have. Strokes B & are ported on opposite sides. vailable on Original Series ction Stroke XDR, XDRK / / / B C / D E F G

62 Pancake Cylinders " () Bore Model Number Model Number Code Prefix Options Stroke Bore ction Leave blank if none desired Suffix Options D X MR Metric M See pages.7,.6 &.6 Bore Code " 0.6mm Standard Strokes Original Series X ction XK XDR XDRK Stroke /8 C / B / / B C D E T Series Includes PTFE piston bearing ction X XK Stroke 5/6 T /6 T 5/6 TB /6 TC /6 TD /6 TE Grey shading indicates sensors are not available. Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston Option E ction Single rod Double acting -X Double acting, Nonrotating Internal guide pins - 50 psi max -XK Double rod Double acting Double acting, Nonrotating Internal guide pins - 50 psi max HOW TO ORDER -XDR -XDRK See pages.5 &.6 for ction Information. See pages.60 &.6 for Standard Specifications. Under Stroke select letter(s) for desired Series and Stroke.. Under Bore select for " bore. Seven Other Bore Sizes are vailable Bore Bore Code See page /" /" /8" /8" " /" " Under ction select letter(s) for desired action.. Under Prefix & Suffix Options select letter(s) for desired options and add to model number. EXMPLES D--X Original Series, " stroke - " Bore - Single Rod, Double cting TD--X-MR T Series, /6" Stroke - " Bore - Single Rod, Double cting - Male Rod Thread Suffix Options Male rod thread: Single rod -MR Double rod, rod end -MR Double rod, cap end -MR Double rod, both ends -MR PTFE seals -T Viton seals -V Quad seals -Q External guide, nonrotating -G for load guiding (See page.65) Hydraulic: Standard cover -H Thick cover -HHC ir service: Thick cover -HC / NPT ports -P Hole thru double rod shaft: /" hole psi max Finish: ProCoat (Electroless Nickel) -N Stroke collar: /8" -C /" -C /8" -C /" -C 5/8" -C5 /" -C6 7/8" -C7 Sound limiters: Rod end -LF Cap end -LR Both ends -LFR Rubber Bumpers: Rod end -BF Cap end -BR Both ends -BFR djustable extend stroke -S (Full stroke adjustment is standard) djustable retract stroke (Over " adjustment add desired length, e.g. -RS) -RS Clevis mount: Ports in-line with slot -PM Ports 90 to slot -SM Magnetic piston & sensor mounting slot(s) -E Order sensors separately. See page.. Stroke length determines number of mounting slots. See page.,.6,.6 See pages..5 for general option information and pages.6,.6 &.6 for option specifications of " bore models. complete library of cylinder CD drawings is available from your local Fabco-ir Distributor or from the Fabco-ir web site

63 Pancake Cylinders " () Bore Single Rod Standard Specifications ction X Double cting See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.57 Pull area =.97 Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK "T" = -SKG ction XK Double cting Nonrotating See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Push area =.7 Pull area =.87 Seal Kits for Series: Original = -SK-K "T" = -SKG-K / x.7 Wrench Flat B 90.0 K 5 5 5/8-8 x E Female Rod Thread 5.00 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Y Z.88 Rod Dia. Rod End Face. / x.7 Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ± B 90.0 K 5 5 5/8-8 x E Female Rod Thread 5.00 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced Y Z.88 Rod Dia. Rod End Face /8 NPT Cap End Face /8 NPT Cap End Face Original Series "T" Series Stroke, Inches /8 / / / 5/6 /6 5/6 /6 /6 /6 Stroke, Letter C B B C D E T T TB TC TD TE ction X Double cting ction X Double cting B E K Y Z Weight, lb ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating ction XK Double cting, Nonrotating B E K Y Z Weight, lb

64 Pancake Cylinders " () Bore lso See Page.60 Option Specifications Prefix Option -M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread 0.6mm Bore vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK lso see Option Information on page.7. Original Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter C B B C D E T Series Stroke mm Stroke Letter T T TB TC TD TE Mounting Holes 6.7mm Diameter Thru 0.mm C'Bore x 6.mm Dp. Places for M6 SHCS Thread Pitches M6 =.0mm M6 =.0mm Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm M6 x.8 7.0mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M6. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. G/8 Ports with mm Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original and T Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.60. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. T V Q H N CC7 LF LR LFR BF BR BFR P -X -XK Suffix Options -PM & -SM Clevis Mount vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK lso see Option Information on page.. EM- Eye Bracket Kit Mates with Clevis Mount shown on the left. Order separately.. + B lso see page Note : Hole Diameter =.66 Pin Diameter =.65 Pin (6 Stainless Steel) and Clips are included.. Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four 5/6-8 x " FHSCS are included.00.0 Note PM Port Location IN LINE with Slot -SM Port Location 90 to Slot Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole.66 Oil filled bushing is standard Oil filled bushings RC-6 Rod Clevis and Pin Threaded Stud mates with Female Rod thread in the Pancake Cylinders. Slot and Pin Mate with EM-5 Eye Bracket shown on the right. EM-5 Eye Bracket Kit Mates with RC-6 Rod Clevis shown on the left. Order separately.. Materials: Clevis Steel, Black Oxide Stud Steel Pin 6 StainlessSteel Pin & Clips are included.6. Pin Diameter /8-8 x Optional Metric #MRC-6 M6 x 9.0. Dia. Places for Flat Head Screws Four 5/6-8 x " FHSCS are included Material: Zinc Die Casting Hole Oil filled bushing is standard.6-5-0

65 Pancake Cylinders " () Bore lso See Page.60 Option Specifications Suffix Option -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK 5/8-8 x.5 lso see Option Information on page.8. Suffix Option -RS djustable Retract Stroke vailable on Original and T Series with ctions: -X, -XK lso see Option Information on page.. Suffix Option -HHC Hydraulic & -HC ir vailable on Original and T Series with ction -X. lso see Option Information on page.9. /6 Hex Nut djusting Screw.9 + B.9 + K.050 Stroke djustment Per Revolution.9 Strokes " & Shorter = Max. + Stroke Strokes " & Longer = + djustment.9 + B Standard djustment is " (-XK only use B as shown on page.60. No additional length is required.) Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston. Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. " () Bore Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number # # Sensors available for B & T strokes and longer. B & T T have mounting slots; others have. vailable on Original Series ction Stroke X, XK / B / / B C D E vailable on T Series ction Stroke X, XK 5/ T / T 5/ TB / TC / TD / TE Suffix Option -S djustable Extend Stroke vailable on Original Series with ctions: -X, -XK lso see Option Information on page.. BB D C E Stroke Inches /8 / / -/ Stroke Letter C B B C D E BB C D E Dia..06 Stroke djustment Per Revolution Dia

66 Pancake Cylinders " () Bore Double Rod Standard Specifications ction XDR Original Series Double Rod, Double cting See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Force area =.97 Seal Kit = -SK / x.7 Wrench Flat /8-8 x E Female Rod Thread 5.00 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced.88 Rod Dia. 5 Stroke, Inches /8 / / / Stroke, Letter C B B C D E B E K Y Z Weight, lb B K /8 NPT.0 + Stroke Rod End Face Y Z Cap End Face ction XDRK Original Series Double Rod, Double cting, Nonrotating See page.6 for Mounting Bolts. Force area =.87 Seal Kit = -SK-K / x.7 Wrench Flat Random Rotation Rod Rotation Tolerance ± /8-8 x E Female Rod Thread 5.00 Bolt Circle.7 Dia. Thru C'Bore x.6 Dp. for, /" SHCS equally spaced.88 Rod Dia. Rod End Face Stroke, Inches /8 / / / Stroke, Letter C B B C D E B E K Y Z Weight, lb B K /8 NPT.0 + Stroke Y Z Cap End Face

67 Pancake Cylinders " () Bore lso See Page.6 Option Specifications Prefix Option M Metric Cylinder & Rod Thread 0.6mm Bore vailable on Original Series with ctions -XDR, -XDRK. lso see Option Information on Page.7 Stroke mm Stroke Letter C B B C D E Mounting Holes 6.7mm Diameter Thru 0.mm C'Bore x 6.mm Dp. Places for M6 SHCS Thread Pitches M6 =.0mm M6 =.0mm Conversion Factor Inches x 5. = mm M6 x.8 7.0mm Bolt Circle Standard Female Rod Thread M6. Male Rod Thread Option -MR shown. G/8 Ports with mm Spotface The Suffix Options charted on the right are available on Original Series with the ctions indicated ( ). They require no dimensional changes from the Standard Specifications on page.6. lso see Option Information on pages.7 thru.5. T V Q H N CC7 LF LR LFR BF BR BFR P 5 -XDR -XDRK Suffix Options -MR, -MR, -MR Male Rod Thread vailable on Original Series with ctions -XDR, -XDRK. For Rod End only use MR For Cap End only use MR For Both Ends use MR lso see Option Information on Page.8 5/8-8 x.5 Suffix Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston and Dovetail Mounting Slot(s) Strokes are NOT affected by magnetic piston. /" 60 Dovetail Profile of Sensor & Mounting Slot for /" bore Pancakes & up. s shown at the right, longer strokes are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position #. Shorter strokes are furnished with a second slot at position #. " () Bore # # Sensors available for B strokes and longer. B have mounting slots; others have. Sensors Must be Ordered Separately See Sensor Models vailable page. Quick Reference to Standard Strokes Use the appropriate Stroke Letter in the Model Number vailable on Original Series ction Stroke XDR, XDRK / B / / B C D E --0.6

68 Pancake Cylinders External Guide Pins External Guide Pins Provide Load Guiding External guide pins, adapted to the Pancake cylinder line provide a superior nonrotating piston rod feature for applications such as package placement, figure stamping, and any application where anti-rotation and registration are critical as the piston is extended and retracted. mounting block is bolted to the piston rod. This block has two square pins mounted to it which in turn pass through guide blocks mounted on the sides of the cylinder. Square guide pins are hard chrome plated steel for long wear and corrosion resistance. Guide blocks are hard anodized aluminum for long wear and corrosion resistance. Clearance in guide block mounting holes provide for adjustment and backlash control, compensation for wear, and minimal rotation. Extended distance between guides provides superior nonrotation and support. Extended piston rod provides clearance between cylinder and guide bar mounting block to eliminate pinch points. Model G--X-G Shown vailable on Pancake cylinders: Original and "T" Series Bores: /" (7), /8" (), 5/8" (), " (), /" (5), " (7), and " () Strokes: /8" through " ctions: X, XDR In combination with Options: Suffix; -T, -V, -Q, -H, HHC, -HC,-P, -N, -C -C7, -S, -RS, -LF, -LR, -LFR, -BF, -BR, -BFR, -E lso available in Square cylinders: Bores /" through " Strokes /8" through 6" See page. of this catalog. HOW TO ORDER Select the basic Pancake Cylinder model number for your desired series, bore and stroke. Then add -G as a Suffix Option. Please Note!! This option affects the rod end dimensions See details on page

69 Pancake Cylinders External Guide Pins For dimensions B and all other dimensions not noted, please refer back to the main dimension table associated with your cylinder model and option selections. Use the CD library of Pancake cylinders with your CD program to reduce design time. /" through " Bores /" through " Bores Clearance in Guide Block mounting holes allows for adjustment to compensate for wear Clearance in Guide Block mounting holes allows for adjustment to compensate for wear B + 0 B + 0 LL MM 5 ZZ LL MM 90 5 JJ Ref. NN NN RR RR SS JJ Ref. NN NN RR RR SS PP Square Guide Pins Hard Chrome Steel Plated Mounting Block Clear nodized luminum UU TT Guide Block Hard nodized luminum VV Mounting Holes Places PP Square Guide Pins Hard Chrome Steel Plated Mounting Block Clear nodized luminum UU TT Guide Block Hard nodized luminum VV Mounting Holes Places Model 7 Bore /" /8" 5/8" " JJ LL MM NN.0.00 PP RR SS TT UU VV #6- #8- /-0 5/6-8 ZZ Model 5 7 Bore /" " " JJ.7. 5 LL MM NN PP RR SS TT UU VV 5/6-8 5/6-8 5/

70 Square ir Cylinders Page General Standard Ratings and Sizing Guide.... Construction Details....,. How a Square is built Standard Specifications....5 Model Number Codes....6 Option List....6 How to Order....6 Standard Specifications (Dimension Details)....7,.8 Option Specifications Description and Dimensions of the Options Mounting Kits for SQF and SQFW Flange Mounting Kits.... Trunnion Mounting Kits....5 Clevis Bracket Kits....5 Eye Bracket Kits....5 Rod Clevises....5 ccessories Flow Controls, Port Mounted and Others... Section Position Sensors.... Mounting Bolts... Section.6 Wrench Flat Wrench... Section.6 ir Spring Return... Section.5 Year Warranty... Inside back cover. -7-0

71 Square Cylinders vailable in styles 5 Bore sizes /" thru " Strokes to 6" Hard chrome plated stainless steel piston rod Piston Rod Bushing, hard anodized aluminum housing with Teflon lined Duralon insert PTFE Bearing Strip, for stroke " and over, is located away from rod bearing for maximum load support Piston Seal, internally lubricated O'Ring for long life and improved performance Heavy wall construction, hard anodized inside and out Crosshatch polished bore for lubrication retention and longer seal life Series SQ, Side Tap Mount Side view (opposite ports) shows mounting holes and relief for mounting rails. Series SQF, Face Mount Series SQL, Side Lug Mount Duralon Rod Bearings Excel Load Capacity (psi) Friction Properties Machine Design 97/7 Slip- Bearing Reference Issue Coefficient stick Porous Bronze...,500 Steel-on-steel... Yes Porous iron... 8,000 Bronze-on-steel....5 Yes Phenolics... 6,000 Sintered Bronze-on-steel Nylon...,000 with mineral oil.... No TFE Bronze-on-steel Reinforced Telfon...,500 with mineral oil....6 No *TFE fabric... 60,000 Copper lead alloy-on-steel. Yes Polycarbonate...,000 cetal-on-steel....0 No cetal...,000 Nylon-on-steel.... Yes Carbon-graphite Duralon-on-steel No * Shows Duralon bearing classification. Not to be used for design purposes. Printed with permission by Rexnord Corp. Ratings Standard Units all series Double acting, single rod Duralon rod bushing Female rod end with wrench flats Internally lubricated Buna-N O-ring piston and rod seals. Ports at position # Media ir, Optional Hydraulic Max. operating pressure psi ir or Hydraulic Min. operating pressure recommended psi mbient & media temperature range.. -5 to +50 F Prelubrication Magnalube G Grease ir Line Lubrication Recommended Stroke tolerance ± /6" 0--0 Sizing Guide Bore Diameter /" 7/8" -/8" -5/8" " Rod Diameter Rod rea Push rea (Single Rod) Pull rea SQ & SQF Base Weight, lb SQL Base Weight, lb Weight Per Inch, lb

72 Square Cylinders Strokes under " Standard Single Rod Models Shown Double Rod: See Option -DR page.0 Nonrotating: See Option -K page. Strokes " and over /", 7/8" -/8", -5/8" Bores 8 " Bore 6 Bowed 7 Rectangular 8 7 Rectangular Beveled Series SQ Series SQF Series SQL

73 Construction Details Over decades of experience and close attention to detail at design, production and assembly produce the ultimate Fabco-ir Square Cylinders. They FIT, not only into very tight spaces, but into NY cylinder application. They WILL fit YOUR application. The square body material is a custom aluminum extrusion with a relief extruded in to provide mounting rails. The SQL series extrusion includes the body side extensions for the Side Lug Mounting. These mounting rails are machined flat before any other machining is done. This step eliminates any twist or curl in the rails, assuring a flat mounting surface. The cylinder body is located on fixture points ( ) while the cylinder bore is machined. This provides an accurate and consistent dimension from the bore centerline to the mounting surface for mounting the cylinder and making attachments to the piston rod. The Face Mount, Series SQF and SQFW, mounting holes are machined in relationship to the centerline of the bore to control the accuracy and consistency for mounting and making attachments to the rod. The cylinder bore is polished to produce a fine crosshatch finish, which, unlike an ultra smooth finish, provides a reservoir for lubrication. Lubrication, of course, provides lower friction and longer seal life. 5 The cylinder is hard anodized inside and out. This is an electrochemical process which provides a very dense surface of aluminum oxide. This surface has extreme hardness (60 Rc), excellent wear and corrosion resistance, and low coefficient of friction. The hard anodizing actually impregnates the base aluminum rather than just coating the surface like a plating. The hardness and wear resistance exceed that of hard chrome plated steel. The appearance is an attractive, satin gray. 6 Unique construction provides unequaled piston rod support and prohibits rod bushing BLOWOUT! The onepiece Duralon rod bushing is inserted from the inside and then staked in place. Duralon is a Teflon lined, fiberglass structure with load carrying capacity of 60,000 psi. See the chart comparing this to other bearing materials on page.. Duralon also provides: consistency- reliable and predictable performance from bushing to bushing; corrosion resistance- nonmetallic materials resist galvanic, chemical, and fretting corrosion; self lubrication- Teflon lining provides low friction and minimizes slipstick, even under no-load conditions; seizure resistancefiberglass backing material will not seize or gall on shaft under extreme wear. Rod bearing length on " stroke and over is longer to provide additional load support at the longer extensions. The O'Ring seal is located outboard as far as possible to allow air system lubrication onto most of the bearing surface. 7 The rod bearings and cap end plugs are held in place by two internal lockrings. In the " () bore size the inboard lockring and its groove are of standard rectangular cross section. The outboard lockring and its groove are beveled. s the outboard lockring expands in this beveled arrangement, it drives the rod bearing or cap end plug into and tightly against the inboard lockring. This locks the bearing or plug rigidly in place, thus providing precision, non-floating location and rigid support for the piston rod. 8 The rod bearings and cap end plugs are held in place by two internal lockrings. In bore sizes /" (0) thru -5/8" () all the lockring grooves are of standard rectangular cross section. The internal groove is wider and the lockring is bowed. This bowed lockring drives the rod bearing or cap end plug tightly against the outboard lockring, thus providing precision, non-floating location and rigid support for the piston rod. 9 The piston rod is centerless ground, polished and hard chrome plated (68-7 Rc) stainless steel. Surface finish is RMS or better and carries lubrication like our cylinder bore (see ). These features, combined with the low friction and high load capacity of the Duralon bushing provide exceptional cylinder life. Female, fine pitch rod thread and wrench flats are standard. 0 Cylinders with strokes under " have a thin piston head with a single O'Ring for space savings. Cylinders with " stroke and over have a thicker piston which incorporates a PTFE bearing in addition to the O'Ring seal. This bearing is a close tolerance, rectangular cross section strip of a tough, stable, wear resistant PTFE compound located at the rear of the piston head, the furthest point from the rod bearing. The bearing material and its location provide maximum load support and maintain the long life of the cylinder bore and piston seal. The piston is aluminum for light weight. It has a counterbore which locates the piston rod and provides precise concentricity control for smooth cylinder movement. The piston is attached to the piston rod with a socket flat head screw which is torqued for both proper preload on the screw and secure clamping of the piston. Loctite on the threads and faces assures sealing and locks the assembly against pounding and vibration. Internally lubricated Buna-N O'Rings (5 to + 50 F) provide low profile, low friction, and long life sealing of the piston and rod. These are compounded to provide extra long wear and low breakaway (starting) pressure, running friction and smoother operation. In tests, cylinders with internally lubricated O'Rings have extended cycle life of to times beyond cylinders with standard Buna-N seals

74 Standard Specifications Side Tap Mounting: Series SQ Model SQ - Side view (opposite ports) shows mounting holes and relief for mounting rails. Bore Series vailable Stroke Lengths (Inches) /8 / / / - / 5 6 /" SQ0 -/8" SQ -5/8" SQ " SQ Magnetic piston option does NOT affect stroke. Face Mounting: Series SQF Model SQF - Bore Series vailable Stroke Lengths (Inches) /8 / / / - / 5 6 /" SQF0 -/8" SQF -5/8" SQF " SQF Magnetic piston option does NOT affect stroke. Side Lug Mounting: Series SQL Bore Series vailable Stroke Lengths (Inches) /8 / / / - / 5 6 7/8" SQL06 -/8" SQL -5/8" SQL " SQL Model SQL - ll Square Mountings Double cting Single Rod Choice of "G" or "W" Rod Extension* For single acting use air spring as shown on page.5 Double cting Double Rod Choice of combinations of "G" and "W" rod extensions* Female Rod End with Wrench Flats PTFE Piston Bearing; " Stroke and Up Internally lubricated Buna-N Seals (-5 to + 50 F) Operation to 50 psi Rod and Cap End Ports in Position Magnetic piston option does NOT affect stroke. CD Drawings on CD-ROM complete library of cylinder CD drawings is available. Contact your local distributor for details, download from our web site or us at fabco@fabco-air.com *For Rod Extension Information See Dimension "G" and "W" on pages.6,.7 or

75 How To Order SQ Model Number Code MR Mounting SQ Side Tap SQF Face SQL Side Lug Rod Extension Single Rod Models Blank for standard extension per dimension "G" on page.7 W - for Extension to dimension "W" on page.7 Double Rod Models See Page.0 Blank "G" extension both ends W "W" extension both ends GW "G" extension on rod end; "W" extension on cap end WG "W" extension on rod end; "G" extension on cap end Bore 0 for /" bore 06 for 7/8" bore for /8" bore for -5/8" bore for " bore Standard Strokes Inches Bores /" 7/8" /8 / / / -/ Bores -/8" -5/8" " /8 / / / -/ 5 6 How to Order. Specify Mounting Series including Rod Extension Information. Specify Bore. Specify Stroke in Inches and Fractions. Specify Options Examples SQ - Side Tap Mounting with "G" Rod Extension; -/8" Bore; " Stroke SQW - - MR Side Tap Mounting with "W" Rod Extension; -/8" Bore; " Stroke; Male Rod Thread SQLW C - LR Side Lug Mounting with "W" Rod Extension; 7/8" Bore; " Stroke with /" Stroke Collar yielding -/" Net Stroke; Sound Limiter, Cap End OPTIONS Description Specify See Page Male Rod Thread.9 Single Rod -MR Double Rod, Rod End -MR Double Rod, Cap End -MR Double Rod, Both Ends -MR Viton Seals (-5 to +00 F) -V.9 Quad Seals -Q.9 Metric Rod Thread -M.9 Nonrotating -K. -/8", -5/8", " bores only Port Positions -B.9 External Guide, Nonrotating -G. Hydraulic, Low Pressure -H.9 to 50 psi NONSHOCK Double Rod -DR.0 Hole Thru Double Rod Shaft.0 Bore Hole /", 7/8" /6" -DR06 -/8" /8" -DR Plus size 5/" -DR6-5/8" /8" -DR Plus size /" -DR5 " 5/" -DR6 Plus size 5/6" -DR Stroke Collar /8" C. /" C /8" C /" C 5/8" C5 /" C6 7/8" C7 Sound Limiters. Rod End -LF Cap End -LR Both Ends -LFR djustable Retract Stroke -RS. For over " adjustment add desired length: e.g. -RS Magnetic Piston & mounting slot(s). for Piston Position Sensors -E (Order Sensors separately.) Mounting Kits for Series SQF Type See Page Flange Mount Kit. Trunnion Mount Kit.5 Clevis Bracket Kit.5 Eye Bracket Kit.5 Rod Clevis

76 Square Cylinders SQ Series: Side Tap Mounting /", -/8", -5/8" and " Bores B + Stroke Port Position Port Z + Stroke B Position X Y H G or W P G or W F Y B + Stroke Z + Stroke P E K K J (Ref.) L Cylinders with less than " stroke have mounting holes N Rod End Face L M + Stroke Cap End Face N Cylinders with " stroke or more have mounting holes SQL Series: Side Lug Mounting 7/8", -/8", -5/8" and " Bores Port Position B F H Washer Supplied with cylinder for use under mounting bolt head to prevent cylinder movement while tightening bolt T E J (Ref.) K X K Port Position G or W S J (Ref.) Y B + Stroke Z + Stroke L P N Cylinders with less than " stroke have mounting holes G or W Rod End Face Y L B + Stroke Z + Stroke P M + Stroke Cylinders with " stroke or more have mounting holes N Fixed Dimensions Bore /" 7/8" -/8" -5/8" " F Dia....6 G H / / 7/6 / 5/8 J K K N 0-x.5 0-x.5 /-0x. 5/6-8x N P 0-0- /8 /8 /8 R S S T /-0 xdp (Note ) /-0 xdp (Note ) /-0 xdp (Note ) 5/6-8 xdp (Note ) T U W X

77 Dimensions SQF Series: Face Mounting /", -/8", -5/8" and " Bores Figure Rod End View Figure Side View Short Strokes Figure Side View Long Strokes Port Position B (see note ) H F X Port Position G or W Y B + Stroke Z + Stroke P G or W Y B + Stroke Z + Stroke P S S R (Ref.) E S S "T" Mtg. holes (see notes, & ) R (Ref.) U Rod End Face U Cap End Face Note T Tapped mounting holes, each end. When port position B is specified, mounting holes T rotate 90. Note /", -/8", and -5/8" Bores, /8" thru " Strokes only:.0 Dia. thru,. dia. C'Bore x.9 deep for #0 SHCS and /-0 x deep tapped mounting holes, places each end. Note " Bore, /8" thru -/" Strokes only:.7 Dia. thru, dia. C'Bore x.6 deep for /" SHCS and 5/6-8 x deep tapped mounting holes, places each end. Variable Dimensions Stroke /8" /" /" /" " -/" " " " 5" 6" B /" & 7/8" Bores -/8" Bore -5/8" Bore " Bore E 0- x 0- x 0- x 0- x 0- x 0- x 0- x 0- x 0- x L M Y Z B E 5/6-x. 5/6-x 5/6-x.6 5/6-x.6 5/6-x.6 5/6-x.6 5/6-x.6 5/6-x.6 5/6-x.6 5/6-x.6 5/6-x.6 L M Y. Z B E /8-x /8-x.6 /8-x /8-x /8-x /8-x /8-x /8-x /8-x /8-x /8-x L M Y Z B E /-0x /-0x.56 /-0x /-0x.88 /-0x.88 /-0x.88 /-0x.88 /-0x.88 /-0x.88 /-0x.88 /-0x.88 L M Y Z

78 Square Cylinders Male Rod Thread Single Rod Double Rod, Rod End Only Double Rod, Cap End Only Single Rod, Both Ends Rod Loctite Stud No Relief No weakness Option -MR -MR -MR -MR high strength stud is threaded into the standard female rod end and retained with Loctite. This method eliminates the small diameter thread relief area normally Thread required when machining male threads. It provides a much stronger rod end which can be repaired, rather than replacing the complete rod, should the thread be damaged. Bore Thread /" 0- x 0 7/8" 0- x 0 -/8" 5/6- x 0-5/8" /8- x 0.88 " /-0 x.00 Viton Seals Option -V For elevated temperatures (5 F to +00 F) or compatibility with exotic media. Consult engineering for compatibility information. Quad Seals Option -Q QUD seal replaces the standard O'Ring on the piston only. Standard seal material is Buna-N with operating temperatures of 5 F to + 50 F. Consult engineering for other materials. Metric Rod Thread Option -M See page.5 for Metric Rod Clevis Rod threads are configured in common METRIC sizes. To arrive at Female Rod Thread depth in mm, multiply English depth by 5.. See page.5 for Metric Rod Clevis. Bore Female Rod Thread Pitch Male Rod Thread x Length / M5 0.8 M5 x.7 7/8 M5 0.8 M5 x.7 -/8 M8.5 M8 x 9.0-5/8 M0 M0 x. M M x 5. Ports Position Option -B Both ports are located at Position B (see drawings on page.7). This position is achieved by reverse assembly of the cylinder. Therefore, it is a no-charge option. Please note that on Series SQF and SQFW the mounting holes rotate 90. Ports can be located in other positions on a special basis. Consult engineering with application requirements for details on other locations. Hydraulic Option -H Low pressure service to 50psi NONSHOCK For ir-over-oil or Hydraulic systems to 50 psi, NONSHOCK. Where space permits, a U-cup rod seal or an additional rod O'Ring is incorporated in the rod bearing to help prevent fluid carry-over past the rod seal

79 Option Specifications Double Rod Rod Piston SQ DR SQW.... -DR SQGW... -DR SQWG... -DR SQF DR SQFW... -DR SQFGW.. -DR SQFWG.. -DR SQL DR SQLW... -DR SQLGW.. -DR SQLWG.. -DR Counterbores Option -DR Stud Rod "G" rod ext. both ends. "W" rod ext. both ends. "G" rod ext. rod end; "W" rod ext. cap end. "W" rod ext. rod end; "G" rod ext. cap end. "G" rod ext. both ends. "W" rod ext. both ends. "G" rod ext. rod end; "W" rod ext. cap end. "W" rod ext. rod end; "G" rod ext. cap end. "G" rod ext. both ends. "W" rod ext. both ends. "G" rod ext. rod end; "W" rod ext. cap end. "W" rod ext. rod end; "G" rod ext. cap end. Standard piston rod and rod bushing on both ends of the cylinder. Counterbores on both sides of the piston maintain concentricity of the piston rods to each other as well as to the piston O-ring. The piston rods are connected by a high strength stud, sandwiching the piston between the rod faces. The assembly is torqued for proper preload of the stud and clamping of the piston head. Loctite on the threads and faces assures sealing and locks the assembly against pounding and vi- G or W Rod End Single Rod Models Blank for standard extension per dimension "G". W for extension to dimension "W". Rod Extension Dimensions Bore /" 7 /8" - /8" - 5 /8" " G W bration. This procedure provides a positive and rigid assembly that will not allow the piston rod to float or be pounded loose. The PTFE piston bearing is not required because the two rod bushings provide excellent piston support. Use when attachment to both ends of the cylinder is required or to indicate piston position. The availability of rod extensions offers a number of model combinations as shown in the listings at the left. G or W + Stroke Cap End Double Rod Models Blank "G" both ends. W "W" extension both ends. GW "G" extension rod end; "W" extension cap end. WG "W" extension rod end; "G" extension cap end. Note: When using stroke collars in double rod units, CP END ROD STICK-OUT increases by amount stroke is shortened. Hole Thru Double Rod Shaft Rod Rod hole is drilled through the piston rods and the double rod stud. This hole is used for the passage of Vacuum, ir, Gas, Liquid, or any media that is compatible with the stainless steel piston rod and the steel stud. Maximum pressure is 50 psi. The maximum hole size for each bore is shown in the chart below. The PTFE piston bearing is not required because the two rod bushings provide excellent piston support. Hole Thru Stud Standard Standard Plus Piston Model No. Model No. Hole Size Suffix Hole Size Suffix Bore thru stud (Std) thru stud (Std Plus) /", 7/8" /6 -DR06 -/8" /8 -DR 5/ -DR6-5/8" /8 -DR / -DR5 " 5/ -DR6 5/6 -DR

80 Square Cylinders Stroke Collar on piston rod Option How to Order /8" -C ) Start with the next /" -C longest stroke cylinder. ) Select the amount the /8" -C stroke is to be shortened. /" -C ) Use the corresponding 5/8" -C5 designation immediately after the stroke in the /" -C6 model number. 7/8" -C7 For those in-between strokes, a STROKE COLLR of Delrin is incorporated on the piston rod. The collar fits tightly on the piston rod so that it cannot float as the piston is stroked. Tolerance on the stroke is ± /6". For tighter tolerances on the stroke or final rod position, contact engineering with application details. Stroke collar of Delrin Note: When using stroke collars in double rod units, CP END ROD STICK-OUT increases by amount stroke is shortened. djustable Retract Stroke Option -RS djusting Screw.7 Max. ny stroke with up to and including " adjustment. ny stroke with over " adjustment, specify the adjustment length after the -RS. Example: " djustment = -RS Thread sealing locknut /", 7/8", -/8" Bores = / Hex -5/8" and " Bores = /6 Hex Strokes " & Under = Max. + Stroke Strokes Over " = Max. + djustment n adjusting screw with a thread sealing locknut mounted in the Cap End Plug provides a simple, yet rugged and precision adjustment of the cylinder stroke in the retract direction. Bores /", 7/8", and -/8" have a 5/6"- thread giving 0.0" adjustment per revolution. Bores -5/8" and " have a /-0 thread giving 0.050" adjustment per revolution. The -RS designation provides full stroke adjustment of any cylinder with " stroke or less, and " stroke adjustment on all longer strokes. When specifying longer adjustments on longer cylinders, add the desired adjustment to the -RS designation (/" increments, please). Example: -RS will provide " of adjustment on any cylinder with " or more stroke. Sound Limiters Rod End Only Cap End Only Both Rod & Cap Ends Option -LF -LR -LFR Sound limiting O'Ring Cushions Option -LFR shown For applications where you need a small amount of cushion at the end of the cylinder stroke to take out the metallic slap of piston head on piston stop. This is accomplished by placing an O'Ring on the rod at the piston, and/or in the cap end plug so that initial contact is with the elastomer and not metal-to-metal. The Fabco-ir design assures sufficient compression of the seals to allow full stroke. Because of the temperature limitations of the adhesives involved, sound limiters are available in cylinders with internally lubricated Buna-N O'Rings only

81 Option Specifications Nonrotating Option -K -/8", -5/8", and " bores only Model SQL - - K shown n internal piston guide pin prohibits rod rotation so that objects attached to or moved by the rod will not rotate. Incorporating the guide mechanism inside the cylinder saves you the time, space and cost of mounting external guide pins and bushings in and around your mechanism. The guide pin and bushing are also protected from damage by the environment, the atmosphere, or mechanical abuse. These internal parts are lubricated by the system lubrication. vailable in -/8", -5/8", and " bores. May be used in conjunction with all options including -E piston position sensing. Rotational accuracy is ±. The warning label shown at the left is applied to each cylinder. WRNING THIS CYLINDER HS NONROTTING ROD. TO PREVENT INTERL DMGE HOLD ROD BY WRENCH FLTS WHEN INSTLLING OR REMOVING TTCHMENTS. Wrench flat random rotation Construction Details. The aluminum piston is attached to the piston rod with a socket flat head cap screw which is torqued for proper preload of the screw and clamping of the piston. Loctite on the threads and faces assures sealing and locks the assembly against pounding and vibration.. PTFE bearing is standard in " strokes and longer for single rod models.. The non-rotating guide pin is ground tool steel for precision and long life. Incorporated inside the cylinder it is protected from environmental dirt and grime and mechanical abuse. It receives lubrication from the air system lubricator.. precision machined guide pin support block is attached to each end of the cylinder by a flat head screw. These support blocks provide rigid and precise location of the guide pin. 5. The guide pin passes through a polyurethane O-ring seal and an SE660 bearing bronze bushing installed in the piston head. This combination provides "no-leak" precision guiding and long life. 6. disk of rubber is included at the end of the guide pin to take up end play and firmly seat the pin in its support blocks

82 Square Cylinders Magnetic Piston Option -E Includes Dovetail Mounting Slots Order Sensors Separately Dovetail style sensors are actuated by a magnetic piston. Sensor dovetail slides into a mating slot on the cylinder body, is positioned as desired, and locked in place with a set screw. Magnetic piston and /" Dovetail mounting slot(s) are specified with Suffix Option "E" in the model number. Longer stroke cylinders are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position # shown in the drawings at the # right. Shorter stroke cylinders are furnished with a second slot located at position # Order sensors separately. This short stroke Model SQF requires two dovetail mounting slots for proper positioning of sensors to detect beginning and end of stroke. This longer stroke Model SQL, side lug mounting style, has room enough to fit multiple sensors in a single slot. SQ Profile SQF Profile SQL Profile Rod End Port # Sensor stick-out: /" Bore =.07" Other bores =."." Ref. to 5 wire outlet Standard Stroke & Slot Location Guide SQ (Side Tap) SQF (Face Mount) SQL (Side Lug) /" /8" 5 /8" " /" /8" 5 /8" " 7 /8" /8" 5 /8" " Stroke /8 / / / -/,, 5, 6 Grey shaded area indicates that sensor mounting slots are provided with option -E. Unshaded area indicates that a single sensor mounting slot is provided with option -E. Low Profile, Solid State, Magnetic Piston Position Sensors Temperature Range: 0 to +80 C ( to +76 F) Female Cordsets for Quick Disconnect Length Meter Meters 5 Meters Part No. CFC-M CFC-M CFC-5M Encased in plastic housing, dovetail style sensors are corrosion resistant. 5 wire outlet allows close mounting. Profile shown here is typical. Dovetail Style Magnetic Sensors for Square Cylinders Cylinder Model ll Square 's ll Square 's. Sensor Type Electronic Electronic Prewired 9 ft. Part No Quick Disconnect Part No.* Electrical Characteristics Sourcing PNP 6- VDC, 0.0 mp Max current, 0.5 Voltage Drop Sinking NPN 6- VDC, 0.0 mp Max current, 0.5 Voltage Drop Note*: Quick disconnect styles are supplied with 6 inch pigtail with male connector. Order female cordsets separately. LED Yes Yes -7-0

83 Option Specifications External Guide, Nonrotating Option -G Square Ref. B + Stroke BB JJ Square Guide Pins Hard Chrome Plated Steel CC Superior nonrotating piston rod feature for applications such as package placement, figure stamping, and any application where anti-rotation and registration are critical as the piston is extended and retracted. mounting block is bolted to the piston rod. This block has two square pins mounted to it which in turn pass through guide blocks mounted on the sides of the cylinder. DD DD Mounting Block Clear nodized luminum Guide Block Hard nodized luminum Clearance in Guide Block Mounting Holes allow for adjustment to compensate for wear GG HH EE EE FF KK Mounting Holes Places Square guide pins are hard chrome plated steel for long wear and corrosion resistance. Guide blocks are hard anodized aluminum for long wear and corrosion resistance. Clearance in guide block mounting holes provide for adjustment and backlash control, compensation for wear, and minimal rotation. Extended distance between guides provides superior nonrotation and support. Extended piston rod provides clearance between cylinder and guide bar mounting block to eliminate pinch points. Mounting Series SQ or SQF Model Bore 0 /" /8" 5/8" ".5.00 BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK #6- #8- /-0 5/6-8 Flange Style E R B B Flange Style 8 & 9 E R SQFW-- / with H7- TF X Sq. G B B TF UF TF UF B B FB Dia. Places FB Dia. Places Bore /" -/8" -5/8" " " Model 0 Style Series SQF Sq. X W Series SQFW B B FB Dia. Places Port Positions Standard all models. To achieve, or, rotate flange. For B, specify Option -B For B, B, or B: Specify Option -B and rotate flange F F Kit # H7-0 H7- H7- H8- H E.00 Flange Mounting Kits for Series SQF and SQFW Flange Bore Fabco Mounting Hole Pattern Style Size Kit No. Interchange Information Hole Pattern C&C: -/8" Bore, Series T, F, & R 7 /" H7-0 Mosier: -/8" Bore, Series TV, 8 & 9 PHD: -/8" Bore, Series V, RF, & CF Hole Pattern Compact ir: /" Bore, Style S, FF, & RF Hole Pattern C&C: -/8" Bore, Series T, F, & R 7 -/8" H7- Mosier: -/8" Bore, Series TV, 8 & 9 7-5/8" H7- PHD: -/8" Bore, Series V, RF, & CF Hole Pattern Compact ir: -/8" Bore, Style S, FF, & RF Hole Pattern NFP Code MF & MF for -/" Bore ll brands conforming to this code Hole Pattern Compact ir:-5/8" Bore, Style S, FF, & RF 8 " H8- Hole Pattern NFP Code MF & MF for " Bore ll brands conforming to this code 9 " H9- Hole Pattern Compact ir:" Bore, Style S, FF, & RF Kits include Flange and Flange Mounting Screws F.5.5 FB.8 FB... FB... G R TF.00 TF.00 TF UF. W X

84 Mating Eye Bracket Trunnion Mount Kit for Series SQF Mounting Screws Included / Rod Clearance L Rod Clevis B/ B c c D Dia. E F Clevis Bracket J Eye Bracket J Materials Bracket: High strength Zinc die casting Pivot Pins: Precision dowel pins Clips:, Plated steel Mounting screws:, Steel, plated or black oxided Bore /" -/8" -5/8" " Bore /" -/8" -5/8" " " Kit No. TR-0 TR- TR- TR- Stroke ll ll ll / / Up.5.00 Rod End Rod Clevis English RC-9 RC- RC-8 RC-5 RC-56 B Mounting Kits Metric MRC-9 MRC- MRC-8 MRC-5 MRC-56 C.5... D.5 Mating Eye Bkt. EM-0 EM-0 EM- EM- EM- E.5... Clevis Bracket PM-0 PM- PM- PM- PM- SQFW-- with TR- F Cap End J Eye Bracket EM-0 EM- EM- EM- EM- L.6 Clevis Bracket Kit for Series SQF L N F B C K D H I J E M Part # PM-0 PM- PM- PM B Materials Bracket: High strength Zinc die casting Bushings: Oil filled powdered metal Pin: 6 Stainless Steel Clips:, Plated steel Screws:, Steel, plated or black oxided C D E Pin.5 E Hole F H I J 0.8. K L M N /-0x /-0x /-0x.00 5/6-8x.00 Eye Bracket Kit for Series SQF N L M K Materials Bracket: High strength Zinc die casting Bushings: Oil filled powdered metal Screws:, Steel, plated or black oxided K D H E I J Part # EM-0 EM-0 EM- EM- EM D E H I J *Note: Special /-0 with # Phillips Head. K L M N /-0x FHMS* /-0x FHMS* /-0x FHMS* /-0x.00 FHMS* 5/6-8x.00 FHSCS Rod Clevises P D F Materials Clevis and Stud: Steel, black oxided Pin: 6 Stainless Steel Clips: Steel, plated I J M L E Pin C Part # RC-9, MRC-9 RC-, MRC- RC-8, MRC-8 RC-5, MRC-5 RC-56, MRC-56 C D E PIN F I J L M P English 0-x.5 5/6-x /8-x.7 /-0x.9 /-0x.6 P Metric M5x6.mm M8x9.7mm M0x9.mm Mx9.9mm Mx5.7mm

85 S5-7-MR 5-7 Round Head and Square Head Tie Rod Cylinders Page Features & Benefits.... General, Standard Ratings.... Construction Information.... How a Longstroke is built Model Number Chart.... How to Order Option List.... Standard Specifications Option Specifications Description of the Options Mounting Kits....0 ccessories....0 ir Spring Return....5 Position Sensors....9 Directional Control Valves... Section Port Mounted Flow Control Valves... Section Specials... ii & iii Year Warranty... Inside back cover. 6--0

86 Longstroke Cylinders vailable in styles Bore sizes " thru " Strokes to " Piston Rod Bushing, hard anodized aluminum housing with Teflon lined Duralon insert Piston Seal, internally lubricated O'Ring for long life and improved performance Groove for magnetic piston position sensing Round Head Style Square Head Style PTFE Bearing Strip is located away from rod bearing for maximum load support Duralon Rod Bearings Excel Load Capacity (psi) Friction Properties Machine Design 97/7 Slip- Bearing Reference Issue Coefficient stick Porous Bronze...,500 Steel-on-steel... Yes Porous iron... 8,000 Bronze-on-steel....5 Yes Phenolics... 6,000 Sintered Bronze-on-steel Nylon...,000 with mineral oil.... No TFE Bronze-on-steel Reinforced Telfon...,500 with mineral oil....6 No *TFE fabric... 60,000 Copper lead alloy-on-steel. Yes Polycarbonate...,000 cetal-on-steel....0 No cetal...,000 Nylon-on-steel.... Yes Carbon-graphite Duralon-on-steel No * Shows Duralon bearing classification. Not to be used for design purposes. Printed with permission by Rexnord Corp. Ratings Standard Units all series Double acting, single rod Duralon rod bushing Female rod end with wrench flats Internally lubricated Buna-N O-ring piston and rod seals. Ports at position # Media ir Max. operating pressure psi Min. operating pressure recommended psi mbient & media temperature range.. -5 to +50 F Prelubrication Magnalube G Grease Stroke tolerance ± /6" Optional Hydraulic psi nonshock 0--0 Sizing Guide Bore Diameter " -/" " " Rod Diameter Rod rea Push rea (Single Rod) Pull rea Round Head Base Weight, lb Square Head Weight, lb Weight Per Inch, lb

87 Longstroke Cylinders Standard Models Standard: Single Rod, Double cting Option -DR: Double Rod, see page Option -K: Nonrotating, see page Basic Construction Quick Reference to Components No. Description Rod End Head, aluminum, black anodized Cap End Head, aluminum, black anodized Recessed faces assure flat mounting / NPT Ports 5 Full flow porting for fast response 6 Piston Rod Bushing, hard anodized aluminum housing with Teflon lined Duralon insert 7 Piston Stop 8 Rod Seal, internally lubricated O'Ring for long life 9 Piston Rod, stainless steel, centerless ground, polished, and hard chrome plated (68-7Rc) 0 Piston, aluminum Counter bore locates piston rod to maintain precise concentricity Piston Bolt, steel, Loctited and torqued Piston Seal, internally lubricated O'Ring for long life and improved performance PTFE Bearing Strip is located away from rod bearing for maximum load support 5 Groove for magnet to activate position sensors 6 O'Ring bumpers reduce metallic slap of piston on piston stop for quiet operation 7 Cylinder Tube, aluminum Hard anodized ID (Rc60); Clear anodized OD 8 Cylinder Tube end seal 9 Stainless steel tie rods 0 Stainless steel hex nuts Counterbore for nuts assures flat mounting Steel double rod stud, Loctited and torqued Guide pin, precision ground tool steel Guide pin bushing, SE 660 bearing bronze 5 Guide pin seal, Urethane O'Ring 6 Rubber disk prevents guide pin movement Cylinder OD is clear anodized aluminum for corrosion resistance and an attractive appearance. The Bore ID is Hard nodized Hard anodizing is an electrochemical process which provides a very dense surface of aluminum oxide that actually impregnates the base aluminum. It forms an extremely hard (60 Rc) surface with a low coefficient of friction. Hardness, corrosion resistance and wear resistance exceeds that of chrome plated steel. n Extra Long Rod Bearing provides long and rigid support for the piston rod. The bearing material is Duralon on all bore sizes. See page for a chart comparing the exceptional physical properties of Duralon to other common, though less durable, bearing materials. The Piston Rod is Hard Chrome Plated Stainless Steel. The standard rod end is fine female thread tapped and has long wrench flats

88 How to Order Model Number Code 8 MR Series Round head Square head Bore -/" " " -/" " " Specify 5 7 S S5 S7 S Stroke Standard strokes: " Increments " minimum through " maximum Optional Strokes: Shorter and fractional Mounting Rod end face, round head only.... Standard Cap end face, round head only.... Standard Side tap, square head only Standard Cap end clevis, round head only Ports in line with slot PM Ports 90 to slot SM Extended tie rods Rod end only WF Cap end only WR Rod & Cap end WFR Mounting Kits for Square Head Series Type See page End Lug mount kit.0 Side Lug mount kit.0 Mounting Kits for Round Head Series Type See page Eye bracket kit.0 Rod clevis.0 Options Description Specify See Page Double Rod -DR.7 Nonrotating, Square Head only -K.8 50 psi max. operating pressure Male Rod Thread.7 Single Rod -MR Double Rod, Rod End -MR Double Rod, Cap End -MR Double Rod, Both Ends -MR Viton Seals (-5 to +00 F) -V.7 Hydraulic, Low Pressure -H.7 to 500 psi NONSHOCK Finish, Pro-Coat, Electroless Nickle -N.8 Rubber Bumpers.7 Rod End -BF Cap End -BR Both Ends -BFR djustable Extend Stroke -S.8 6" Stroke maximum Full stroke adjustment is standard /8 NPT Ports -P8.7 Port Positions.5 &.6 ll Ports Position # Standard Position # -P Position # -P Position # -P Rod End Position # Standard Position # -PR Position # -PR Position # -PR Cap End Position # Standard Position # -PC Position # -PC Position # -PC ny port not specified will be in Position # as shown on page.5 &.6 Magnetic Piston -E.9 for reed switches and Electronic Sensors (Order Sensors separately) How to Order Examples. Specify SeriesBore. Specify stroke Note standard strokes listed above. ny stroke not listed is available, to " maximum, at nominal increase in delivery time and cost.. Specify mounting if other than standard. Specify options MR Round Head Longstroke, " bore, 8" stroke, Standard Mount Face Mount on Rod End and Cap End, Male Rod Thread S7-7 - E Square Head Longstroke, " bore, 7" stroke, Standard Mount Side Tap Mount, Magnetic Piston

89 Longstroke Cylinders Round Head, Standard, Face Mount Rod and Cap End 90.8 BC K Female Rod Thread.5 BC.8 BC /" Hex Nut 5.00 BC F Rod Dia. " + Stroke." + Stroke 0 0 / NPT / NPT. Dia.. Dia.. Dia.. Dia. H " Bore -/" Bore " Bore " Bore 0.5 Rod End Cap End Extended Tie Rod Mount for Round Head Models Rod End Only - WF Cap End Only -WR Z Rod and Cap Ends -WFR Z 5/6- Thread Rod End Cap End BC BC " Bore Tie Rods Equally Spaced -/", ", & " Bores Tie Rods Equally Spaced WF WR Round Head Clevis Mount Option Specify mounting option Ports in line with slot -PM Ports 90 to slot -SM EE FF JJ -PM Port locations in line with slot HH GG Stroke BB + Stroke M -SM Port locations 90 to slot Dimensions Bore " -/" " " BB..6 BC C.5 E.00 EE F Dia FF.6 GG Pin GG Hole H HH

90 Dimensions Square Head, Standard, Side Tap Mount Cap End C Port K Female Thread / Hex Nut "+ Stroke 0."+ Stroke 0 / NPT / NPT Rod End Port TH NT TN E " Bore E TH NT H TN E -/", ", & " Bores F Rod Dia. 0.5 T N + Stroke Extended Tie Rod Mount for Square Head Models Rod End Only - WF Cap End Only -WR Rod and Cap Ends -WFR Cap End Port 5/6- Thread Rod End Cap End Rod End Port TH BC " Bore Tie Rods Equally Spaced BC -/", ", & " Bores Tie Rods Equally Spaced WF WR JJ K /-0 x.00 /-0 x.00 /-0 x.00 5/8-8 x.5 M.6 N.5.. NT 5/6-8 x.6 /8-6 x /- x.00 /- x.00 T.69.6 TH 0 0 TN WF.... WR.... Z

91 Longstroke Cylinders Double Rod Option -DR.5 + stroke Typical for LL bores and LL mounting styles. Standard piston rod and rod bushing on both ends of the cylinder. Use when attachment to both ends of the cylinder is required, or to indicate piston position location. lso see Option E on page.9. Hydraulic Low Pressure Service to 500 psi non-shock Option -H U Cup rod seal is placed inboard in an SE 660 bronze bushing to eliminate leakage past the rod seal. n additional O'ring is used as an outboard wiper. Use with ir-oil systems and low pressure hydraulic systems when the rigidity and precision smoothness of hydraulics and control is required. Viton Seals Option -V Use for elevated temperatures (5 to + 00 F) or compatibility with exotic media. Consult engineering for compatibility information. Male Rod Thread Single Rod Double Rod, Rod End Only Double Rod, Cap End Only Double Rod, Rod & Cap Ends Option -MR -MR -MR -MR Rod Loctite Stud No Relief No Weakness high strength stud is threaded into the standard female rod end and retained with Loctite. This method eliminates the small diameter thread relief area normally required when machining male threads. This provides a much stronger rod end which can be repaired, rather than replacing the complete rod, should the thread be damaged. Thread BORE THRED " /0 x.00 /" /0 x.00 " /0 x.00 " 5/8-8 x.5 /8 NPT Ports Option -P8 Use /8 NPT ports for higher flows, air over oil systems, etc. Rubber Bumpers Rod End only Cap End only Both Rod & Cap Ends Option -BFR shown Rubber Bumpers Option -BF -BR -BFR Standard rubber mass will compress and give full stoke at 60 to 80 psi. This mass can be adjusted to meet your specific pressure and/or dynamic load requirements..7 Temperature Range (5 to + 0 F) rubber doughnut is bonded to the cylinder head to act as the piston stop and absorb the impact of the piston. This reduces noise and absorbs energy, thus reducing destruction of the cylinder and tooling due to pounding. The amount of rubber that extends beyond the normal piston stop is designed to compress and allow full stroke of the cylinder at 60 to 80 psi. If your application uses lower pressure or has high energy, consult engineering with application details so that rubber mass can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. Because of the temperature limitations of the adhesives involved (-5 to + 0 F) Rubber Bumpers are available in cylinders with standard internally lubricated Buna-N seals only. Use to reduce noise and absorb impact. Note! On applications such as punching, shearing, setting blind rivets, etc. where high forces are built up and then released very quickly, the proper method of "CTCHING" this type of load is to adjust the cylinder piston and the tooling so that at the point of breakthrough the piston is very close to the bumper. This reduces the dynamic load that the piston and bumper are required to absorb. 7--0

92 Option Specifications djustable extend stroke Option -S For strokes through 6" Full stroke adjustment is standard. Note! To maintain operator safety features of this option, it is NOT available with mounting styles: -WR and -WFR. Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points. Rod Bushing Stop Tube djustment Nut Skirt Lock Screw Plastic Plug Nut Stop djustment Rod with fine pitch thread (See Dimension BF ) djustment Nut with Mating Fine Pitch Thread BC + ( x Stroke) Contact Surfaces totally enclosed /"Minimum Clearance when fully stroked Note: Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points BD + Stroke B Diameter BE + Stroke BB Diameter BF Stroke adjustment per revolution Bore " -/" " " B.00 BB BC BD BE BF ( x Stroke) + Stroke Nonrotating Option -K 50 psi Max. Operating Pressure Square Head Series only in Single Rod and optional Double Rod (-DR) Guide Pin, Ground Tool Steel O'Ring, Polyurethane Wrench flat random rotation Bushing, SE 660 Bearing Bronze Rubber Disk Two guide pins incorporated inside the cylinder pass through the piston head. These guide pins prevent rotation of the rod with a tolerance of ±. The guide pins, being incorporated inside, are protected from the environment, physical damage, and are lubricated by the system lubrication, and require NO additional space, leaving the rod end area free for attachments and tooling as required by your application. The guide pins are precision ground tool steel and run in SE 660 bearing bronze bushings and Polyurethane O'rings. These features provide preci- sion guiding and long, trouble free life. rubber disk is included at the end of each guide pin to take up end play and firmly seat the pins in the precision guide pin holes. n information label is applied to each cylinder to warn against damage. WRNING THIS CYLINDER HS NONROTTING ROD. TO PREVENT INTERL DMGE HOLD ROD BY WRENCH FLTS WHEN INSTLLING OR REMOVING TTCHMENTS. Use when any attachment to the piston rod must not rotate. Finish Plating; Pro-Coat, Electroless Nickel, Heads & Tube Option -N Pro-Coat, Electroless Nickel Plating is a hard, smooth, corrosion and wear resistant coating. It will often suffice for applications where stainless steel is specified. Its lasting luster provides high eye appeal. The coating is a high nickel, low phosphorous alloy deposited by chemical reduction without electric current that is "mil-for-mil" more corrosion resistant than electroplated nickel. The surface is virtually pore free. The thickness of the nickel deposit is constant over the entire surface. Blind holes, threads, small diameter holes and internal surfaces all receive the same amount of plating. It has natural lubricity and a high resistance to abrasion. s shipped hardness of the coating is approximately 9 Rockwell C. Heat treating can increase hardness to approximately 60 Rockwell C. For specific applications, consult engineering. The cylinder heads and tube, inside and outside, are plated. Tie rods and nuts are standard stainless steel. Rod bushing is standard hard anodized aluminum and Duralon

93 Longstroke Cylinders Suffix Option E Specifies Magnetic Piston (Order Sensors and Sensor Clamps Separately) Quick Disconnect Sensor Shown Model 5 6 E shown with prewired electronic sensors -Piece Sensor Clamp shown with quick disconnect sensor snapped in place Socket Head Screw WRNING This cylinder is equipped with a Magnetic Piston for use with Magnetically Operated Sensors. Other Magnetic Sensitive Devices Should be Kept at a Distance to void Inadvertent Operation. Option -E consists of a magnet bonded into the piston head. When the piston magnet moves past an external sensor, the magnetic field activates the sensor without physical contact. Mounting The sensor snaps into a -part clamp that attaches rigidly to any of the tie rods and can be positioned anywhere along the length of the cylinder. Reliability The annular piston magnet is permanently bonded into a groove in the piston. It is a polarized permanent magnet of rubber bonded barium ferrite that is very stable and is not affected by shock. Under normal usage it will remain magnetized indefinitely. Warning External magnetic fields and/or ferrous objects may affect the strength of the piston magnet therefore affecting sensor actuation and piston position indication. Warning labels (shown left) are affixed to the cylinder. Sensor clamps and sensors are ordered separately. Sensor Clamp Stick Out Dimensions Model S 5 S5 7 S7 S T " " ".0" ".0.0".0" Female Cordsets available in,, & 5 meter lengths 9 foot prewired sensor T Clamp Sensor Piston Piston Rod Cylinder Tube Magnet, Rubber Bonded Barium Ferrite Tie Rod, Stainless Steel Top View Round Head Style Tie Rod, Stainless Steel Cylinder Head Clamp Piston Piston Rod Cylinder Tube Cylinder Head Magnet, Rubber Bonded Barium Ferrite Sensor Top View Square Head Style T T Sensor & Clamp Ordering Guide LED Lighted Magnetic Piston Position Sensors Product Type Reed Switch Electronic Electronic Prewired 9 ft. Part No Quick Disconnect Part Number Electrical Characteristics 5-0 VDC/VC, 0.5 mp Max., 0 Watt Max., SPST N.O.,.5 Voltage Drop Sourcing, PNP, 6- VDC, 0.5 mp Max.,.0 Voltage Drop Sinking, NPN, 6-VDC, 0.5 mp Max.,.0 Voltage Drop Female Cordsets for Quick Disconnect Length Meter Meter 5 Meter Part Number CFC-M CFC-M CFC-5M Sensor Mounting Clamp - for all Longstroke Models For all Longstroke Models Order Part Number Temperature Range: 0 to + 80 C ( to + 76 F) Warning! Do not exceed sensor ratings. Permanent damage to sensor may occur. Power supply polarity MUST be observed for proper operation of sensors. See wiring diagrams included with each sensor

94 Mounting Kits & ccessories End Lug Mount Kit H B 6 Holes X + Stroke W W/ S/ S Kit includes: brackets and bolts for attaching the brackets to the cylinder heads. T O S + Stroke O Material: Brackets, plated steel Screws, Black Oxide Steel Bore " -/" " " Kit No. EL-0 EL-5 EL-0 EL-0 S.5 W.00 B H O T.5.5 S.88 X Side Lug Mount Kit LH US/ TS/ US TS XE + Stroke SB Holes LH US/ TS/ US TS XE + Stroke SB Holes ST Kit includes: brackets and bolts for attaching the brackets to the cylinder heads. EO SS + Stroke Material: Brackets, plated steel Screws, Black Oxide Steel EO ST EO SS + Stroke Position # Position # Bore " -/" " " Kit No. SL-0 SL-5 SL-0 SL-0 EO EO LH SB SS SS ST.5.5 TS.5 5 US XE EO XE Rod Clevises P I J M L D F E Pin C Materials Clevis and Stud: Steel, black oxided Pin: 6 Stainless Steel Clips: Steel, plated Bore ", -/", & " " Part # RC-56 RC-6 C.00 D. E PIN F..6 I..6 J.69. L.6.80 M.6.9 P /-0x.6 5/8-8x Mating Eye Bkt EM- EM-5 Eye Bracket Kits mate with Option -PM or -SM and Rod Clevis 0--0 C B N D K H E L I J M Bore " -/", " " Rod Clevis RC-56 Materials Bracket: High strength Zinc die casting Bushings: Oil filled powdered metal Screws:, Steel, plated or black oxided Part # EM- EM-5 EM- EM-.00 B.00.5 C.00. D E H..5 I J K.00. L M N 5/6-8x.00FHSCS 5/6-8x.00FHSCS 5/6-8x.00FHSCS /-0X FH(#)MS.0

95 Product Index 5 Hi-Power Series Page Construction & engineering data... &. How to Order Dimensions &.6 Option Specifications Multi-Power Series Construction & engineering data Sizing Guide How to Order Dimensions & 5.6 Option Specifications Pancake Multi-Power Series Sizing Guide How to Order Dimensions & 5. Square Multi-Power Series Sizing Guide How to Order Dimensions Longstroke Multi-Power Series Sizing Guide How to Order Dimensions

96 Hi-Power Cylinders vailable in series 0 Bore sizes -/8" thru " Strokes to " HP Series Designed for minimum overall length in relationship to stroke. /" stroke increments to " maximum. For longer strokes use THP Series below. THP Series Designed for minimum overall length in relationship to stroke. PTFE piston bearing for superior load support and longer strokes. /" stroke increments through ", " increments 5" through " max. UHP Series Designed for minimum overall length relative to stroke. Buna-N U-cup seals for low break-away. PTFE piston bearing for superior load support and longer strokes. /" stroke increments through ", " increments 5" through " max. Model THP8 x 8 - RF shown Duralon Rod Bearings Excel Load Capacity (psi) Friction Properties Machine Design 97/7 Slip- Bearing Reference Issue Coefficient stick Porous Bronze...,500 Steel-on-steel... Yes Porous iron... 8,000 Bronze-on-steel....5 Yes Phenolics... 6,000 Sintered Bronze-on-steel Nylon...,000 with mineral oil.... No TFE Bronze-on-steel Reinforced Telfon...,500 with mineral oil....6 No *TFE fabric... 60,000 Copper lead alloy-on-steel. Yes Polycarbonate...,000 cetal-on-steel....0 No cetal...,000 Nylon-on-steel.... Yes Carbon-graphite Duralon-on-steel No * Shows Duralon bearing classification. Not to be used for design purposes. Printed with permission by Rexnord Corp. 5 Ratings Standard Units all series Double acting, single rod Duralon rod bushing Female rod end with wrench flats Internally lubricated Buna-N O-ring piston and rod seals. Ports at position # Media ir Max. operating pressure psi Min. operating pressure recommended psi mbient & media temperature range.. -5 to +50 F Prelubrication Magnalube G Grease Stroke tolerance ± /6" Sizing Guide Bore Diameter -/8-5/8 -/ Rod Diameter Rod rea Push rea (Single Rod) Pull rea HP Base Weight, lb N/ N/ N/ THP Base Weight, lb UHP Base Weight, lb Weight Per Inch, lb

97 Hi-Power Cylinders 5 Standard Models HP Series THP Series Basic Construction Quick Reference to Components No. Description Rod End Head, aluminum, black anodized Cap End Head, aluminum, black anodized NPT Ports Full flow porting for fast response 5 Cap End Plug, aluminum, black anodized 6 Piston Rod Bushing, anodized aluminum housing with Teflon lined Duralon insert 7 Piston Stop 8 Rod Seal, internally lubricated O'Ring for long life 9 Piston Rod, stainless steel, centerless ground, polished, and hard chrome plated (68-7Rc) 0 Piston, aluminum Piston Rod Pilot Washer locates piston to maintain precise concentricity Piston Bolt, steel, Loctite applied and torqued Piston Seal, internally lubricated O'Ring for long life and improved performance Cylinder Tube, aluminum Hard anodized ID (Rc60); Clear anodized OD 5 Cylinder Tube Seal 6 Stainless steel tie rods and plated steel nuts 7 PTFE Piston Bearing for superior load support 8 U Cup Seals, Buna-N 9 Magnet for piston position sensors UHP Series Cylinder OD is clear anodized aluminum for corrosion resistance and an attractive appearance. The Bore ID is Hard nodized Hard anodizing is an electrochemical process which provides a very dense surface of aluminum oxide that actually impregnates the base aluminum. It forms an extremely hard (60 Rc) surface with a low coefficient of friction. Hardness, corrosion resistance and wear resistance exceeds that of chrome plated steel. n Extra Long Rod Bearing provides long and rigid support for the piston rod. The bearing material is Duralon on all bore sizes. See page. for a chart comparing the exceptional physical properties of Duralon to other common, though less durable, bearing materials. The Piston Rod is Hard Chrome Plated Stainless Steel. The standard rod end is fine female thread tapped and has long wrench flats. Piston Construction The piston is aluminum for light weight. The piston rod pilot end and a pilot washer enable bolting the assembly securely while maintaining precise concentricity for smooth cylinder performance

98 How to Order HP Model Number Code x FF MR How to Order. Specify Series and Bore. Specify Stroke in Inches and Fractions. Specify Mounting. Specify Options Examples HP x FF MR HP Series Hi-Power, " bore, " stroke, Front Face (Fabco Pattern) Mount, Male Rod Thread THP5 x 7 RF TFR PTFE Piston Bearing Series, 5" Bore, 7" Stroke, Rear Face [NFP MF pattern] Mount, / NPT Ports in Rod and Cap Heads -5-0 Series HP THP UHP Bore -/8-5/8 -/ 5 6 -/8-5/8 -/ Standard Strokes /" Stroke Increments through " (maximum) Bores /8" 5/8" " /" Stroke Increments through " " Stroke Increments through " (maximum) Bores Mounting Series HP, Front Face Fabco Pattern FF THP, and Front Face NFP (MF) Pattern.... FF UHP Rear Face Fabco Pattern RF -/8" Rear Face NFP (MF) Pattern.... RF through Foot FT 6" Clevis Mount NFP (MP) Dimensions Ports in-line with slot PM Ports 90 to slot SM Extended Tie Rods Rod end only WF Cap end only WR Rod and Cap Ends WFR Series THP Front Face NFP (ME) Pattern.... FF and Rear Face NFP (ME) Pattern.... RF UHP only Extended Tie Rods 8" Rod end only WF 0" Cap end only WR " Rod and Cap Ends WFR OPTIONS Description Specify See Page Double Rod HP: -/8" thru 6" Bore -DR.0 THP: 8" thru " Bore UHP: -/8" thru " Bore Hole Thru Double Rod Shaft 50 psi max. operating pressure.0 Bore Hole -/8", -5/8" -/", ".".6" -DR -DR6 ", 5", 6".5" -DR5 8", 0", " Not available Nonrotating -K 50 psi max. operating pressure.0 HP: -5/8" Bore & Larger THP: ll Bores UHP: -/" Bore & Larger Male Rod Thread.7 Single Rod -MR Double Rod, Rod End Double Rod, Cap End -MR -MR Double Rod, Both Ends -MR Viton Seals (-5 to +00 F) -V.7 Hydraulic, Low Pressure -H.0 to 500 psi NONSHOCK (HP & THP Only) Rubber Bumpers Rod End -BF.8 Cap End -BR Both Ends -BFR djustable Extend Stroke 6" Stroke Maximum -S.7 Full stroke adjustment is standard. / NPT Ports in Heads (-/", ", ", 5", & 6" Bores only).8 Rod End Head -TF Cap End Head Both Heads -TR -TFR / NPT Ports in Heads.8 0" & " Bores only -P Extend Port Bushing.8 /8 NPT (-/" 6" Bores) / NPT (-/" 6" Bores) -E8 -E / NPT (5" " Bores) -E Port Positions.5 &.6 ll Ports Position # Standard # -P; # -P; # -P Rod End Port Position # Standard # -PR; # -PR; # -PR Cap End Port Position # Standard # -PC; # -PC; # -PC ny port not specified will be in position # as shown on pages.5 &.6 Magnetic Piston -E.9 for Reed Switches and Electronic Sensors (Order Sensors separately) Note: dditional Cylinder Length Required for / NPT Ports Option see page.8; for Option -E see page.9.. 5

99 Hi-Power Cylinders -/8", -5/8", -/", ", ", 5", & 6" Bores -RF Rear Face Mount; Cap End Rectangular Flange Fabco mounting pattern U Q K T T O Thd -FF Front Face Mount; Rod End Rectangular Flange Fabco mounting pattern Q K T T E C S J M 5 C E S O Thd L S E B D J M F G R H R N Hex Nut Places Cap End U N Hex Nut Places Rod End -RF L S E B D F R G H Rear Face Mount; Cap End Rectangular Flange NFP (MF) mounting pattern U G Q K O T T Thd R -FF Front Face Mount; Rod End Rectangular Flange NFP (MF) mounting pattern S E CC J M S E CC Q K J M T T N Hex Nut Places Cap End N Hex Nut Places Rod End L S E BB DD FF R R H FBCO -5/8" = NFP -/" FBCO " = NFP -/" O Thd L S E BB DD FF G R R U H FBCO -5/8" = NFP -/" FBCO " = NFP -/" -PM -SM Clevis Mount (NFP MP Dimensions) - Ports in-line with slot -Ports 90 to slot Fabco -/8" = NFP -/" Fabco -5/8" = NFP -/" Fabco " = NFP -/" FL CB T T CW CW LR ER J M Bore -/8-5/8 -/ Dimensions (inches) Series HP. + stroke + stroke.06 + stroke.06 + stroke.06 + stroke + stroke + stroke Series THP +stroke.00+stroke.5+stroke.5+stroke.5+stroke +stroke +stroke.88+stroke +stroke +stroke Series UHP.6+stroke.00+stroke.5+stroke.5+stroke.5+stroke +stroke +stroke +stroke 5+stroke 5+stroke B C D E F G G R R U H RF Material: Gray Iron Casting, Black Oxide Finish H J ± K 5/6-x.6 /8-x.6 /-0x /-0x /-0x /-6x. /-6x. /-6x. /-x /-x CD Pin Cross Pin and Clips Included CL E N Hex Nut Places Both Ends -/" thru 6" Bores; Rod end only -/8" & -5/8" Bores L 7/6 / 5/8 5/8 7/8 M ± N 7/6 7/6 9/6 9/6 / / / / -/8 -/8 P Q NPT /8 /8 / / / / / /8 / / R

100 Mounting Styles with Dimensions -/8", -5/8", -/", ", ", 5", & 6" Bores -FT Foot Mount E Q K G H T T 8", 0", and " Bores -FF Front Face Mount; Rod End Square Flange NFP (ME) mounting pattern Q K Rod End View T T HT HC F S L S P FO J M X Z R.5 R Z N Hex Nut Places Both Ends X -RF S L W B E J M O Thd F H Rear Face Mount; Cap End Square Flange NFP (ME) mounting pattern R G R N Hex Nut 8 Places Cap End U 5 -WF -WR -WFR E S Extended Tie Rod Mount, Rod End Only Cap End Only Rod & Cap Ends H G Q K T T L S E M To Order Extended Tie Rod Mount Specify Suffix Rod End only WF Cap End only WR Rod & Cap Ends WFR Dimensions (inches) J WF R V V R WR O Thd N Hex Nut Places Both Ends LL Models If a non-standard extension is required, specify by adding the required length to the suffix. e.g. If WF length required is.5", Specify WF.5" -WF -WR -WFR U K Tap L Flats Q J M N Hex Nut 8 Places Rod End H Extended Tie Rod Mount, Rod End Only Cap End Only Rod & Cap Ends WF WR K T T W L S E R G T T Q Cap End View J M G H R R W B S E R V O Thd F O Thd N Hex Nut 8 Places Both Ends Bore -/8-5/8 -/ S T U V W X...6 Z O /-0 /-0 /8-6 /8-6 /- /- /- /- /-0 /-0 BB CC DD FF FO HC HT WF WR CD FL RF CB CW ER LR CL

101 Hi-Power Cylinders OPTION VITON SELS -V Use for elevated temperatures (5 to + 00 F) or compatibility with exotic media. Consult engineering for compatibility information. 5 MLE ROD THRED Single Rod Double Rod, Rod End Only Double Rod, Cap End Only Double Rod, Rod & Cap Ends Rod Loctite -MR -MR -MR -MR Stud No Relief No Weakness For bores -/8" thru 8", a high strength stud is threaded into the standard female rod end and retained with Loctite. This method eliminates the small diameter thread relief area normally required when machining male Thread threads. This provides a much stronger rod end which can be repaired, rather than replacing the complete rod, should the thread be damaged. For 0" and ", the thread is machined integral with the rod. BORE THRED -/8".... 5/6 x.6-5/8".... /8 x.88 -/".... /0 x.00 " /0 x.00 " /0 x.00 5" /6 x 6" /6 x 8" /6 x 0".... -/ x.5 ".... -/ x.5 DJUSTBLE EXTEND STROKE For strokes through 6" -S Full stroke adjustment is standard. Note! To maintain operator safety features of this option, it is NOT available with mounting styles: -WR and -WFR. Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points. Not available for 0" & " bores Dial--Stroke provides a rugged and precision adjustment of the extend stroke of the cylinder. The stop tube, adjustment nut with skirt, and minimum clearances combine to eliminate pinch points, thus providing operator safety. Note! Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points with other parts of your machine design. The stop tube is blue anodized aluminum, the adjustment nut is blackened steel with a black anodized aluminum skirt, and the nut stop is red anodized aluminum; all for corrosion resistance and appearance. The adjustment nut, steel for long life, includes a lock screw with a plastic plug so that the adjustment nut can be locked in place without damaging the threads. The nut stop is mounted on the end of the adjustment rod so that the nut cannot come off. The fine pitch threads on the adjustment rod and nut provide precision adjustment. (See dimension "BF"). djustment settings are simplified by convenient scale markings applied to nut skirt and stop tube. Rod Bushing BD + Stroke B Diameter Stop Tube djustment Nut Skirt Lock Screw Plastic Plug Nut Stop djustment Rod with fine pitch thread (See Dimension BF ) djustment Nut with Mating Fine Pitch Thread Contact Surfaces totally enclosed /"Minimum Clearance when fully stroked Note: Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points BC + ( x Stroke) BE + Stroke BB Diameter BF Stroke adjustment per revolution Bore -/8" -5/8" -/" " " 5" 6" 8" B BB BC BD BE BF ( x Stroke) + Stroke.7 --0

102 Option Specifications EXTEND PORT BUSHING OPTION /8 NPT (-/" 6" bores) -E8 / NPT (-/" 6" bores) -E / NPT (5" " bores) -E Standard port plugged The cap end plug is replaced with an extended plug of black anodized aluminum with a female NPT port. The standard cap end port is plugged. Z Extend Port Use for plumbing convenience, or when higher air flows are required for higher cycle speeds. Dimensions (inches) vailability Extended Cap End Plug with Female NPT Port / NPT PORTS IN HEDS -/", ", ", 5", & 6" Bores only Rod End Head -TF Cap End Head -TR Both Heads -TFR / NPT PORTS IN BOTH HEDS 0" & " Bores only -P TR QR NPT RR BZ CZ Wrench Flats RC TC QC NPT Bore -/ Z. BZ.. CZ E8 E E For -/" thru 6" bores thicker heads (to accept / NPT ports) replace the standard heads. Because of the thicker heads, there is an increase in the Dimension and a reduction of the rod extension as charted below. With this construction, an O'Ring replaces the fiber gasket cylinder tube seal. For 0" and " bores, / NPT ports are applied to standard heads. Use when higher cycle speeds are required. 5 O'Ring Tube Seal Both Ends Option TF TR TFR P dd to HH QC / / / / QR / / / / RC -/ & " Bore [See chart] RC, 5 & 6" Bore RC 0 & " Bore HH-DR + Stroke Option -DR only See pages.5 &.6 for Dimension RR RR RR HH HH HH HH-DR -/ &, 5 & 0 & " -/, 5 & 6" 0 & " -/, " Bore 6" Bore Bore & " Bore Bore Bore & " Bore HH-DR 5 & 6" Bore HH-DR 0 & " Bore.00 TC..6 TR..6 RUBBER BUMPERS Rod End only Cap End only Both Rod & Cap Ends -BF -BR -BFR Rubber Bumpers HP Series with Option BFR shown Standard rubber mass will compress and give full stroke at 60 to 80 psi. This mass can be adjusted to meet your specific pressure and/or dynamic load requirements. rubber doughnut is bonded to the cylinder head to act as the piston stop and absorb the impact of the piston. This reduces noise and absorbs energy, thus reducing damage to the cylinder and tooling due to pounding. The amount of rubber that extends beyond the normal piston stop is designed to compress and allow full stroke of the cylinder at 60 to 80 psi. If your application uses lower pressure or has high energy, consult engineering with application details so that rubber mass can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. Because of the temperature limitations of the adhesives involved (-5 to +5 F), rubber bumpers are available in cylinders with standard internally lubricated Buna- N seals only. Use where noise reduction and impact absorption is desired. Note! On applications such as punching, shearing, setting blind rivets, etc., where high forces are built up and then released VERY quickly, the proper method of catching this type of load is to adjust the cylinder piston and the tooling so that at the point of breakthrough the piston is very close to the bumper. This reduces the dynamic load that the piston and bumper are required to absorb

103 Series Sensor & Clamp for -/8" to " Bores Quick Disconnect Sensor Shown Socket Head Screw 79 Series Sensor with Integral Clamp for " to " Bore Cylinders (shown prewired) 9 foot prewired sensor Hi-Power Cylinders MGNETIC PISTON Option -E Order Sensors and Sensor Clamps Separately Option -E consists of a magnet bonded into the piston head. When the piston magnet moves past an external sensor, the magnetic field activates the sensor without physical contact. Mounting The sensor is attached to a -part clamp that attaches rigidly to a tie rod and can be positioned anywhere along the length of the cylinder for very precise signaling. Two sensor styles are used (a) the 9-97 Series for -/8" thru " bores requires a tie rod clamp, and (b) the 79 Series which accommodates the larger diameter tie rods of the " thru " bores with an integral clamp. Reliability The annular piston magnet is permanently bonded into a groove in the piston. It is a polarized permanent magnet of rubber bonded barium ferrite that is very stable and is not affected by shock. Under normal usage it will remain magnetized indefinitely. Warning External magnetic fields and/or ferrous objects may affect the strength of the piston magnet therefore affecting sensor actuation and piston position indication. Labels noting this are affixed to the cylinder. Please note there is an increase in base length of the cylinder to accomodate the magnet. Using the table below add 'L' to Dimension '' on pages.5 &.6. (T) Clamp Stick Out & (L) Length dder to Dim. '' Pgs..5 &.6 Bore -/8" -5/8" -/" " " 5" 6" 8" 0" " T L (for Series HP) " L (for Series THP) L (for Series UHP) Female Cordsets available in,, & 5 meter lengths WRNING This cylinder is equipped with a Magnetic Piston for use with Magnetically Operated Sensors. Other Magnetic Sensitive Devices Should be Kept at a Distance to void Inadvertent Operation. -/8" " Bores Sensor & Clamp Ordering Guide T T Sensor Sensor Clamp Tie Rod, Stainless Steel Piston Magnet Cylinder Tube Cylinder Head Sensor Piston Cylinder Tube Cylinder Head " 6" Bores Integral Clamp T Tie Rod, Stainless Steel Magnet, Rubber Bonded Barium Ferrite 8", 0" & " Bores Warning! Do not exceed sensor ratings. Permanent damage to sensor may occur. Power supply polarity MUST be observed for proper operation of sensors. See wiring diagrams included with each sensor. Temperature Range: 0 to + 80 C ( to + 76 F) LED Lighted Magnetic Piston Position Sensors: Bores -/8" " Product Reed Switch Electronic Electronic 9 ft. Prewired P/N Quick Discon. P/N Electrical Characteristics 5-0 VDC/VC, 0.5 mp Max., 0 Watt Max., SPST N.O.,.5 Voltage Drop Sourcing, PNP, 6- VDC, 0.5mp Max.,.0 Voltage Drop Sinking, NPN, 6-VDC, 0.5mp Max.,.0 Voltage Drop 9-97 Series Sensor Mounting Clamps Part Number LED Lighted Magnetic Piston Position Sensors: Bores " 8" Reed Switch Electronic Electronic VDC/VC, mp Max., 0 Watt Max., SPST N.O.,.0 Voltage Drop Sourcing, PNP, 6- VDC,.0 mp Max., 0.5 Voltage Drop Sinking, NPN, 6- VDC,.0 mp Max., 0.5 Voltage Drop LED Lighted Magnetic Piston Position Sensors: Bores 0" & " Reed Switch Electronic Electronic VDC/VC, mp Max., 0 Watt Max., SPST N.O.,.0 Voltage Drop Sourcing, PNP, 6- VDC,.0 mp Max., 0.5 Voltage Drop Sinking, NPN, 6- VDC,.0 mp Max., 0.5 Voltage Drop T T Female Cordsets for 9-97 Series Quick Disconnect Sensors Length Meter Meter 5 Meter Part No. CFC-M CFC-M CFC-5M Female Cordsets for 79 Series Quick Disconnect Sensors Length Meter 5 Meter Part No. CFC-M- CFC-5M- --0

104 Option Specifications Double Rod Option -DR H + stroke See page.5 for dimension H. Typical for LL bores and LL mounting styles. Standard piston rod and rod bushing on both ends of the cylinder. vailable in Series HP -/8" thru 6" bore; THP 8" thru " bore; and UHP -/8" thru " bore, with /" inch stroke increments through " and " stroke increments to ". The THP Series (PTFE piston bearing) is not required because the two rod bushings provide excellent piston support. Use when attachment to both ends of the cylinder is required, or to indicate piston position. lso see Option E on page.9. Hole Thru (" stroke maximum) 50 psi max. operating pressure Bore Hole Size -/8", -5/8"." -DR -/", ".6" -DR6 ", 5", 6",.5" -DR5 8", 0", " Not available Rod Rod hole is drilled through the piston rods and the double rod stud. The rods are centered by pilot bosses in the piston and threaded tightly on the hollow stud. This hole can be used for the passage of air, gas, liquid, or any media that is compatible with the stainless steel piston rod and the steel stud. The hole for each bore size is shown in the chart at the left. vailable in Series HP and UHP only with /" stroke increments through a maximum of ". Use when the attachment to the rod required a fluid or vacuum. 5 Piston Stud Nonrotating Rod 50 psi max. operating pressure -K HP -5/8" Bore and larger THP ll Bores UHP -/" Bore and larger NOTE: Wrench flats have random location Rubber Disk Guide Pin Ground Tool Steel SE 660 Bearing Bronze Bushing O'Ring Polyurethane Two guide pins incorporated inside the cylinder pass through the piston head. These guide pins prevent rotation of the rod with a tolerance of ±. Note that the nonrotating guide pins are located internally. This provides protection from the environment and from physical damage, common lubrication with the cylinder, and NO additional space requirements. The rod end area is free for any attachments or tooling required by your application. The guide pins are precision ground tool steel and run in SE 660 bearing bronze bushings and polyurethane O'Rings. These features provide precision guiding and long, trouble free life. rubber disk is included at the end of each guide pin to take up end play and seat the pins firmly in the guide pin holes. n information label similar to the one below is applied to each cylinder to warn against damage. WRNING THIS CYLINDER HS NONROTTING ROD. TO PREVENT INTERL DMGE, HOLD ROD BY WRENCH FLTS WHEN INSTLLING OR REMOVING TTCHMENTS. Hydraulic -H Low pressure service to 500 psi Nonshock U Cup Seal O'Ring Wiper O'Ring Tube Seal Both Ends Where space permits, a U Cup seal is placed inboard in an SE 660 bronze bushing to eliminate leakage past the rod seal; an O'Ring is used as an outboard wiper. When space is limited, two O'Ring seals are used in the bronze bushing. Use with an ir-over-oil system when the rigidity and precision smoothness of hydraulics and control is required. See page 5. and section 9 of this catalog for information on ir Oil Tanks and systems

105 Multi-Power Cylinders vailable in series Bore sizes /" thru " Strokes /8" thru " 5 Original Series (shown right) Bores -/8" thru " Strokes /" thru " Forces to,000 lbs. ( tons!) Pancake Series (see pages 5. to 5.-) Bores /" thru " Strokes /8" thru -/" Forces to 7,86 lbs Square Series (see pages 5.5 to 5.6-) Bores /" thru " Strokes /8" thru -/" Forces to 870 lbs. Longstroke Series (see pages 5.7 to 5.8-5) Bores " thru " Strokes /" thru " Forces to 7,86 lbs Duralon Rod Bearings Excel Load Capacity (psi) Friction Properties Machine Design 97/7 Slip- Bearing Reference Issue Coefficient stick Porous Bronze...,500 Steel-on-steel... Yes Porous iron... 8,000 Bronze-on-steel....5 Yes Phenolics... 6,000 Sintered Bronze-on-steel Nylon...,000 with mineral oil.... No TFE Bronze-on-steel Reinforced Telfon...,500 with mineral oil....6 No *TFE fabric... 60,000 Copper lead alloy-on-steel. Yes Polycarbonate...,000 cetal-on-steel....0 No cetal...,000 Nylon-on-steel.... Yes Carbon-graphite Duralon-on-steel No * Shows Duralon bearing classification. Not to be used for design purposes. Printed with permission by Rexnord Corp. Features & Benefits More force from available shop air Eliminates hydraulics stays clean Multiple pistons on the power stroke Saves mounting space ( to 75%) Single piston on the retract stroke Saves air ( to 7%) Building block design Low cost Quick delivery Specials Wide range of models, sizes and options.. dapts to your application requirements Corrosion resistant construction Long life clean appearance Internally lubricated dynamic seals Smooth operation and long product life Duralon rod bearings See chart above extended product life Hard anodized ID cylinder tubing More cycles less wear Year warranty Extended buyer protection

106 Get forces up to,000 pounds from shop air pressure! How it works Exhaust ir tmospheric ir Exhaust tmospheric ir Exhaust tmospheric ir Exhaust Shop ir Supply to Extend Port Fabco-ir attaches multiple pistons to a common shaft and provides internal air passages through the shaft to all pistons. Thus, when shop air pressure is applied to the extend port, all pistons are pressurized simultaneously enabling tremendous thrust forces to be obtained. See the handy sizing guide below for available force multiplying factors (column Total Effective Piston rea) and maximum operating pressures for various cylinder bore sizes. Shop ir Supply to Retract Port Piston # tmospheric ir Drawn In Piston # tmospheric ir Drawn In Piston # Piston # Internal ir Passages tmospheric ir Drawn In Exhaust ir 5 Sizing Example MP x FF Piston rea is 0. sq. in. Force = Pressure x rea If Supply ir Pressure is 00 psi, then Force = 00 psi x 0. or Force = 00 lbs --0 Bore Inches Stages (Number of Pistons) Total Effective Piston rea-square Inches Equivalent Bore of a Single Piston Cylinder Force@ 60 psi Sizing Guide + + Rod Diameter, in. Single Stage Retract Piston rea, sq. in. Rod rea, sq. in / / / Base Weight, lb. Zero Stroke Weight Per inch, lb. of Stroke Max. Operating Pressure Notes reas given are for Multiple Stage Extend - Single Stage Retract with a Single Rod. For Single Stage Extend - Multiple Stage Retract and any Double Rod Models, deduct the rod area shown. reas given are for Standard Single Stage Retract. For Single Stage Extend with a single rod, add the rod area shown. Ratings Standard Units Duralon rod bushing. (see page 5. for table of physical properties) Female rod end with wrench flats Internally lubricated Buna-N O-ring piston and rod seals. irline lubrication recommended Media ir Max. operating pressure See chart Min. pressure recommended psi mbient & media temp to +50 F Prelubrication... Magnalube G Grease 5.

107 Multi-Power Cylinders Basic Construction 5 Multiple Stage Extend with Single Stage Retract Single Retract Return Stroke Multiple Extend Power Stroke NPT Port 5 NPT Port Multiple Stage Retract with Single Stage Extend Multiple Retract Power Stroke NPT Port Single Extend Return Stroke NPT Port Quick Reference to Components No. Description Cylinder tube seal tmospheric vent Piston rod ir passage between stages 5 Center stud, high tensile, plated 6 Stainless steel tie rods and plated steel nuts 7 Piston stop 8 Cap End Plug, aluminum, black anodized 9 Nut, plated steel 0 Piston Rod Pilot Washer locates piston to maintain precise concentricity Cap end head, aluminum, black anodized Cylinder tube, aluminum Baffle, aluminum Baffle seal, Buna-N O'Rings, 5 to + 50 F 5 Piston seal, internally lubricated O'Ring 6 Piston rod seal, internally lubricated O'Ring 7 Center shaft seal, internally lubricated O'Ring 8 Piston, aluminum 9 Piston air slot, note direction of air flow 0 Rod end head, aluminum, black anodized Piston rod bushing, anodized aluminum housing with Teflon lined Duralon insert Cylinder OD is clear anodized aluminum for corrosion resistance and an attractive appearance. The Bore ID is Hard nodized Hard anodizing is an electrochemical process which provides a very dense surface of aluminum oxide that actually impregnates the base aluminum. It forms an extremely hard (60 Rc) surface with a low coefficient of friction. Hardness, corrosion resistance and wear resistance exceeds that of chrome plated steel. n Extra Long Rod Bearing provides long and rigid support for the piston rod. The bearing material is Duralon on all bore sizes. See page 5. for a chart comparing the exceptional physical properties of Duralon to other, less durable, bearing materials. The Piston Rod is Hard Chrome Plated Stainless Steel. Surface finish is RMS or better.the standard rod end is fine female thread tapped and has long wrench flats. Piston Construction The piston is aluminum for light weight. The piston rod pilot end and a pilot washer enable bolting the assembly securely while maintaining precise concentricity for smooth cylinder performance. Dynamic Seals Internally lubricated O'Rings are compounded to provide extra long wear, lower breakaway (starting) and running friction, and smoother operation. In tests, cylinders with these seals have extended cycle life to times beyond cylinders with standard Buna-N seals

108 Model Number Code MP x FF MR How to Order How to Order. Specify Series and Bore. Specify Stroke in Inches and Fractions. Note standard strokes listed above. Strokes not listed are available to " maximum at a nominal increase in delivery time and cost.. Specify stages extend. Specify stages retract 5. Specify Mounting 6. Specify Options Example MP x FF MR Multi-Power Series, " bore, " stroke, Stage Extend, Stage Retract, Front Face (Fabco Pattern) Mount, Male Rod Thread MP Series & Bore -/8" -5/8" -/" " " 5" 6" 8" 0" " Standard Strokes /" " -/" " -/" " " 5" 6" Optional Strokes any other stroke 0" thru " Stages Extend Stages Retract Standard available combinations are listed above. See page 5.7 for Multiple ExtendMultiple Retract Options. Note: pplicable only to -/8" thru 8" bores. Bores Mounting -/8" Front Face Fabco Pattern... FF thru Front Face NFP (MF) Pattern... FF 6" Rear Face Fabco Pattern... RF Rear Face NFP (MF) Pattern... RF Foot... FT Clevis Mount NFP (MP) Dimensions for single stage retract only Ports in-line with slot... PM Ports 90 to slot... SM Extended Tie Rods (See page 5.6 for non-standard lengths.) Rod end only... WF Cap end only... WR Rod and Cap Ends...WFR Front Face NFP (ME) Pattern... FF 8" Rear Face NFP (ME) Pattern... RF 0" Extended Tie Rods " Rod end only... WF Cap end only... WR Rod and Cap Ends...WFR OPTIONS Description Specify See Page " Rod thread 8" bore only -KF 5.5 Double Rod -DR 5.8 Nonrotating Single Rod -NR 5.8 Nonrotating Double Rod -NRDR 5.8 Male Rod Thread 5.7 Single Rod -MR Double Rod, Rod End -MR Double Rod, Cap End -MR Double Rod, Both Ends -MR Viton Seals (-5 to +00 F) -V 5.8 Shock & Speed Control using -HS 5. Hydraulics, -/" " bores Rubber Bumpers 5.9 Rod End -BF Cap End -BR Both Ends -BFR djustable Extend Stroke -S 5.9 6" Stroke maximum. Full stroke adjustment is standard. /" NPT Ports in Heads (-/", ", ", 5" & 6" Bores only) 5.0 Rod End Head -TF Cap End Head -TR Both Heads -TFR / NPT Ports in Heads -P 5.0 (8", 0" & " Bores only) Extend Port Bushing 5.0 /8 NPT (-/" 6" Bores) -E8 / NPT (-/" 6" Bores) -E / NPT (5" " Bores) -E High Flow Vents -HF 5.0 Port Positions 5.5 & 5.6 ll Ports Position # Standard Position # -P Position # -P Position # -P Rod End Position # Standard Position # -PR Position # -PR Position # -PR Cap End Position # Standard Position # -PC Position # -PC Position # -PC tmospheric Vent or Ported Baffle Port Position # Standard Position # -PB Position # -PB Position # -PB ny port or vent not specified will be in Position # as shown on page 5.5 & 5.6 Magnetic Piston -E 5. for reed switches and Electronic Sensors (Order Sensors separately) Note: dditional cylinder length required for Nonrotating Rods see page 5.8; for Option -HS see page 5.; for / NPT Ports Option see page 5.0; for Option -E see page

109 Multi-Power Cylinders -/8", -5/8", -/", ", ", 5", & 6" Bores -RF Rear Face Mount; Cap End Rectangular Flange Fabco mounting pattern U Q K T T O Thd -FF Front Face Mount; Rod End Rectangular Flange Fabco mounting pattern E C S J M 5 C E S O Thd Q L S E B D K J M F G R H T T R N Hex Nut Places Cap End U N Hex Nut Places Rod End -RF L S E B D F R G H Rear Face Mount; Cap End Rectangular Flange NFP (MF) mounting pattern U G Q K O T T Thd R -FF S E CC Front Face Mount; Rod End Rectangular Flange NFP (MF) mounting pattern Q K J M T T N Hex Nut Places Cap End S E CC N Hex Nut Places Rod End L S E BB DD J M FF R R H FBCO -5/8" = NFP -/" FBCO " = NFP -/" O Thd L S E BB DD Dimensions (inches) FF Note: The Dimension Y is for standard models: Multiple extend/single retract and Single extend/multiple retract. Optional Multiple extend/ multiple retract models require additional cylinder length (see page 5.7). The following options also require additional cylinder length. See the respective option information pages for details. -NR, NRDR (pg 5.8), -HS (pg 5.), -TF, -TR, -TFR (pg 5.0), -E (pg 5.). Note: Dimension K for 8" Bore only, specify Option KF for "- Rod Thread G R R U H FBCO -5/8" = NFP -/" FBCO " = NFP -/" For single stage retract only Clevis Mount (NFP MP Dimensions) -PM - Ports in-line with slot -SM - Ports 90 to slot J M T T R R G U H RF Material: Gray Iron Casting, Black Oxide Finish FL LR ER Fabco -/8" = NFP -/" Fabco -5/8" = NFP -/" Fabco " = NFP -/" CB CW CW CD Pin Cross Pin and Clips Included CL E N Hex Nut Places Both Ends -/" thru 6" Bores; Rod end only -/8" & -5/8" Bores Bore -/8-5/8 -/ = (No. stages x stroke) + y y ( stage) y ( stage) y ( stage) B C D E F G H J ± K 5/6-x.6 /8-x.6 /-0x /-0x /-0x /-6x. /-6x. -x /-x /-x L 7/6 / 5/8 5/8 7/8 -/ -/ -/ M ± N 7/6 7/6 9/6 9/6 / / / / -/8 -/8 P Q NPT /8 /8 / / / / / / / / R

110 Mounting Styles with Dimensions -/8", -5/8", -/", ", ", 5", & 6" Bores -FT Foot Mount 8", 0", and " Bores -FF Q Rod End View Front Face Mount; Rod End Square Flange NFP (ME) mounting pattern K T T HT HC F S E Q L S P FO K G J M X Z R H T T.5 R Z N Hex Nut Places Both Ends X -RF S L W B E J M O Thd F H Rear Face Mount; Cap End Square Flange NFP (ME) mounting pattern R G R N Hex Nut 8 Places Cap End U 5 -WF -WR -WFR Extended Tie Rod Mount, Rod End Only Cap End Only Rod & Cap Ends H G Q K T T O Thd U K Tap L Flats J M T T Q Cap End View E S L S E To Order Extended Tie Rod Mount Specify Suffix Rod End only WF Cap End only WR Rod & Cap Ends WFR J M WF R V V R WR N Hex Nut Places Both Ends LL Models If a non-standard extension is required, specify by adding the required length to the suffix. e.g. If WF length required is.5", Specify WF.5" N Hex Nut 8 Places Rod End -WF -WR -WFR Q H R Extended Tie Rod Mount, Rod End Only Cap End Only Rod & Cap Ends WF WR K T T W L S E G J R M G H R W B S E R O Thd F V O Thd N Hex Nut 8 Places Both Ends Bore -/8-5/8 -/ S T U V W X...6 Z O /-0 /-0 /8-6 /8-6 /- /- /- /- /-0 /-0 BB CC DD FF FO HC HT WF WR CD FL RF CB CW ER LR CL

111 Multi-Power Cylinders 5 Multiple Stages Extend & Multiple Stages Retract (Not available on 0" and " bores) When required return forces (Extend or Retract) are greater than the standard single piston can provide, multiple stages (pistons) can be pressurized. This is accomplished by replacing one or more of the standard baffles with a ported baffle as shown in the illustration. When these thicker baffles are used, the overall length ( Dimension ) increases. See the chart below for port size and dimension details. See pages 5.5 for Dimension dd to Dimension Bore Port for each Ported Baffle -/8" /8 NPT " -5/8" /8 NPT " -/" / NPT " " / NPT " " / NPT " 5" / NPT " 6" / NPT " 8" / NPT.00" Example: Model MPx---FF Ports externally connected for Multiple Retract Ported Baffle NPT Port No. of Total vailable Ported No. of Combinations Baffles Stages Tube seals + [ See Chart ] tmospheric Vent Multiple Extend Port Standard Baffle Notes: When any of these combinations are ordered, the proper number of ported baffles are included. s standard, the largest number of stages are internally connected. On models with the same number of extend and retract stages, the extend stages are internally connected. pplications that may dictate the use of Ported Baffles Clean rooms, Vacuum Chambers, Wash Down reas, Under Liquid, Dirty or Corrosive Environments Increase Cycle Speeds Selective Force pplication Filters can be installed in the ports of stages not requiring pressurization, or they can be plumbed to a common filter or point outside the critical environment. The ports have higher air flow capacity than the vents in the standard baffle. With control circuitry, the number of stages that are pressurized (thus the amount of force being applied) at any given time can be selected and varied. Consult engineering with application details. Male Rod Thread Single Rod Double Rod, Rod End Only Double Rod, Cap End Only Double Rod, Rod & Cap Ends Rod Loctite Stud Option -MR -MR -MR -MR No Relief No Weakness For bores -/8" thru 8", a high strength stud is threaded into the standard female rod end and retained with Loctite. This method eliminates the small diameter thread relief area normally required when machining male threads. This provides a much stronger Thread rod end which can be repaired, rather than replacing the complete rod, should the thread be damaged. For 0" and ", the thread is machined integral with the rod. BORE THRED -/8" 5/6 x.6-5/8" /8 x.88 -/" /0 x.00 " /0 x.00 " /0 x.00 5" /6 x 6" /6 x 8" standard x 8" optional x 0" - / x.5 " - / x.5 Note: Male rod callout must be preceeded by -KF

112 Option Specifications Double Rod Option -DR H + stroke See page 5.5 for dimension H. Typical for LL bores and LL mounting styles. Standard piston rod and rod bushing on both ends of the cylinder. For 8" bore only, when -KF is specified, " threads will be applied at both ends. Use when attachment to both ends of the cylinder is required, or to indicate piston position. lso see Option E on page 5.. Note: 0" & " Bores for Position Indication Only Rod Thread /8-6 x 5/8 Deep Viton Seals Option -V Use for elevated temperatures (5 to + 00 F) or compatibility with exotic media. Consult engineering for compatibility information. 5 Nonrotating Rod Option -NR ported baffle is used so the piston assembly can be retracted by the next piston back from the rod end. The normal rod head port becomes an atmospheric vent. The tolerance on rotation is ±. The hex rod design does allow for some torque loading on the shaft. However, torque loads that induce side loading should be minimized for best overall life and performance. Hex Rod tmospheric Vent for all extend/retract combinations Ported Baffle Retract Port No rod seal See pages 5.5 for Dimension + [ See Chart ] stainless steel hex rod and a hex broached bushing of SE 660 bearing bronze replaces the standard round rod and bushing. + [ See chart ] HR Hex rod flats Random Rotation relative to Mounting Pattern No. of Total vailable Ported No. of Combinations Baffles Stages Note: Not applicable to 0" and " bores dd to Dimension for each Bore Port Ported Baffle HR -/8" /8 NPT " " -5/8" /8 NPT ".6" -/" / NPT " " " / NPT " " " / NPT ".00" 5" / NPT " " 6" / NPT " " 8" / NPT.00" " 0" / NPT ".00" " / NPT ".00" Nonrotating Double Rod Option -NRDR combination of the Options NR and DR as shown above. The rod end rod is Hex and the cap end rod is round. The ported baffles are included and the Dimension adjustments shown for Option NR must be made. Extended piston areas must also be reduced by the rod area

113 5 djustable extend stroke Option -S For strokes through 6" Full stroke adjustment is standard. Note! To maintain operator safety features of this option, it is NOT available with mounting styles: -WR and -WFR. Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points. Not available for 0" & " bores Dial--Stroke provides a rugged and precision adjustment of the extend stroke of the cylinder. The stop tube, adjustment nut with skirt, and minimum clearances combine to eliminate pinch points, thus providing operator safety. Note! Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points with other parts of your machine design. The stop tube is blue anodized aluminum, the adjustment nut is blackened steel with a black anodized aluminum skirt, and the nut stop is red anodized aluminum; all for corrosion resistance and appearance. The adjustment nut, steel for long life, includes a lock screw with a plastic plug so that the adjustment nut can be locked in place without damaging the threads. The nut stop is mounted on the end of the adjustment rod so that the nut cannot come off. The fine pitch threads on the adjustment rod and nut provide precision adjustment. (See dimension "BF"). djustment settings are simplified by convenient scale markings applied to nut skirt and stop tube. Rod Bushing BD + Stroke B Diameter Multi-Power Cylinders Stop Tube djustment Nut Skirt Lock Screw Plastic Plug Nut Stop djustment Rod with fine pitch thread (See Dimension BF ) djustment Nut with Mating Fine Pitch Thread Contact Surfaces totally enclosed /"Minimum Clearance when fully stroked Note: Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points BC + ( x Stroke) BE + Stroke BB Diameter BF Stroke adjustment per revolution Bore -/8" -5/8" -/" " " 5" 6" 8" B BB BC BD BE.6 BF ( x Stroke) + Stroke Rubber Bumpers Rod End only Cap End only Both Rod & Cap Ends Rubber Bumpers Option -BF -BR -BFR Standard rubber mass will compress and give full stroke at 60 to 80 psi. This mass can be adjusted to meet your specific pressure and/or dynamic load requirements. 5.9 rubber doughnut is bonded to the cylinder head to act as the piston stop and absorb the impact of the piston. This reduces noise and absorbs energy, thus reducing damage to the cylinder and tooling due to pounding. The amount of rubber that extends beyond the normal piston stop is designed to compress and allow full stroke of the cylinder at 60 to 80 psi. If your application uses lower pressure or has high energy, consult engineering with application details so that rubber mass can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. Because of the temperature limitations of the adhesives involved (-5 to +5 F), rubber bumpers are available in cylinders with standard internally lubricated Buna- N seals only. Use where noise reduction and impact absorption is desired. Note! On applications such as punching, shearing, setting blind rivets, etc., where high forces are built up and then released VERY quickly, the proper method of catching this type of load is to adjust the cylinder piston and the tooling so that at the point of breakthrough the piston is very close to the bumper. This reduces the dynamic load that the piston and bumper are required to absorb

114 Option Specifications Extend Port Bushing Option /8 NPT (-/" 6" bores) -E8 / NPT (-/" 6" bores) -E / NPT (5" " bores) -E Standard port plugged Z BZ Extend Port CZ Wrench Flats Extended Cap End Plug with Female NPT Port The cap end plug is replaced with an extended plug of black anodized aluminum with a female NPT port. The standard cap end port is plugged. Use for plumbing convenience, or when higher air flows are required for higher cycle speeds. Bore -/ Dimensions (inches) Z. BZ.. CZ vailability E8 E E 5 / NPT Ports in Heads Option -/", ", ", 5", & 6" Bores only Rod End Head -TF Cap End Head -TR Both Heads -TFR For -/" thru 6" bores, thicker heads (to accept / NPT ports) replace the / NPT Ports in BOTH Heads 8", 0" & " Bores only -P TR QR NPT RR RC TC QC NPT standard heads. Because of the thicker heads, there is an increase in Dimension and a reduction of the rod extension as charted below. With this construction, an O'Ring replaces the fiber gasket cylinder tube seal. For 8", 0" and " bores, / NPT ports are applied to standard heads. Use when higher cycle speeds are required. O'Ring Tube Seal Both Ends Option TF TR TFR P dd to QC / / / / HH QR / / / / RC -/ & " Bore RC, 5 & 6" Bore [See chart] RC 8, 0 & " Bore RR -/ & " Bore RR, 5 & 6" Bore RR 8, 0 & " Bore HH-DR + Stroke Option -DR only See pages 5.5 & 5.6 for Dimension HH -/, & " Bore HH 5 & 6" Bore HH 8, 0 & " Bore.00 HH-DR -/, & " Bore HH-DR 5 & 6" Bore HH-DR 8, 0 & " Bore.00 TC..6 TR..6 High Flow Vents Option -HF The atmospheric vent in the baffle is cut larger to provide less resistance to the air flow. Use when higher cycle speeds are required

115 Multi-Power Cylinders 5 Speed & Shock Control Using Hydraulics Option -HS vailable in -/" through " Bore Temperature range: 5 to + 50 F vailable with Viton seals dd -V Temperature range: 5 to +00 F Note!!! ll -Stage Units -/" thru 0" Bores are rated at 0 psi maximum air input! " Bore, -Stage is rated at 0 psi max. " Bore, -Stage is rated at 00 psi max. Series MP MLR, MLS Bore -/", ", " 5" 6" 8" 0", " Bore, -/", ", See chart dd to Pg 5.5 & 5.6 0" 0.5" 0" 0.5" 0.00" dd to B Pg 5.8 0" pplication Tips When Multi-Power cylinders are applied to applications such as punching or shearing, high inertial and impact forces are often encountered. To capture these potentially destructive forces, and prevent possible damage to tooling and cylinder specify Option HS. The seals on the piston, piston rod and tube are increased in the single return stage (retract or extend) and fluid is used to control speed and shock. Fluid from an air-over-oil tank is used for the return media. This fluid passes through a resistance, such as a flow control, which provides speed control of the cylinder. When the material shears and the cylinder tries to complete its stroke, the noncompressible fluid resists rapid movement, providing shock and speed control. Note the circuits shown below. / NPT Porting is available for -/", ", ", 5", & 6" Bores; / NPT Porting is available for 0" & " Bores dditional Rod Seal, Polypak SE 660 Bronze Bushing Standard Rod Seal, O'Ring For less fluid restriction and larger plumbing on -/" through 6" bores, see the / NPT porting options TF, TR, and TFR on page 5.0. lso for 0" & " bores, / NPT Port Option -P is available. See page 5.0. Note!! The fluid pressure in the return stage is limited to 500 psi. This dictates that all -stage units thru 0" bore be limited to 0 psi maximum air input! " bore, stage units are limited to 0 psi; stage units are limited to 00 psi. Use when smooth, rigid, and precision speed control is required. lso with applications such as punching, shearing, setting blind rivets, etc., where high forces are built up and then released very quickly. The fluid, being incompressible, catches these forces, both static and dynamic, dissipating them before the cylinder reaches the end of its stroke and before the piston can pound on the piston stop. dditional Tube Seal, O'Ring dditional Piston Seal, Polypak Standard Piston Seal, O'Ring Thicker Piston The Polypak seals combine an automatic lip seal with an O'spring energizer for excellent sealing from 0 to 500 psi. Two Speed & Shock Control Single air/oil tank with sequence, needle and shut-off valves give:. Rapid Extend stroke.. utomatic switch to controlled rate when resistance is met and pressure builds up.. Fluid catches cylinder when built-up forces are suddenly released (such as in punching applications), thus controlling the shock that could otherwise occur. lways use -hand anti tie-down systems for operator safety! Consult your local distributor for information and product delivery Sequence valve. utomatic return to rapid rate on Retract stroke. Needle valve ir supply Muffler Directional control -way air valve Single tank air/oil unit Multi-Power Cylinder Shut-off -way oil One Speed Circuit Single air/oil tank and flow control valve give hydraulic control with speed control on Extend stroke with rapid rate on Retract stroke. ir supply Muffler Directional control -way air valve Single tank air/oil unit Flow control Multi-Power Cylinder

116 Option Specifications 9-97 Series Sensor & Clamp for -/8" to " Bores Quick Disconnect Sensor Shown Socket Head Screw 79 Series Sensor with Integral Clamp for " to " Bore Cylinders (shown prewired) 9 foot prewired sensor Magnetic Piston Option -E Specifies Magnetic Piston (Order Sensors and Sensor Clamps Separately) Option -E consists of a magnet bonded into the piston head. When the piston magnet moves past an external sensor, the magnetic field activates the sensor without physical contact. Mounting The sensor is attached to a -part clamp that attaches rigidly to a tie rod and can be positioned anywhere along the length of the cylinder for very precise signaling. Two sensor styles are used (a) the 9-97 Series for -/8" thru " bores requires a tie rod clamp, and (b) the 79 Series which accommodates the larger diameter tie rods of the " thru " bores with an integral clamp. Reliability The annular piston magnet is permanently bonded into a groove in the piston. It is a polarized permanent magnet of rubber bonded barium ferrite that is very stable and is not affected by shock. Under normal usage it will remain magnetized indefinitely. Warning External magnetic fields and/or ferrous objects may affect the strength of the piston magnet therefore affecting sensor actuation and piston position indication. Labels noting this are affixed to the cylinder. Please note there is an increase in base length of the cylinder to accomodate the magnet. Using the table below add 'L' to Dimension '' on pages 5.5 & 5.6 (T) Clamp Stick Out & (L) Length dder to Dim. '' Pgs. 5.5 & 5.6 -/8" " Bores T Bore -/8" -5/8" -/" " " 5" 6" 8" 0" " T L T " 6" Bores Integral Clamp Tie Rod, Stainless Steel 8", 0", " Bores T 5 Female Cordsets available in,, & 5 meter lengths WRNING This cylinder is equipped with a Magnetic Piston for use with Magnetically Operated Sensors. Other Magnetic Sensitive Devices Should be Kept at a Distance to void Inadvertent Operation. T Sensor Sensor Clamp Tie Rod, Stainless Steel Piston Magnet Cylinder Tube Cylinder Head Sensor Piston Cylinder Tube Cylinder Head Magnet, Rubber Bonded Barium Ferrite T Sensor & Clamp Ordering Guide --0 Temperature Range: 0 to + 80 C ( to + 76 F) LED Lighted Magnetic Piston Position Sensors: Bores -/8" " Product Reed Switch Electronic Electronic 9 ft. Prewired P/N Quick Discon. P/N Electrical Characteristics 5-0 VDC/VC, 0.5 mp Max., 0 Watt Max., SPST N.O.,.5 Voltage Drop Sourcing, PNP, 6- VDC, 0.5mp Max.,.0 Voltage Drop Sinking, NPN, 6-VDC, 0.5mp Max.,.0 Voltage Drop 9-97 Series Sensor Mounting Clamps Part Number LED Lighted Magnetic Piston Position Sensors: Bores " 8" Reed Switch Electronic Electronic VDC/VC, mp Max., 0 Watt Max., SPST N.O.,.0 Voltage Drop Sourcing, PNP, 6- VDC,.0 mp Max., 0.5 Voltage Drop Sinking, NPN, 6- VDC,.0 mp Max., 0.5 Voltage Drop LED Lighted Magnetic Piston Position Sensors: Bores 0" & " Reed Switch Electronic Electronic Warning! Do not exceed sensor ratings. Permanent damage to sensor may occur. Power supply polarity MUST be observed for proper operation of sensors. See wiring diagrams included with each sensor. 5-0 VDC/VC, mp Max., 0 Watt Max., SPST N.O.,.0 Voltage Drop Sourcing, PNP, 6- VDC,.0 mp Max., 0.5 Voltage Drop Sinking, NPN, 6- VDC,.0 mp Max., 0.5 Voltage Drop Female Cordsets for 9-97 Series Quick Disconnect Sensors Length Meter Meter 5 Meter Part No. CFC-M CFC-M CFC-5M Female Cordsets for 79 Series Quick Disconnect Sensors Length Meter 5 Meter Part No. CFC-M- CFC-5M- 5.

117 Series MK Specifications Media... ir Recommended Minimum Pressure... 0 psi Duralon rod bushing.... See chart pg. 5. Maximum Operating Pressure psi mbient & Media Temperature to + 50 F Prelubrication... Magnalube -G Grease irline Lubrication... Recommended Sizing Pancake Multi-Power Cylinders Pancake Multi-Power 5 Series Stages rea Equivalent Retract Body vailable Strokes Bore (Pistons) Bore 60 psi rea O. D. /8" /" /" /" " -/" MK / MK / MK -/ MK -5/ MK MK -/ MK MK rea = Total effective piston area, square inches. Equivalent Bore = Bore required for a single piston cylinder. Models -MK / and -MK / B Z G 90 D Tapped Mounting Holes ( at each end) F Rod Dia. H Wrench Flat Models -MK -/8 and -MK -5/8 B G K 90 Note : Two #0- x tapped mounting holes at each end D C'Bored J Thru Holes () F Rod Dia. H Wrench Flat C Bolt Y Circle 0- Ports w/ Dia. S'face E Female Rod Thread Z /8 NPT Ports Y C Bolt Circle E Female Rod Thread Fixed Dimensions Series Bore MK / MK / MK -/8 MK -5/8 MK MK -/ MK MK C D #6- x. dp #8- x. dp. C'Bore x.9 dp. C'Bore x.9 dp C'Bore x.6 dp C'Bore x.6 dp C'Bore x.6 dp C'Bore x.6 dp J Dia E 8- x dp 0- x dp 5/6- x.6 dp /8- x dp /-0 x.88 dp /-0 x.88 dp /-0 x.88 dp 5/8-8 x.88 dp F G H /6 x. / x. 7/6 x. / x. 5/8 x. 5/8 x. 5/8 x. 7/8 x.8 Y

118 How to Order Model Number Code MK -/8 x MR Series Bore /" /" -/8" -5/8" " -/" " " Stroke See available strokes in the sizing guide on page 5. Ordering Examples Stages Extend Model No: Series Bore x Stroke Stages Extend Stages Retract MK X -- Pancake -Multi-Power " Bore, " Stroke, Stage Extend, Stage Retract MK -/8 X /---MR Pancake -Multi-Power /8" Bore, /" Stroke, Stage Extend, Stage Retract, Male Rod Stages Retract Standard available combinations are listed above. Consult factory for Multiple ExtendMultiple Retract Options. Suffix Options - See pages 5.-, -, - Stroke Collars: /8" -C; /" -C; /8" -C Threaded Nose Mount: Single Rod -F Double rod, rod end -F Double rod, cap end -F Double rod, both ends -F Double Rod -DR Male rod thread: Single rod -MR Double rod, rod end -MR Double rod, cap end -MR Double rod, both ends -MR Viton seals -V External guide, nonrotating for load guiding -G Finish: ProCoat -N Rubber Bumpers: -/8 Bores & Larger Rod end -BF Cap end -BR Both ends -BFR djustable extend stroke -/8 Bores & Larger -S Clevis mount: Ports in-line with slot -PM Ports 90 to slot -SM Eye mount: Ports in-line with tang -EPM Ports 90 to tang -ESM Magnetic piston & sensor mounting slot(s) -E Order sensors separately. Extend Port Bushing /8 NPT for " Bores and Larger -E8 / NPT Ports for -5/8" Bores and Larger -P 5 Model -MK Models -MK -/, -MK, and -MK B K Z /8 NPT Ports Stages extend Stroke /8 / / -/ /8 / / / / / G Y MK / B Z MK / B C Bolt Circle Variable Dimensions Series Bore Stages extend Stages extend Z B K note note.5.0 note note note note D C'Bored J Thru Holes () F Rod Dia. H Wrench Flat MK -/8 Y E Female Rod Thread Z B MK -5/8 K Z B MK B K Z /8 NPT Ports K Z B G MK -/ K Y Z B MK K D C'Bored J Thru Holes () Z B F Rod Dia. H Wrench Flat C Bolt Circle E Female Rod Thread MK K Z

119 Pancake Multi-Power Thread Threaded Nose Mount Option -F vailable on /" to -5/8" Bore Models /" & /" Bores -/8" & -5/8" Bore + B See page 5.. Pilot D Dia. x.06 long Thread B.5 See Page Thread Pilot D Dia. x. long Bore /" /" -/8" -5/8" D Pilot Thread /" 0 5/8" 8 " /"- Nut is included. Nut Part No. MC MC C C F T F T Plated steel nose mounting brackets Must be ordered separately Bore /" /" /" /" Part No. BRK-0 BRK-0 BRK-0 BRK-0 Male Rod Thread C Single Rod Double Rod, Rod End Only Double Rod, Cap End Only Double Rod, Both Ends D.6.6 F.80.5 FC Option -MR -MR -MR -MR H. HC.00 Loctite L.6.69 Rod LC. T W No Relief No Weakness Thread BRK-0 & BRK-0 C/ L LC D Dia. C W/ W High Strength Stud T.0 Dia. H HC L D Dia. BRK-0 & BRK-0 LC C/ C W/ W T.0 Dia. H HC Bore Thread /" 8- x /" -/8" 0- x 5/6 x -5/8" /8 x.88 " -/" /0 x.00 /0 x.00 " /0 x.00 " 5/8-8 X.5 Clevis Mount Option -PM & -SM Pivot Mount Option -EPM & -ESM (vailable /" thru " Bore) F G C L + Dim. B See pages 5. & 5. E H D -PM Port locations in line with slot -SM Port locations 90 to slot L + Dim. B See pages 5. & 5. C E H D -EPM Port locations in line with slot F -ESM Port locations 90 to slot Bore /" /" -/8" -5/8" " -/" " " C D E Hole E Pin F G H L Pro-Coat Option -N Electroless Nickle plating Consult Engineering for specific application requirements Electroless Nickel plating is a hard, smooth, corrosion & wear resistant coating that will often suffice for applications where stainless steel is specified. The coating is a high nickel low phosphorous alloy deposited by chemical reduction without electric current that is more corrosion resistant than plated nickel. Its lasting luster provides high eye appeal. It has natural lubricity & high resistance to abrasion. Standard hardness of the coating is approximately 9 Rockwell C. Heat treating can increase hardness to 60 Rockwell C

120 Series MK Option Specifications External Guide, Nonrotating Option -G Clearance in Guide Block mounting holes allows for adjustment to compensate for wear B + 0 LL MM -/8" through " Bores 5 ZZ /" through " Bores JJ Ref. NN RR SS RR RR SS RR NN Superior nonrotating piston rod feature for applications such as package placement, figure stamping, and any application where anti-rotation and registration are critical as the piston is extended and retracted. mounting block is bolted to the piston rod. This block has two square pins mounted to it which in turn pass through guide blocks mounted on the sides of the cylinder. PP Square Guide Pins Hard Chrome Steel Plated Mounting Block Clear nodized luminum UU TT Guide Block Hard nodized luminum VV Mounting Holes Places UU TT VV Mounting Holes Places Bore /" -/8" -5/8" " -/" " " JJ LL MM NN PP RR SS TT UU VV 0.6 #6-0.6 #8-0 / /6-8 5/6-8 5/6-8 5/6-8 ZZ djustable Extend Stroke Option -S vailable on bores -/8" and larger. See description on page 5.9. BD + Stroke B Diameter BC + ( x Stroke) BE + Stroke BB Diameter BF Stroke adjustment per revolution Bore -/8" -5/8" -/" " " B.. BB BC BD BE BF ( x Stroke) + Stroke Note! Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points with other parts of your machine design. Rubber Bumpers Rod End Only Cap End Only Both Ends Temperature Range (-5 to + 0 F) -BF -BR -BFR Rubber donut or pad of rubber is bonded in place to reduce noise and absorb energy, thus reducing destruction of the cylinder and tooling due to pounding. See complete description of benefits on page 5.9. Standard rubber mass will compress and give full stroke at 60 to 80 psi. This mass can be adjusted to meet your specific pressure and/or dynamic load requirements. Extend Port Bushing -E8 /8 NPT for " Bores & Larger Use when higher cycle speeds are required. / NPT Ports -P for -5/8" Bores & Larger

121 Series MK Option Specifications Magnetic Piston Option -E For -/8" Bore and larger Includes Dovetail Mounting Slots Order Sensors Separately Sensor mounts in /" 60 Dovetail single slot on longer stroke models has room to accommodate multiple sensors. Shorter stroke cylinders are furnished with two dovetail mounting slots when Suffix Option "E" is specified. MK-/8 MK-5/8 MK MK-/ MK MK 7 # 5 # # 0 0 # # 5 5 # # 5 5 # # 0 # # 0 0 # /8" to " stroke models have mounting slots. -/" stroke models have slot. Ports are in-line for all Bores, all Strokes. Low Profile, Solid State, Magnetic Piston Position Sensors Temperature Range: 0 to +80 C ( to +76 F) Female Cordsets for Quick Disconnect Length Meter Meters 5 Meters Part No. CFC-M CFC-M CFC-5M Encased in plastic housing, dovetail style sensors are corrosion resistant. 5 wire outlet allows close mounting. Profile shown here is typical. Ordering Guide Dovetail Style Magnetic Sensors Cylinder Model Series MK Sensor Type Electronic Electronic Prewired 9 ft. Part No Quick Disconnect Part No.* LED Yes Yes Electrical Characteristics Sourcing, PNP, 6- VDC, 0.0 mp Max current, 0.5 Voltage Drop Sinking, NPN, 6- VDC, 0.0 mp Max current, 0.5 Voltage Drop Note*: Quick disconnect style sensors are supplied with 6" pigtail. Order female cordsets separately. Double Rod Option -DR G + stroke Standard piston rod and rod bushing on both ends of the cylinder. Bore G /" 0. /" 0. -/8" 0. -5/8" 0. " 0. -/" 0. " 0. " 0.0 Viton Seals Option -V Use for elevated temperatures (5 to + 00 F) or compatibility with exotic media. Consult engineering for compatibility information

122 Series MQ, MQF, MQL Square Multi-Power Specifications Media... ir Recommended Minimum Pressure... 0 psi Maximum Operating Pressure psi mbient & Media Temperature to +50 F Prelubrication... Magnalube -G Grease irline Lubrication... Recommended Sizing Square Multi-Power Cylinders Stages rea Equivalent Retract Series Bore (Piston) Bore 60 psi rea vailable Strokes /8" /" /" /" " -/" " -/" 5 MQ MQW MQF MQFW MQL MQLW /" /8". -/ /8".79 -/ /8".8 -/ " 5.8-5/ rea = Total effective piston area, square inches. Equivalent Bore = Bore required for a single piston cylinder. How to Order Model Number Code MQL GW -/8 x DR - MR Mounting MQ Side Tap MQF Face MQL Side Lug Rod Extension Single Rod Models Blank for standard extension per dimension "G" W - for Extension to dimension "W" Double Rod Models Blank "G" extension both ends W "W" extension both ends Bore /" 7/8" -/8" -5/8" " Standard Strokes Inches For strokes available See chart above GW "G" extension on rod end; "W" extension on cap end WG "W" extension on rod end; "G" extension on cap end Ordering Example: MQL GW -/8 x DR - MR Model number code above describes Square Multi-Power side lug mount cylinder with G rod extension on rod end; W rod extension on cap end; -/8" bore; " stroke; stages extend; stage retract; double rod; male rod on cap end. Stages Stages Extend Retract Standard available combinations are listed above. OPTIONS See pages 5.6-, -, - Description Specify Male Rod Thread Single Rod -MR Double Rod, Rod End -MR Double Rod, Cap End -MR Double Rod, Both Ends -MR Viton Seals:-5 to + 00 F -V Metric Rod Thread -M Port Positions (page 5.6) -B External Guide, Nonrotating -G Double Rod -DR Magnetic piston and -E sensor mounting slot(s) Order sensors separately

123 Square Multi-Power Cylinders MQ Series: Side Tap Mounting Bore availability: /", -/8", -5/8", " Port Position B F H X Port Position G or W Y B Z P E K K J (Ref.) Rod End Face L M Cap End Face N 5 MQF Series: Face Mounting Bore availability: /", -/8", -5/8", " Port Position B (see note) H F X Port Position G or W Y B Z P S S R (Ref.) E S S R (Ref.) Rod End Face "T" Tapped Mounting Holes, each end (See note) U Cap End Face Note: When Port Position B is specified, Mounting Holes T rotate 90 MQL Series: Side Lug Mounting Bore availability: 7/8", -/8", -5/8", " Port Position B F H X Port Position G or W Y B Z P Washer T E J (Ref.) K K S J (Ref.) Rod End Face L M Cap End Face N Variable Dimensions Fixed Dimensions Bore /" 7/8" -/8" -5/8" " E 0-xdp 0-xdp 5/6-x.6dp /8-xdp /-0x.88dp F Dia....6 G H / / 7/6 / 5/8 J Stroke /8" /" /" /" " -/" " -/ K /" & 7/8" Bores -/8" Bore -5/8" Bore " Bore B K Z N 0-x.5 0-x.5 /-0x. 5/6-8x M N B P 0-0- /8 /8 /8 R Z S M S B Z T /-0xdp /-0xdp /-0xdp 5/6-8xdp* M T B U Z W Note: -/8" & -5/8" bores,/8 stroke only:.0 Dia. thru,. dia. C'Bore x.9 deep for #0 SHCS and /-0 x deep tapped mounting holes, places each end *Note: " bore,/ stroke only:.7 Dia. thru, dia. C'Bore x.6 deep for /" SHCS and 5/6-8 x deep tapped mounting holes, places each end X...8. M Y

124 Series MQF Mounting Kits Mating Eye Bracket Rod Clevis Eye Bracket Clevis Bracket Bore /" -/8" -5/8" " " Stroke ll ll ll / / Up Rod End Rod Clevis English RC-9 RC- RC-8 RC-5 RC-56 Metric MRC-9 MRC- MRC-8 MRC-5 MRC-56 Mating Eye Bkt. EM-0 EM-0 EM- EM- EM- Clevis Bracket PM-0 PM- PM- PM- PM- Cap End Eye Bracket EM-0 EM- EM- EM- EM- Trunnion Mount Kit Mounting Screws Included / Rod Clearance L B/ B c c D Dia. E F J J Bore /" -/8" -5/8" " Materials Bracket: High strength Zinc die casting Pivot Pins: Precision dowel pins Mounting screws:, Steel, plated or black oxided Kit No. TR-0 TR- TR- TR B C.5... D.5 E.5... F J L.6 5 Clevis Bracket Kit N F B C K D H L I J E Part # PM-0 PM- PM- PM- M.5.00 B C Materials Bracket: High strength Zinc die casting Bushings: Oil filled powdered metal Pin: 6 Stainless Steel Clips:, Plated steel Screws:, Steel, plated or black oxided D E Pin.5 E Hole F H I J 0.8. K L M N /-0x /-0x /-0x.00 5/6-8x.00 Eye Bracket Kit K N L M D K H E I J Part # EM-0 EM-0 EM- EM- EM Materials Bracket: High strength Zinc die casting Bushings: Oil filled powdered metal Screws:, Steel, plated or black oxided. *Special /-0 with # Phillips Head D E H I J K L M N /-0x FHMS* /-0x FHMS* /-0x FHMS* /-0x.00 FHMS* 5/6-8x.00 FHSCS Rod Clevises P I J M L D E Pin F C Part # RC-9,MRC-9 RC-, MRC- RC-8, MRC-8 RC-5, MRC-5 RC-56, MRC-56 Materials Clevis and Stud: Steel, black oxided Pin: 6 Stainless Steel Clips: Steel, plated C D E PIN F I J L M P English 0-x.5 5/6-x /8-x.7 /-0x.9 /-0x.6 P Metric M5x6.mm M8x9.7mm M0x9.mm Mx9.9mm Mx5.7mm 5.6-

125 Square Multi-Power Cylinders 5 Flange Mounting Kits for Series MQF and MQFW Flange Style 7 E R Flange Style 8 & 9 E R B B TF X Sq. G B B TF UF B B FB Dia. Places FB Dia. Places Series MQF Sq. X W Series MQFW TF UF B B FB Dia. Places F F Flange Bore Fabco Mounting Hole Pattern Style Size Kit No. Interchange Information Hole Pattern C&C: -/8" Bore, Series T, F, & R 7 /" H7-0 Mosier: -/8" Bore, Series TV, 8 & 9 PHD: -/8" Bore, Series V, RF, & CF Hole Pattern Compact ir: /" Bore, Style S, FF, & RF Hole Pattern C&C: -/8" Bore, Series T, F, & R 7 -/8" H7- Mosier: -/8" Bore, Series TV, 8 & 9 PHD: -/8" Bore, Series V, RF, & CF Hole Pattern Compact ir: -/8" Bore, Style S, FF, & RF Hole Pattern 7-5/8 H7- NFP COde MF & MF for -/" Bore ll brands conforming to this code 8 " H8- Hole Pattern Compact ir:-5/8" Bore, Style S, FF, & RF Hole Pattern NFP COde MF & MF for " Bore 9 " H9- ll brands conforming to this code Hole Pattern Compact ir:" Bore, Style S, FF, & RF Kits include Flange and Flange Mounting Screws Port Positions Standard all models. To achieve, or, rotate flange. For B, specify Option -B For B, B, or B: Specify Option -B and rotate flange SQFW-- / with H7- Bore /" -/8" -5/8" " " Model 0 Style Kit # H7-0 H7- H7- H8- H E.00 F.5.5 FB FB... FB... G R TF.00 TF.00 TF UF. W X External Guide, Nonrotating Option -G Square Ref. B (See page 5.6) BB JJ Square Guide Pins Hard Chrome Plated Steel CC Superior nonrotating piston rod feature for applications such as package placement, figure stamping, and any application where anti-rotation and registration are critical as the piston is extended and retracted. mounting block is bolted to the piston rod. This block has two square pins mounted to it which in turn pass through guide blocks mounted on the sides of the cylinder. Clearance in Guide Block Mounting Holes allow for adjustment to compensate for wear DD DD Mounting Block Clear nodized luminum Guide Block Hard nodized luminum GG HH EE EE FF KK Mounting Holes Places Square guide pins are hard chrome plated steel for long wear and corrosion resistance. Guide blocks are hard anodized aluminum for long wear and corrosion resistance. Clearance in guide block mounting holes provide for adjustment and backlash control, compensation for wear, and minimal rotation. Extended distance between guides provides superior nonrotation and support. Extended piston rod provides clearance between cylinder and guide bar mounting block to eliminate pinch points. Mounting Series MQ or MQF Bore /" /8" 5/8" " BB CC DD EE FF.9.00 GG HH JJ KK #6- #8- /-0 5/

126 Series MQ, MQF & MQL Option Specifications Magnetic Piston Option-E Includes Dovetail Mounting Slots Order Sensors Separately Dovetail style sensors are actuated by a magnetic piston. Sensor dovetail slides into a mating slot on the cylinder body, is positioned as desired, and locked in place with a slotted set screw. Magnetic piston and /" Dovetail mounting slot(s) are specified with Suffix Option "E" in the model number. Longer stroke cylinders are furnished with a single mounting slot located at position # shown in the drawings at the right. Shorter stroke cylinders are furnished with a second slot located at position # Order sensors separately. # Rod End Port # Sensor stick-out: /" Bore =.07" Other bores =."." Ref. to 5 wire outlet MQ Profile MQF Profile MQL Profile Standard Stroke & Slot Location Guide MQ (Side Tap) MQF (Face Mount) MQL (Side Lug) Stroke /" /8" 5 /8" " /" /8" 5 /8" " 7 /8" /8" 5 /8" " /8 / / / -/ -/ Grey shaded area indicates that sensor mounting slots are provided with option -E. Unshaded area indicates that a single sensor mounting slot is provided with option -E. 5 Low Profile, Solid State, Magnetic Piston Position Sensors Female Cordsets for Quick Disconnect Length Meter Meters 5 Meters Part No. CFC-M CFC-M CFC-5M Encased in plastic housing, dovetail style sensors are corrosion resistant. 5 wire outlet allows close mounting. Profile shown here is typical. Dovetail Style Magnetic Sensors Temperature Range: 0 to +80 C ( to +76 F) Cylinder Model Series MQ, MQF & MQL Sensor Type Electronic Electronic Prewired 9 ft. Part No Quick Disconnect Part No.* LED Electrical Characteristics Yes Sourcing PNP 6- VDC, 0.0 mp Max current, 0.5 Voltage Drop Yes Sinking NPN 6- VDC, 0.0 mp Max current, 0.5 Voltage Drop Note*: Quick disconnect styles are supplied with 6 inch pigtail with male connector. Order female cordsets separately. Male Rod Thread Option Single Rod -MR Double Rod, Rod End Only -MR Double Rod, Cap End Only -MR Double Rod, Both Ends -MR St'd Inch Thread 0- x 0- x 5/6- x /8- x.88 /-0 x.00 Metric Rod Thread Option -M Bore Female Rod Thread Pitch Male Rod Thread x Length / M5 0.8 M5 x.7 7/8 M5 0.8 M5 x.7 -/8 M8.5 M8 x 9.0-5/8 M0 M0 x. M M x 5. Double Rod Option -DR Blank "G" both ends. W "W" extension both ends. GW "G" extension rod end; "W" extension cap end. WG "W" extension rod end; "G" extension cap end G or W G or W + Stroke Rod End Cap End Rod Extension Dimensions Bore /" 7 /8" /8" 5 /8" " G W

127 Series MLR & MLS Specifications Media... ir Recommended Minimum Pressure... 0 psi Maximum Operating Pressure psi mbient & Media Temperature to +50 F Prelubrication... Magnalube -G Grease irline Lubrication... Recommended How to Order 5 Model Number Code MLR Series MLR Round head MLS Square head Bore -/" " " x Ordering Example Mounting MLS x PM MR Square head series, " bore, " stroke, stages extend, stage retract, clevis mount ports in-line with slot, male rod thread Sizing Longstroke Multi-Power Cylinders Series Bore Stages rea Equivalent Retract (Pistons) Bore 60 psi rea " MLR /" MLS " " rea = Total effective piston area, square inches. Equivalent Bore = Bore required for single piston cylinder. Stroke Standard strokes: /", ", -/", ", -/", ", ", 5", 6" (Optional any other stroke 0" thru ") Stages Stages Extend Retract Standard available combinations are listed above. Consult factory for Multiple ExtendMultiple Retract Options. Extended Tie Rods Rod end only WF Cap end only WR Rod and Cap Ends.... WFR Clevis Mount Round head only Ports in-line with slot.... PM Ports 90 to slot SM PM MR OPTIONS See pages 5., 5.8-, -, -, -5 Description Specify Double Rod -DR Nonrotating Single Rod -NR Nonrotating Double Rod -NRDR Male Rod Thread Single Rod -MR Double Rod, Rod End -MR Double Rod, Cap End -MR Double Rod, Both Ends -MR Viton Seals (-5 to +00 F) -V Shock & Speed Control using hydraulics -HS Rubber Bumpers Rod End -BF Cap End -BR Both Ends -BFR djustable Extend Stroke -S /8 NPT Ports in Heads -P8 High Flow Vents -HF Port Positions ll Ports Position # Standard Position # -P Position # -P Position # -P Rod End Position # Standard Position # -PR Position # -PR Position # -PR Cap End Position # Standard Position # -PC Position # -PC Position # -PC tmospheric Vent or Ported Baffle Port Position # Standard Position # -PB Position # -PB Position # -PB ny port or vent not specified will be in Position # as shown on page 5.8 Magnetic Piston -E for reed switches and Electronic Sensors (Order Sensors separately) Note: dditional cylinder length required for Nonrotating Rods " for Option -HS (see page 5.) " for Option -E "

128 Longstroke Multi-Power Cylinders Series MLR Round Head, Standard, Face Mount, Rod and Cap End 90 " Bore -/" Bore " Bore " Bore.8 BC K Female Rod Thread.5 BC.8 BC 0.5 /" Hex Nut 5.00 BC F Rod Dia. (Number of stages times stroke) + Dimension B 0 0 / NPT / NPT. Dia.. Dia.. Dia.. Dia. H Series MLS Square Head, Standard, Side Tap Mount Thread 0.8 Cap End C / Port Fabco-ir Product Catalog Library Hex Nut Rod End Port TH NT " Bore.9 TN E E TH NT -/", ", & " Bores H TN E 0.5 K Female F Rod Dia. R (Number of stages times stroke) + Dimension B 0 0 / NPT / NPT R Extended Tie Rod Mount for Round and Square Head Models - WF Rod End Only -WR Cap End Only -WFR Rod and Cap Ends " Bore Tie Rods equally spaced Z -/", ", & " Bores Tie Rods equally spaced Z Rod End Cap End BC Cap End Port BC WF 5/6- Thread WR Rod End Port TH BC BC WF 5/6- Thread WR Dimensions Bore " -/" " " B stage.... B stage B stage BC C.5 E.00 F H 5/8 x.5 5/8 x.5 5/8 x.5 7/8 x.5 K /-0 x dp /-0 x dp /-0 x dp /-0 x dp NT 5/6-8 x.6 dp /8-6 x dp /- x.00 dp /- x.00 dp R TH.5 TN WF.... WR.... Z

129 Longstroke Multi-Power Cylinders Round Head Clevis Mount Specify mounting option Ports in line with slot Ports 90 to slot Pivot pin and retaining lockrings are included as standard. ccessories: See page 5.8- Eye Bracket Kits Rod Clevises Option -PM -SM EE FF JJ Bore " -/" " " B EE PM Port locations in line with slot FF.6 GG Pin GG Hole HH JJ M B HH M GG -SM Port locations 90 to slot Oil filled powdered metal Pivot Pin Bushings are standard. Pivot Pin, 6 stainless steel Lockrings, plated steel Double Rod Option -DR.5 + Stroke Typical for all bores all mounting styles Standard piston rod and rod bushing on both ends of the cylinder. Use when attachment to both ends of the cylinder is required, or to indicate piston position location. lso see Option E on page Male Rod Thread Single Rod Double Rod, Rod End Only Double Rod, Cap End Only Double Rod, Rod & Cap Ends Rod Option -MR -MR -MR -MR Stud high strength stud is threaded into the standard female rod end and retained with Loctite. This method eliminates the small diameter thread relief area normally required when machining male threads. This provides a much stronger rod end which can be repaired, rather than replacing the complete rod, should the thread be damaged. Loctite No Relief No Weakness Thread Bore Thread " /0 x.00 /" /0 x.00 " /0 x.00 " /0 x.00 Rubber Bumpers Rod End only Cap End only Both Rod & Cap Ends Option -BF -BR -BFR Rubber Bumpers rubber doughnut is bonded to the cylinder head to act as the piston stop and absorb the impact of the piston. This reduces noise and absorbs energy, thus reducing damage to the cylinder and tooling due to pounding. Standard rubber mass will compress and give full stroke at 60 to 80 psi. This mass can be adjusted to meet your specific pressure and/or dynamic load requirements requirements

130 Series MLR & MLS Option Specifications djustable extend stroke Option -S vailable all Bores. For strokes through 6" Full stroke adjustment is standard. Note! To maintain operator safety features of this option, it is NOT available with mounting styles: -WR and -WFR. Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points. BD + Stroke B Diameter BC + ( x Stroke) BE + Stroke BB Diameter BF Stroke adjustment per revolution See complete description on page 5.9. Bore " -/" " " B.00 BB BC BD BE BF ( x Stroke) + Stroke /8 NPT Ports in Heads Option -P8 Use /8 NPT ports for higher flows, air over oil systems, etc. 5 Nonrotating Rod Option -NR stainless steel hex rod and a hex broached bushing of SE 660 bearing bronze replaces the standard round rod and bushing. ported baffle is used so the piston assembly can be retracted by the next piston back from the rod end. The normal rod head port becomes an atmospheric vent. The tolerance on rotation is ±. The hex rod design does allow for some torque loading on the shaft. However, torque loads that induce side loading should be minimized for best overall life and performance. Hex Rod No rod seal tmospheric Vent for all extend/retract combinations Ported Baffle Retract Port B + [ See Chart ] See page 5.8 for Dimension B. dd to Dimension B Hex for each Rod Bore Port Ported Baffle Flat " / NPT " " -/" / NPT " " " / NPT " " " / NPT ".00" No. of Total vailable Ported No. of Combinations Baffles Stages Nonrotating Double Rod Option -NRDR combination of the Options NR and DR as shown above. The rod end rod is Hex and the cap end rod is round. The ported baffles are included and the Dimension B adjustments shown for Option NR must be made. Extend piston areas must also be reduced by the rod area. High Flow Vents Option -HF The atmospheric vent in the baffle is cut larger to provide less resistance to the air flow. Use when higher cycle speeds are required. Viton Seals Option -V Use for elevated temperatures (5 to + 00 F) or compatibility with exotic media Consult engineering for compatibility information. 5.8-

131 End Lug Mount Kit Kit includes: Brackets and bolts for attaching the brackets to the cylinder heads. Materials: Brackets, steel, plated Screws, steel, black oxide T H Longstroke Multi-Power Cylinders B 6 Holes W Bore " -/" " " W/ S/ S O Kit No. EL-0 EL-5 EL-0 EL-0 S.5 (Number of stages times stroke) + Dim. X (Number of stages times stroke) + Dim. S W.00 B H O T.5.5 O S stage S stage S stage X stage X stage X stage Side Lug Mount Kit Brackets may be mounted in two different positions as shown (Number of stages times Kit includes: stroke) + Dimension XE Brackets and LH LH SB Holes bolts for attaching the brackets to the US/ TS/ cylinder heads. US/ TS/ Materials: US TS Brackets, steel, plated US TS Screws, steel, black oxide ST Bore " -/" " " Kit No. SL-0 SL-5 SL-0 SL-0 EO EO EO (Number of stages times stroke) + Dimension SS LH SB EO ST (Number of stages times stroke) + Dim. XE EO SB Holes (Number of stages times stroke) + Dim. SS Position # Position # SS stage SS stage SS XE stage stage XE stage XE stage ST.5.5 TS.5 5 US SS stage SS stage SS stage XE stage XE stage EO XE stage Rod Clevises P I J M L D F E Pin C Materials Clevis and Stud: Steel, black oxided Pin: 6 Stainless Steel Clips: Steel, plated Bore ", -/", " & " Part # RC-56 C.00 D. E PIN.0 F. I. J.69 L.6 M.6 P /-0x.6 Mating Eye Bkt EM- Eye Bracket Kits mate with Option -PM or -SM and Rod Clevis N L M C B K E D H I J Bore " -/", " " Rod Clevis RC-56 Part # EM- EM-5 EM- EM- Materials Bracket: High strength Zinc die casting Bushings: Oil filled powdered metal Screws:, Steel, plated or black oxided.00 B.00.5 C.00. D E H..5 I J K.00. L M N 5/6-8x.00FHSCS 5/6-8x.00FHSCS 5/6-8x.00FHSCS /-0X FH(#)MS

132 Series MLR & MLS Option Specifications Suffix Option E Specifies Magnetic Piston (Order Sensors and Sensor Clamps Separately) Option -E consists of a magnet bonded into the piston head. When the piston magnet moves past an external sensor, the magnetic field activates the sensor without physical contact. Quick Disconnect Sensor Shown -/" bore model shown with prewired electronic sensors and mounting clamps -Piece Sensor Clamp shown with quick disconnect sensor snapped in place Socket Head Screw WRNING This cylinder is equipped with a Magnetic Piston for use with Magnetically Operated Sensors. Other Magnetic Sensitive Devices Should be Kept at a Distance to void Inadvertent Operation. Mounting The sensor snaps into a -part clamp that attaches rigidly to any of the tie rods and can be positioned anywhere along the length of the cylinder. Reliability The annular piston magnet is permanently bonded into a groove in the piston. It is a polarized permanent magnet of rubber bonded barium ferrite that is very stable and is not affected by shock. Under normal usage it will remain magnetized indefinitely. Warning External magnetic fields and/or ferrous objects may affect the strength of the piston magnet therefore affecting sensor actuation and piston position indication. Warning labels (shown left) are affixed to the cylinder. Please note there is an increase in base length of the cylinder to accomodate the magnet. dd.00" to Dimension 'B' on pages 5.8. Sensor Clamp Stick Out Dimensions Model MLR MLS MLR-/ MLS-/ MLR MLS MLR MLS T " " ".0" ".0.0".0" 5 T Clamp Sensor Piston Clamp Piston Sensor Female Cordsets available in,, & 5 meter lengths 9 foot prewired sensor T Piston Rod Cylinder Tube Magnet, Rubber Bonded Barium Ferrite Tie Rod, Stainless Steel Top View Round Head Style Cylinder Head Tie Rod, Stainless Steel Piston Rod Cylinder Tube Cylinder Head Magnet, Rubber Bonded Barium Ferrite Top View Square Head Style T Sensor & Clamp Ordering Guide Temperature Range: 0 to + 80 C ( to + 76 F) LED Lighted Magnetic Piston Position Sensors Product Type Reed Switch Electronic Electronic Prewired 9 ft. Part No Quick Disconnect Part Number Electrical Characteristics 5-0 VDC/VC, 0.5 mp Max., 0 Watt Max., SPST N.O.,.5 Voltage Drop Sourcing, PNP, 6- VDC, 0.5 mp Max.,.0 Voltage Drop Sinking, NPN, 6-VDC, 0.5 mp Max.,.0 Voltage Drop Female Cordsets for Quick Disconnect Length Meter Meter 5 Meter Part Number CFC-M CFC-M CFC-5M Sensor Mounting Clamp - for all MLS & MLR Models For all MLS & MLR Models Order Part Number Warning! Do not exceed sensor ratings. Permanent damage to sensor may occur. Power supply polarity MUST be observed for proper operation of sensors. See wiring diagrams included with each sensor

133 Multi-Power Boosters B / x - FT BP / x - FT Fabco-ir Multi-Power Boosters provide a convenient, low cost way of adding the control, rigidity, and power of hydraulics to an air powered machine. Boosters use shop air to raise the pressure of another gas or liquid. They are compact, and versatile finding use in numerous of applications such as clamping, shearing, pressing, crimping, bending, testing, and many more. When relatively small volumes of highpressure fluid are called for intermittently, boosters show obvious advantages over continuously running hydraulic systems. For applications where high pressure must be maintained for prolonged times, boosters are ideal. fter the booster strokes, there is no further energy input required and no heat build up. booster can be mounted in almost any convenient location, and most of its control valves are installed in the lowpressure circuit where lower cost components save costs over hydraulics. The input is shop air, or any compatible gas, up to 50 psi; the output can be oil, liquid, air, or gas pressurized to 500 psi maximum. By selecting the proper combination of bore size, stroke, power factor and regulating the input air pressure, the exact output pressure and required volume can be achieved and maintained. Since it is a basic booster without controls built-in, it can be adapted and controlled to perform a wide variety of applications. Fabco-ir boosters are not limited to cylinder applications. They may be used wherever a small volume of highpressure media is required. 6 Low initial cost: Boosters can eliminate the need for costly hydraulic systems. Low energy cost: Boosters hold pressure indefinitely without energy loss. Save space: Boosters can usually be mounted directly on the machine unlike pumping units which are large and bulky. Smooth power: Boosters give the work cylinder the rigid, smooth, controlled motion of hydraulics. Safe: Boosters can be completely air operated to function safely in a potentially hazardous environment. Clean: ir to air boosters have no oil or liquid to contaminate the surroundings. tmospheric Pressure Inlet to Booster: Series B Output End ;; ;; ;; ;; Tube Seal Gravity Feed Oil or Fluid tmospheric Pressure: ir or Gas Check Valve Not Furnished Piston Piston Seals Center Shaft Baffle ir into Single Piston for Reset Stroke Baffle Seal Piston Piston Stop ir into Multiple Pistons for Power Stroke. 0 psi Minimum Input Cap End Plug Driving End Nut Pilot Washer Check Valve Not Furnished High (Boosted) Pressure Output 500 psi Maximum This series is built for use on systems in which the input to the booster will be gravity fed (no pressure) fluid or atmospheric pressure gas. It requires a -way air valve for operation. Porting is provided on the unit for the multiple piston power stroke and the single piston reset stroke. (See example circuits on page 6..) Pressurized Inlet to Booster: Series BP Pressurized Input to Booster and to Reset (0 psi Minimum) Check Valve Not Furnished Piston ;;;; ;;; ;;; Tube ;;;; Seal Output End Piston Seals Center Shaft Baffle Seal tmospheric Vent Piston Baffle Piston Stop ir into Multiple Pistons for Power Stroke. 0 psi Minimum Input Cap End Plug Driving End Nut Pilot Washer Check Valve Not Furnished High (Boosted) Pressure Output 500 psi Maximum This series is built for use on systems in which the input to the booster will be pressurized fluid or gas. It requires a -way air valve for operation. Porting is provided on the unit for the power stroke only. When power stroke air is removed, the pressurized booster input will reset the pistons. (See example circuits on page 6.9 and 6.0.) Ports in boost chamber for inlet/outlet. Note: Check valves are not included. Internally lubricated Buna-N seals (-5 to + 50 F) U-Cup and O'Ring seals on the booster piston Heavy duty, corrosion resistant construction luminum tubing: Hard anodized ID, Clear anodized OD Black anodized heads. Plated tie rods and nuts. Outputs of.9 or.5 cu. in. per inch of stroke Standard strokes: " increments through 6".9 through.8 power factors

134 Sizing Guide Model Number Code Sizing Guide and How to Order Output Displacement Input Power ir Reset Power ir for Series B Required Volume/Inch Required Required Number of Volume/Inch of Stroke Volume/Inch Volume/Inch Stages Theoretical of Stroke Maximum of Stroke Bore (Pistons) Power Factor In Gallons In psi In / B Series B BP -/ x FF Bore -/" " Standard Strokes 5 6 Optional Strokes ny other stroke through " Mounting Output End Flange Fabco Pattern FF Output End Flange NFP (MF) Pattern.... FF Driving End Flange Fabco Pattern RF Driving End Flange NFP (MF) Pattern... RF Foot Stages FT Extended Tie Rods Output End only WF Driving End only WR Both Ends WFR 5 See Power Factor information above P Options Description Specify See Page Viton Seals (-5 to +00 F) -V 6.5 Rubber Bumpers, Driving End -BR 6.5 djustable Extend Stroke -S 6.6 6" Stroke maximum. Full stroke adjustment is standard. / NPT Ports in Heads 6.5 Output End -TF Driving End -TR Both Ends -TFR Extend Port Bushing 6.5 /8 NPT Output End -EF8 Driving End -ER8 Both Ends -EFR8 / NPT Output End -EF Driving End -ER Both Ends -EFR High Flow Vents -HF 6.6 Port Positions (P, P, etc.) See page 6.6 ny port or vent not specified will be in position shown on page 6. Magnetic Piston -E 6.7 for Reed Switches and Electronic Sensors (Order Sensors separately) Piston Rod Driving End -P 6.8 Pneumatic Continuous Cycling -L 6.8 Male Rod Thread -MR 6.8 Note: dditional cylinder length required: for Option -E add " to driving end stage only; for / NPT Ports Option see page How to Order. Specify Series and Bore. Specify Stroke. Specify stages (Power Factor). Specify Mounting 5. Specify Option(s) Examples: B / x FF P B Series, /" Bore, " Stroke, Stage (.8 PF), Output End Flange Mounting, ll Ports Position# (See page 6.6). BP x 6 5 WF BP Series, " Bore, 6" Stroke, 5 Stage (.8 PF), Extended Tie Rods (Output End Only) Mounting. 6.

135 Multi-Power Boosters -FF Front Face Mount; Output End Rectangular Flange Fabco mounting pattern Q Output End Port Pos. & T Driving End Port Pos. T C E S N Hex Nut Places Driving End O Thd S B E D F R R U -FF Front Face Mount; Output End Rectangular Flange NFP (MF) mounting pattern Q Output End Port Pos. & T Driving End Port Pos. T 6 E S CC N Hex Nut Places Driving End O Thd S BB E DD FF R R U -WF -WR -WFR Extended Tie Rod Mount, Output End Only Driving End Only Both Ends Q Output End Port Pos. & T Driving End Port Pos. T O Thd To order Extended Tie Rod Mount Specify Suffix Output End Only -WF Driving End Only -WR Both Ends -WFR If a non-standard extension is required, specify by adding the required length to the suffix. e.g. If -WF length required is.5" Specify -WF.5" E S S E WF R V V R WR N Hex Nut Places Both Ends LL Models Dimensions (inches) Bore -/ or Stages 5 Dimension Y Series B Series BP Bore -/ Dim. = (No. stages x stroke) + Y See Y chart above B C D E F.. N 9/6 / P.69 5 Q / NPT / NPT R S. T.. U V.. X..6 Z

136 Mounting Styles with Dimensions -RF Rear Face Mount; Driving End Rectangular Flange Fabco mounting pattern Q O Thd Output End Port Pos. & T Driving End Port Pos. T C E S N Hex Nut Places Output End S E B D F U R R -RF Rear Face Mount; Driving End Rectangular Flange NFP (MF) mounting pattern Q O Thd Output End Port Pos. & T Driving End Port Pos. T S E CC 6 N Hex Nut Places Output End S E BB DD FF R U R -FT Foot Mount Q E Output End Port Pos. & T Driving End Port Pos. T HT HC S N Hex Nut Places Both Ends F FO S P X Z R.5 R Z X pproximate Weight, Oz. Universal Seal Kits Stages Theoretical Series B Series BP B or BP Internally Lubricated Bore (Pistons) Power Factor Zero Stroke Zero Stroke Per Inch of Stroke Buna-N Viton.9 6 B/BP /-SK B/BP /-SKV -/ B/BP /-SK B/BP /-SKV B/BP /-SK B/BP /-SKV B/BP /-5SK B/BP /-5SKV B/BP-SK B/BP-SKV.9 0 B/BP-SK B/BP-SKV.8 9 B/BP-SK B/BP-SKV B/BP-5SK B/BP-5SKV O /8-6 /- BB CC.9. DD 6 FF.. FO 6 HC HT WF.0.0 WR

137 Multi-Power Boosters Option Viton Seals -V Use for elevated temperatures (5 to + 00 F) or compatibility with exotic media. Consult engineering for compatibility information. Extend Port Bushing Option /8 NPT Output End -EF8 Driving End -ER8 Both Ends -EFR8 / NPT Output End -EF Driving End -ER Both Ends -EFR The end plug is replaced with an extended plug of black anodized aluminum with a female NPT port. The standard end port is plugged. Use for plumbing convenience, or when higher flows are required for higher cycle speeds and/or viscous fluids. lso see / NPT ports in heads, Options -TF, -TR, -TFR below. Z /8 or / NPT One standard Output Port Plugged Standard Driving Port Plugged Output End Driving End Dimensions (inches) Bore -/ Z BZ. CZ.9.5 BZ 6 Port Bushing Option Option -EFR8 shown Port Bushing CZ Wrench Flats / NPT Ports in Heads Option Output End Head -TF Driving End Head -TR Both Heads -TFR / NPT Ports / NPT.5.5 / NPT Thicker heads to accept / NPT ports, replace the standard heads. Because of the thicker heads, there is an increase in the Dimension as shown. With this construction, an O'Ring replaces the fiber gasket cylinder tube seal. Use when higher cycle speeds or viscous fluids are required. Output End O'Ring Tube Seals Option -TFR shown Driving End dd to for -TF or -TR dd.76 to for -TFR See pages 6. & 6. for Dimension Driving End. + Stroke Bore -/" " Option -P Piston Rod See page 6.8 Rod Dia. 0 ± ±.00 Female Rod Thread /-0 x /-0 x Rubber Bumpers Driving End only Option -BR ring of rubber is bonded to the cylinder head, on the driving end, to act as a piston stop and absorb the impact of the piston. This reduces noise and absorbs energy. Because of the temperature limitations of the adhesives used (-5 to +0 F), the rubber bumper is available in boosters with standard internally lubricated Buna-N seals only. Output End Use where noise reduction and impact absorption is desired. Rubber Bumper Driving End

138 Option Specifications Port Positions Option (Facing Output End, see Drawings on pages 6. & 6.) ll Ports with Mounts: -FF, -FF, -RF, -RF, -WF, -WR, -WFR Output Vent Driving & Standard & -P & Rotate Standard & Rotate -P ll Ports with Mount -FT Output Vent Driving & Standard & -P & -P & -P For all other combinations of port locations specify each port location per the chart on the right. ny port or vent not specified will be in position shown on pages 6. & 6.. Mounts: -FF, -FF, -RF, -RF, -WF, -WR, -WFR Output Ports Specify & Standard & -PR & -PR & -PR & -PR5 & -PR6 tmospheric Vent or Ported Baffle Port Specify Standard -PB -PB -PB Mount FT Output Ports Specify & Standard & -PR & -PR & -PR & -PR5 & -PR6 Driving Port Specify Standard -PC -PC -PC 6 High Flow Vents Option -HF The atmospheric vent in the baffle is cut larger to provide less resistance to the air flow. Use when higher cycle speeds are required. djustable Extend Stroke For strokes through 6" Option -S Full stroke adjustment is standard. Note! To maintain operator safety features of this option, it is NOT available with mounting styles: -WR and -WFR. Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points. /" Bore =.00 + Stroke /" Bore =.90 + ( x Stroke) " Bore =.67 + ( x Stroke) " Bore = + Stroke Driving End Dial--Stroke provides a rugged and precision adjustment of the extend stroke of the cylinder. The stop tube, adjustment nut with skirt, and minimum clearances combine to eliminate pinch points, thus providing operator safety. Note! Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points with other parts of your machine design. The stop tube is blue anodized aluminum, the adjustment nut is blackened steel with a black anodized aluminum skirt, and the nut stop is red anodized aluminum; all for corrosion resistance and appearance. The adjustment nut, steel for long life, includes a lock screw with a plastic plug so that the adjustment nut can be locked in place without damaging the threads. The nut stop is mounted on the end of the adjustment rod so that the nut cannot come off. The fine pitch threads on the adjustment rod and nut provide precision adjustment. djustment settings are simplified by convenient scale markings applied to nut skirt and stop tube. + Stroke.00 Diameter Rod Bushing Stop Tube djustment Nut Skirt Lock Screw Plastic Plug Nut Stop -/" Bore = Dia. " Bore =.00 Dia..06 Stroke adjustment per revolution djustment Rod with fine pitch thread djustment Nut with Mating Fine Pitch Thread Contact Surfaces totally enclosed /"Minimum Clearance when fully stroked Note: Use caution when mounting to avoid creating pinch points

139 Multi-Power Boosters Series Sensor & Clamp for - /" Bores Quick Disconnect Sensor Socket Head Screw 9 foot prewired sensor 79 Series Sensor with Integral Clamp for " Bore Boosters (shown prewired) Suffix Option E Specifies Magnetic Piston (Order Sensors and Sensor Clamps Separately) Option -E consists of a magnet bonded into the piston head. When the piston magnet moves past an external sensor, the magnetic field activates the sensor without physical contact. Mounting The sensor is attached to a -part clamp that attaches rigidly to a tie rod and can be positioned anywhere along the length of the cylinder for very precise signaling. Two sensor styles are used (a) the 9-97 Series for /" bore requires a tie rod clamp, and (b) the 79 Series which accommodates the larger diameter tie rods of the " bore with an integral clamp. Reliability The annular piston magnet is permanently bonded into a groove in the piston. It is a polarized permanent magnet of rubber bonded barium ferrite that is very stable and is not affected by shock. Under normal usage it will remain magnetized indefinitely. Warning External magnetic fields and/or ferrous objects may affect the strength of the piston magnet therefore affecting sensor actuation and piston position indication. Labels noting this are affixed to the cylinder. Please note there is an increase in base length of the booster to accommodate the magnet. The driving end stage only, is increased by ". Sensor Clamp Stick Out Dimensions Bore -/" " T ".6" Female Cordsets available in,, & 5 meter lengths WRNING This cylinder is equipped with a Magnetic Piston for use with Magnetically Operated Sensors. Other Magnetic Sensitive Devices Should be Kept at a Distance to void Inadvertent Operation. Booster Model Number B / x RF E PR T -/" Bore T Sensor Sensor Clamp Tie Rod, Stainless Steel Piston Magnet Cylinder Tube Cylinder Head " Bore T Sensor Piston Cylinder Head Integral Clamp Tie Rod, Stainless Steel Cylinder Tube Magnet, Rubber Bonded Barium Ferrite Sensor & Clamp Ordering Guide LED Lighted Magnetic Piston Position Sensors: /" Bore Product Type Reed Switch Electronic Electronic Reed Switch Electronic Electronic Prewired 9 ft. Part No Quick Disconnect Part Number Electrical Characteristics 5-0 VDC/VC, 0.5 mp Max., 0 Watt Max., SPST N.O.,.5 Voltage Drop Sourcing, PNP, 6- VDC, 0.5mp Max.,.0 Voltage Drop Sinking, NPN, 6-VDC, 0.5mp Max.,.0 Voltage Drop 9-97 Series Sensor Mounting Clamps Part Number LED Lighted Magnetic Piston Position Sensors: " Bore VDC/VC, mp Max., 0 Watt Max., SPST N.O.,.0 Voltage Drop Sourcing, PNP, 6- VDC,.0 mp Max., 0.5 Voltage Drop Sinking, NPN, 6- VDC,.0 mp Max., 0.5 Voltage Drop Temperature Range: 0 to + 80 C ( to + 76 F) Warning! Do not exceed sensor ratings. Permanent damage to sensor may occur. Power supply polarity MUST be observed for proper operation of sensors. See wiring diagrams included with each sensor. Female Cordsets for 9-97 Series Quick Disconnect Sensors Length Meter Meter 5 Meter Part No. CFC-M CFC-M CFC-5M Female Cordsets for 79 Series Quick Disconnect Sensors Length Meter 5 Meter Part No. CFC-M- CFC-5M

140 Option Specifications Pneumatic Continuous Cycling Option -L For details on the limit valves, which are included, see MSV- on page.5 B B View View BB Provisions for operator protection are always the full responsibility of the user. piston rod is incorporated in the driving end. Two limit valves are mounted on the driving end head and a piston rod guide and limit valve actuators are attached to the piston rod. The limit valves control a or way control valve (not included, see Section ) which in turn controls the booster. When the system is powered up the booster strokes, raising the fluid pressure in the output end. When it fully strokes, a limit valve is actuated, reversing the booster, resetting it. When it is fully reset, the other limit valve is actuated shifting the control valve for another power stroke. This cycle continues until the output pressure reaches the desired level. The booster then stalls out and holds that pressure until some of the fluid is used. The booster then resumes cycling until output fluid again reaches desired pressure and the booster stalls out. This cycling will continue as long as the system is powered up. During the stall mode there is no energy used, making the air powered booster an extremely efficient and quiet method of maintaining that high pressure. hydraulic power unit, for instance, requires continuous energy input. Because of the piston rod, the Power Factors change slightly as shown in the chart below. typical circuit and sizing instructions are shown in example on page 6.9. Use when the application requires pumping action (e.g. keeping a surge tank at high pressure for a test fixture) and/or there is no electricity involved (e.g. an explosive atmosphere). lso see Option -E on page 6.7 for electronic position sensors. # Stages Theoretical Bore (Pistons) Power Factor.8 -/ Piston Rod on Driving End Option -P H + Stroke G piston rod is incorporated in the driving end. Because of the piston rod area the Power Factor changes slightly. Use the Power Factors charted above for Option -L. Use for booster position indication. M J L Wrench Flats K Thread Bore -/ G.9.9 H J ±.00.7 K /-0 x /-0 x L 5/8 7/8 M ± Male Rod Thread Option -MR Rod.00 high strength stud is threaded into the standard female rod end (see Option -P above) and retained with Loctite. This method eliminates the small diameter thread relief area normally required when machining male threads. This provides a much stronger rod end which can be repaired, rather than replacing the complete rod, should the thread be damaged. Use in conjunction with Option -P above. Loctite No relief No weakness Stud: /

141 Multi-Power Boosters To size an ir to ir booster Boyle's Law must be used because air is compressible. Boyle's Law states: When the temperature of a confined gas remains constant, the volume varies inversely as its absolute pressure. This can be stated mathematically as a simple equation: initial absolute pressure x initial volume = final absolute pressure x final volume or P x V = P x V bsolute pressure (psia) = gauge pressure (psig) + atmospheric pressure (.7 psi). Consult your distributor or Fabco-ir Engineering for assistance with booster sizing. EXMPLE : Pump cycle, ir to ir Booster Required output = 00 cu. in. per 50 psi vailable air pressure = 70 psi Solution: Power = Required Pressure psig = 50 vailable Pressure psig 70 =.6 Minimum Required Power Factor Choose either: -/" Bore Stage or " Bore Stage (See Sizing Guide on page 6.) System Supply Regulated Supply Controls Final Output Pressure of Booster -Way Control Valve 6 Solution (-/" Bore): Volume - using Boyle's Law V (Initial Volume) =.9 cu. in./in. P (Initial Pressure) = = 8.7 P (Final Pressure) = = 6.7 V (Final Volume) = unknown Check Valve Cycle On/Off Valve V = P x V = 8.7 x.9 =.5 cu. psig P 6.7 On the basis of 0 strokes/minute (typical average) Booster stroke = Required Vol/min. vol/in. stroke x strokes/min Booster stroke = 00.5 x 0 =. in. Model Choice: BP-/ x - lternate Solution (" Bore): Volume - using Boyle's Law V (Initial Volume) =.6 cu. in./in. P (Initial Pressure) = = 8.7 P (Final Pressure) = = 6.7 V (Final Volume) = unknown V = P x V = 8.7 x.6 =.0 cu. psig P 6.7 On the basis of 0 strokes/minute (typical average) Required Vol/min. Booster stroke = vol/in. stroke x strokes/min Booster stroke = 00 =.5 in..0 x 0 Model Choice: BP x - Output End Check Valve Boosted Pressure Output Gage Storage Tank bsorbs Pulses Driving End System Supply BP Series Booster with Option L Limit Valves Input ir Usage, Pump Cycle (See Example above; Model BP -/ x -, 0 70 psi) Solution: Pressure = Required Final Pressure = 50 = 67.6 psi regulated input required Booster Power Factor.7 Solution: Volume (CFM) = Input Volume/Inch Stroke x Stroke x CPM 78 cu. in./cu.ft. Input Volume/Inch Stroke = 9. (See Sizing Guide on page 6.), Stroke = ", CPM= 0 Volume = 9. x x 0 = 5 = psi Converting Volume to SCFM: SCFM = CFM x psia =.89 x ( ) = 5.0 SCFM required tmosphere

142 8--0 ir-to-ir Sizing ( for ir-to-oil Sizing See Page 6.) EXMPLE : One shot cycle, ir to ir Booster to extend cylinders with boosted (high) pressure. pplication shown: cylinders, -5/8" bore x " stroke must extend to full stroke at 5 psi, then retract at system (80 psi) pressure. Solution: Power = Required Pressure psig 5 = vailable Pressure psig 80 =.8 Minimum Required Power Factor Choose either: -/" Bore Stage or " Bore Stage (See Sizing Guide on page 6.) Solution: Volume - using Boyle's Law V (Initial Volume) = Unknown P (Initial Pressure) = = 9.7 P (Final Pressure) = = 59.7 V (Final Volume) = Volume required in cylinders, plus estimated volume in fittings and tubing V =.07 (area of -5/8" bore) x " (Stroke) x (quantity) +.5 (estimate of fittings in this example) = 8. cu. in. V = P x V = 59.7 x 8. = 0.5 cu. in. P 9.7 Note! dd a recommended factor of 5% to 50% to allow for volumetric efficiency and other losses: 0.5 x 50% = 5.8 cu. in. required in booster. Solution (-/" Bore): Stroke = Required Volume 5.8 = = 9. in. Volume/Inch Stroke.9 For -/" Bore Volume per Inch of Stroke =.9 (See Sizing Guide on page 6.) Model Choice: BP-/ x 0 - lternate Solution (" Bore): Stroke = Required Volume = 5.8 =.6 in. Volume/Inch Stroke.6 For " Bore Volume per Inch of Stroke =.6 (See Sizing Guide on page 6.) Model Choice: BP x - EXMPLE : One shot cycle, ir to ir Booster to extend cylinders with low (system) pressure, then boost to high pressure. pplication shown: cylinders, -5/8" bore x " stroke must extend to full stroke at system (80 psi) pressure, then apply full (5 psi) clamp load. Cylinders are to retract at system (80 psi) pressure. Solution: Power = Required Pressure psig 5 = vailable Pressure psig 80 =.8 Minimum Required Power Factor Choose either: -/" Bore Stage or " Bore Stage (See Sizing Guide on Page 6.) Solution: Volume - using Boyle's Law V (Initial Volume) = Unknown P (Initial Pressure) = = 9.7 P (Final Pressure) = = 59.7 V (Final Volume) = Volume required in cylinders, plus estimated volume in fittings and tubing V =.07 (area of -5/8" bore) x " (Stroke) x (quantity) +.5 (estimate of fittings in this example) = 8. cu. in. V = P x V 59.7 x 8. = = 0.5 cu. in. P 9.7 Note! In this cycle, the volume of the cylinders and tubing may be deducted because it is a part of the final volume; thus, =. cu.in. dd a recommended factor of 5% to 50% to allow for volumetric efficiency and other losses:. x 50% = 8.6 cu. in. required in booster. Required Volume 8.6 Solution (-/" Bore): Stroke = = =.8 in. Volume/Inch Stroke.9 For -/" Bore Volume per Inch of Stroke =.9 (See Sizing Guide on page 6.) Model Choice: BP-/ x - Required Volume 8.6 lternate Solution (" Bore): Stroke = = =.5 in. Volume/Inch Stroke.6 For " Bore Volume per Inch of Stroke =.6 (See Sizing Guide on page 6.) Model Choice: BP x - System Input way Position Valve, Cycle to Boost Input to way before Operating way to Extend Cylinders Output End Gage Shows Booster Pressure System Input Check Valve way Control Valve RV Sequence Valve utomatically starts Booster when work load is reached Pilot Operated Check Valve Output End Gage Shows Booster Pressure System Input Regulated Supply Controls Final Output Pressure of Booster BP Series Booster Driving End way 5 Port Valve, Pressure Input, High Pressure Rating Work Cylinders Work Cylinders Regulated Supply Controls Final Output Pressure of Booster way Valve, Double Pilot BP Series Booster Driving End 6.0 6

143 ir-to-oil Sizing ( for ir-to-ir Sizing See Page 6.9 & 6.0) To size an ir to Oil booster, Boyle's Law need not be taken into account because oil is considered an incompressible fluid. Consult Fabco-ir Engineering for fluid compatibility with standard internally lubricated Buna-N seals or optional Viton seals. 6 EXMPLE : One shot cycle, ir to Oil Booster pplication shown: cylinders, -5/8" bore x " stroke must extend to full stroke at 5 psi, then retract at system (80 psi) pressure. Required Pressure psig 5 Solution: Power = = vailable Pressure psig 80 =.8 Minimum Required Power Factor Choose either: -/" Bore Stage or " Bore Stage (See Sizing Guide on page 6.) Solution: Volume of Booster = Displacement of Cylinders + Margin Displacement = rea of Bore x Stroke x Quantity of Cylinders Margin = 5% Recommended to allow for losses and make-up fluid Booster Volume = [.07 (area of -5/8" bore) x " (stroke) x (quantity)] x 5% (margin) = [6.6] x.5 = 0.8 cu. in. Required Volume 0.8 Solution (-/" Bore): Stroke = = =. in. Volume per Inch Stroke.9 For -/" Bore, Volume per Inch of Stroke =.9 (See Sizing Guide on page 6.) Model Choice: B-/ x 5 - lternate Solution (" Bore): Stroke = Required Volume 0.8 = Volume per Inch Stroke.6 For " Bore, Volume per Inch of Stroke =.6 (See Sizing Guide on page 6.) =.7 in. ir/oil Tank Pilot Operated Check Valve Output End Gage tmosphere Regulated Supply Controls Final Output Pressure of Booster Way Control Valve Work Cylinders B Series Booster Driving End Model Choice: B x - EXMPLE 5: Pump cycle, ir to Oil Booster Required output = 000 cu. 50 psi vailable air pressure = 70 psi Solution: Power = Required Pressure psig 50 = vailable Pressure psig 70 =.6 Minimum Required Power Factor Choose either: -/" Bore Stage or " Bore Stage (See Sizing Guide on page 6.) tmosphere ir/oil Tank Regulated Supply Controls Final Output Pressure of Booster Way Control Valve Solution (-/" Bore): Stroke = Required Volume/Min = 000 = 0. in. Volume per Inch Stroke x CPM.9 x 0 For -/" Bore, Volume per Inch of Stroke =.9 (See Sizing Guide on page 6.) CPM = 0 (Typical average for Fabco-ir ir to Oil Booster) Output End Model Choice: B-/ x - Check Valve Driving End lternate Solution (" Bore): Stroke = Required Volume/Min 000 = =.97 in. Volume per Inch Stroke x CPM.6 x 0 For " Bore, Volume per Inch of Stroke =.6 (See Sizing Guide on page 6.) CPM = 0 (Typical average for Fabco-ir ir to Oil Booster) Model Choice: B x - Check Valve Gage Sensors B Series Booster with Option E Magnetic Piston for Piston Position Sensing Input ir Usage, Pump Cycle (See Example 5 above; Model B -/ x -, 0 70 psi) Required Final Pressure 50 Solution: Pressure = = = 67.6 psi regulated input required Booster Power Factor.7 Solution: Volume (CFM) = [ Input Volume per Inch Stroke + Reset Volume per Inch Stroke] x Input Volume per Inch Stroke = 9.; Reset Volume per Inch Stroke =.5 (See Sizing Guide on page 6.) Stroke = CPM = 0 Volume = [9. +.5] x x 0 =.8 x 0.7 = psi 78 CFM x psia.0 x ( ) Converting Volume to SCFM: = = = 7.0 SCFM required tmosphere.7 6. Stroke x CPM 78 cu.in. / cu.ft. 8--0

144 ir-oil Tanks Single Tank Units Double Tank Units Features & Benefits DO x 9 These units, with their many unique and attractive features, provide the ultimate for those systems that require hydraulic-type (precision, smooth, and rigid) cylinder control from shop air. ir-oil systems can provide the smoothness and rigidity of a hydraulic system without the inherent high costs and space consuming pump, motor, tank, relief valve, and other components required for a noisy hydraulic system. They may also be used as storage tanks in booster systems, see page 6.. Fabco-ir's unique Ir-Oil tanks are available in single tank and space-saving double tank versions with bore (I.D.) sizes of -/", " and " to suit all applications. Single Tank Units are used when hydraulic control of the cylinder is required in one direction only. If there is any question as to the integrity of the piston seal, a double tank is recommended. Single Tank Units are also used as fluid storage tanks for boosters, hydraulic shock options, and other applications. Double Tank Units are used when hydraulic control of the cylinder is required in both directions. The one-piece heads that hold both tanks simplify mounting and save space. 9 Features and Benefits Operation to 50 psi Single tank units Double tank units, save space in two direction control systems Black anodized heads Tapped mounting holes in top and bottom heads Large flow ports Fill port on top Drain port on bottom Brass baffle plates and internal parts Baffles, top and bottom, help prevent fluid aeration SO x 9 Choice of -/", " and " I.D. tanks Tank lengths to your requirements No sight tubes or gauges Translucent fiberglass tube provides full visibility of the fluid at all times. You can see when fluid levels are too low or too high. You can also see if there is air or foam in the fluid. (-5 to + 00 F) Custom molded Buna-N tube seals provide both I.D. and face sealing for a positive, no leak assembly Tie rods of plated, high strength threaded rod luminum tie rod cover tubes control the H dimension and provide controlled compression of tube seals. They also provide a clean appearance. Plated tie rod nuts 9. ir-oil System Notes The best control is achieved by installing the speed control valves so that the fluid being forced out of the cylinder is being controlled. See the circuits on page 9.. The piping between the cylinder and the speed controlling valve should be rigid enough to maintain the required rigidity of the system. It is best to mount the tanks so that the bottoms of the tanks are higher than the cylinder. Cylinder ports should be up with piping running as straight as possible to the tanks. This aids in purging the cylinder of air, by allowing the air to rise through the piping and into the tank where it will dissipate. The highest fluid level should be kept reasonably near the top baffle to avoid excessive air usage, providing the quickest cycle reversal, and to allow for possible fluid loss. 5 If the fluid levels in the tanks unbalance, the fluid is bypassing the cylinder's piston seal. This can occur in a new cylinder with U-Cups designed for air service or side loading on the piston rod. In old systems the bypass can be a result of seal and cylinder wear, seal shrinkage, and many other reasons. See circuits on page 9. showing crossover valve for tank balancing. Translucent fibreglass tube Quiet zone below baffle plate for sediment to settle out Fill Port Drain Port Flow Port Baffles force fluid or air to sides of tank, eliminating surface disturbance, aeration & foaming Flow Port Custom molded Buna-N tube seal Usable Oil Capacity Brass baffle plates, tube, & spacers, top & bottom 0-6-0

145 ir-oil Tanks Single Tank Units Double Tank Units Model Number Code DO x 0 V Model Number Tank Height Inches H Series Single Tank SO Double Tank DO Tank Bore Useable Oil Capacity Cubic Inches - / DO maximum SO maximum Tank Bore -/" " " Tank Height H Dimension (See page 9.) Specify in Inches as required. See charts at left for Useable Oil Capacity and see Tank Selection below. Tank Selection Options Description Specify Viton Seals (-5 to +00 F) -V Oversize Ports Bore Port Size Location -/ / NPT Top -T Bottom -B Both -TB / NPT Top -T Bottom -B Both -TB / NPT Top -T Bottom -B Both -TB ny port not specified will be standard size. Extended Tie Rods Top only -WT Bottom only -WB Both -WTB Specify Dimension K in inches & fractions. See page 9., /" increments please. Step Calculate work cylinder volume in cubic inches. rea x Stroke = Volume. Step dd 0% to 0% to the volume for an operating margin based on system speed and level of maintenance. The higher the speed and the lower the maintenance the higher the operating margin should be. Step From the Usable Oil Capacity chart, select the Bore and Height combination that provides a volume equal to, or greater than, the calculated volume with operating margin. Base your final selection on a combination of economics, available space, port size (system speed), and operating margin. Example System: " Bore x 6" Stroke cylinder with oil on both ends, running at low speed and well maintained. Step Volume of " Bore = 7.07 sq. in. rea x 6" Stroke =. cu. in. Volume Step. cu. in. Volume + 0% operating margin = 6.66 cu. in. with operating margin Step Choices: DO - x or DO - x How to Order Specify the Series Specify the Tank Bore Specify the Tank Height, H Specify Options Examples DO - x 0 - V Double tank, " bore, H = 0" (6 cu. in. capacity), Viton seals SO - - / x 8 Single tank, /" bore, H = 8" ( cu. in. capacity)

146 ir-oil Tanks Single Tank Units Double Tank Units Standard Specifications Single Tank Unit, SO P, NPT Fill Port Tie Rod Pattern SO - /, SO, SO R Q, NPT Flow Port M Threaded Rod S 9 C C H C See page 9. B B B B Q, NPT Flow Port Nut L Q, NPT K Flow Port Threaded Rod Extension from Head. lso see Options. Extended Tie Rods, on page 9. Q, NPT Flow Port Places M Threaded Rod Q, NPT Flow Ports H + C See page 9. P, NPT Drain Port Double Tank Unit, DO C B G B J /-0 x Dp. Mounting Holes Places TOP 50 PSI MX Label on Front Q, NPT Flow Port P, NPT Fill Port Places R S M ( Places) Bore - / Vol./In B C E F G...6 H See page 9. J K L M /-0 /8-6 /- P /8 /8 / Q /8 / / R S.5.88 T U Tie Rod Pattern DO - / & DO T U M ( Places) U B H C See page 9. Nut L H + C See page 9. TOP 50 PSI MX Label on Front Tie Rod Pattern DO K Threaded Rod Extension from Head. lso see Options. Extended Tie Rods, on page 9. Q, NPT Flow Ports C P, NPT Drain Port Places E F /-0 x Dp. Mounting Holes Places B M (5 Places) T U 9. Q, NPT Flow Port Places T

147 ir-oil Tanks Single Tank Units Double Tank Units Typical Circuits One Speed Single ir-oil Tank and flow control give hydraulic control, one speed, one direction with rapid reverse. Can be used for Multi-Power Cylinder and Multi-Power ir Press with Option -HS. See page 5. and catalog #FP-6. ir Supply Muffler Two Speed Stop & Hold Double ir-oil Tanks with shut-off valves & needle valve provide: Stop and hold in either direction at any point in cylinder travel. Choice of rapid or control rate in either direction at any point of cylinder travel. ir Supply Muffler Directional Control Valve -Way ir Directional Control Valve -Way ir Single Tank Unit Flow Control Cylinder Controlled Rate Rapid Rate ➁ Shut Off -Way - Oil Needle Valve Double ir - Oil Tanks Crossover and shut off provide easy balancing of tank levels Cylinder Stop and Hold Free to Move Shut Off -Way - Oil Two Speed Double ir-oil Tanks and flow controls give hydraulic control, one speed, each direction. ir Supply Muffler Two Speed & Shock Control Single ir-oil Tank with sequence, needle and shut-off valves give:. Rapid extend stroke.. utomatic switch to controlled rate when resistance is met and pressure builds up.. Fluid catches cylinder when built-up forces are suddenly released (such as in a punching operation), thus controlling the shock that could otherwise occur.. utomatic return to rapid rate on return stroke. 9 Directional Control Valve -Way ir ir Supply Muffler Double ir - Oil Tanks Can be used for Multi-Power Cylinder and Multi-Power ir Press with Option -HS. See page 5. and catalog # FP6. Directional Control Valve -Way ir Single ir - Oil Tank Flow Control Crossover and shut off provide easy balancing of tank levels RV- Sequence Valve See page. for details Needle Valve Shut Off -Way - Oil Cylinder Cylinder

148 Directional Control Valves Section Index Port Flow Rate/ Function Series ctuators Page Number Size Factor 0- Cv = 0.05 Way Modular Solenoid. -. & to Way Manifold /8 NPT Cv = 0. Way, Position Modular /8 NPT Cv = 0.05 Way Hex Solenoid.5.6 & to Way Body / NPT Cv = 0. /8 NPT Cv = 0.7 Way 8 Manual.7-.8 Way Mechanical.7-.8 Way, Position Pilot.7-.8 Solenoid.9-. / NPT Cv =.0 Way Manual.-.6 Way, Position Mechanical.-. Way, Position Pilot.-.5 Solenoid.7-. / NPT Cv =.0 Way M Manual. Stacking Way, Position Mechanical. Pilot. Solenoid.0 /8 NPT Cv =.0 Way Manual.-.6 Way, Position Mechanical.-. Way, Position Pilot.-.5 Solenoid.7-. /8 NPT Cv =. Way Manual.-.8 & to Way, Position Pilot / NPT Cv =.9 Way, Position Solenoid Manifold /8 NPT Cv =. Way 8 Manual..8 to Way, Position Pilot Cv =. Way, Position Solenoid / NPT Cv =. Way Manual..8 to Way, Position Pilot Cv =. Way, Position Solenoid / NPT Cv = 6. Way B Manual..8 High Flow Way, Position Pilot Solenoid. -8-0

149 Directional Control Valves Series Section Index Quick Page No. Modular Manifold Hex Body M B

150 Directional Control Valves 0- & /8 NPT, & Way Modular Manifold Miniature 5 STYLE Solenoid Valves, or Way - Modular Manifolding, or Way - Single Mounting Time Proven Space Saving Reliable, and Way Solenoid Valves with 0- or /8 NPT ports are available in singular or modular manifold versions. ny combination of function and ports can be combined in the same manifold stack to save time, space and plumbing. With pressure manifold plugging, two or more pressure ranges and/or medias can be controlled in the same stack. For Each Valve Specify: EXMPLE Basic Model Number 0-M See Chart Below Letter for Housing -C C Conduit, G Grommet, F DIN Number for Seat - See orifice information chart below Options See option Information below Volts & Hertz 0/60 See solenoid information Page.9 Example: Way modular mounting with manifold inlet, /8 NPT inlet, 0- Cylinder Port, Conduit Housing, /6 Seat, 0 Volts/60 HZ. Model Number = 0-M-C-, 0/60 For Complete ssembled Banks Specify: Quantity of assembled Banks Valve models (start left to right, see photo above) Mounting brackets, if desired #0 Example Using the photo above Bank consisting of: -M-C- 0/60 0-M-F- 0/60 0-M-G- 0/60 -M-C- 0/60 Pair #0 Mounting Brackets Inlet Cylinder Basic Function Port Port Model No. Valves for Way N.C. /8 NPT /8 NPT -S Individual Way N.C. /8 NPT /8 NPT -S Mounting & Way S-0 Individual Way /8 NPT 0-0-S-8 Inlet Way /8 NPT /8 NPT -S Valves for Way N.C SM Modular Way N.C SM Mounting & Individual Inlet Valves for Way N.C. /8 NPT 0-0-M Modular Way N.C. /8 NPT /8 NPT -M Mounting & Way N.C. /8 NPT 0-0-M Manifolded Way N.C. /8 NPT /8 NPT -M Inlet (Pressure Way /8 NPT 0-0-M Manifolded) Way /8 NPT /8 NPT -M ll Mountings Way Normally Open use Way & Plug N.C. port OPTION INFORMTION Viton Seals for media compatibility specify Option -V Coils & Housing, See page.9. Low Pressure Spring - Way Only - See Operating Pressures. Pro-Coat (Electroless Nickel Plate) Option -N, See page.0. Special Bank ssembly (Plugs, Fittings, Wire Terminals) See Pg iii. Normally Open (N.O.) & Way Valves - Use Way Valve & Plug N.C. Port. ORIFICE INFORMTION Operating Pressures pplies to all Way 0 and series valves. See Orifice Information below for pressure ranges of & Way valves. STNDRD SPRING 0 psi Minimium 50 psi Maximum with #, /6 orifice. See Orifice Information below for Maximum with other orifices. OPTIOL LOW PRESSURE SPRING 0 psi: 0 psi Minimum 5 psi Maximum 5 psi: 5 psi Minimum 60 psi Maximum ccessories Mounting Brackets Part # 0. Connectors for Mini-DIN F, See page.0. SM-0 Muffler, See page.. vailable Orifices and Equivalent Maximum Pressure Ratings for C Voltages (DC Ratings Slightly Lower) CFM Cv Factor Way N.C. Way N.C. Way 00 psi 50 psi Number 0 / psi 00 psi 50 psi. 0.9 Number / Number / Number / Number / Not vailable Not vailable

151 Directional Control Valves 0- & /8 NPT, & Way Modular Manifold MODELS 0-M, 0-M, 0-M, -M, -M & -M Supply pressure can be connected to either or both ends of the stack. Due to the fact that the supply pressure port on all M valve bodies is tapped on both sides, the pressure manifold can be plugged at any point within the stack. This allows you to supply the stack with two different pressures or media, one from each end. For more than two inputs a port block can be provided in midstack. Spacers can be included for applications requiring the larger EXPLOSION PROOF operator. Contact Fabco-ir with your specific requirements. Typ..0 Dia. Places. Typ..56 Typ. 0- EXH Port #0 Mounting Bracket (Pair) 0-M Dual Cylinder Ports 0- NC CYL Ports.8 0-M.55 Dual Cylinder Ports 0- NC CYL Ports -M /8 NPT CYL Port.55 Ref M /8 NPT CYL Port.5.80 Typ..8 Typ. See Housing Details on Page.9.9 Typ..9 Typ. [ (Quantity of Valves) x.] + SM-0 Muffler, See page M 0- NO CYL Port 0- NC CYL Port M /8 NPT NO CYL Port /8 NPT NC CYL Port Typ. MODEL 0-S-0 (0- Inlet Port) MODEL 0-S-8 (/8 NPT Inlet Port) 0- NC CYL Port.0 Dia. Places. Note: Mounting screw heads may restrict housing rotation..0 See Housing Details on Page.9 0- EXH Port INLET PORT 0-S S-8 /8 NPT 0- NO CYL Port Spring Cap EXH Port Do Not Restrict Spring Cap MODEL -S (-Way), -S (-Way).7 /8 NPT -S IN -S Cyl /8 NPT -S Cyl -S IN.67.0 Dia. Places. Note: Mounting screw heads may restrict housing rotation EXH Port Do Not Restrict See Housing Details on Page.9 0- EXH Port Spring Cap Spring Cap.56 MODEL -S /8 NPT NC CYL Port Dia. Places. Note: Mounting screw heads may restrict housing rotation. 0- EXH Port Do Not Restrict.7 See Housing Details on Page EXH Port /8 NPT NO CYL Port 0- EXH Port Do Not Restrict Typ.. 0- CYL Port 0- IN Port.56. Typ..56 Typ. 0-SM.55 MODEL 0-SM (-Way), 0-SM (-Way).0 Dia. Places Typ. 0-SM.8 0- IN Port (0-SM) 0- CYL Port (0-SM) Typ..8 Typ. See Housing Details on Page.9.9 Typ. [ (Quantity of Valves) x.] + 0- EXH Port (0-SM).0 #0 Mounting Bracket (Pair)

152 Directional Control Valves /8 & / NPT & Way Valves Hex Body Body Hex aluminum, black anodized - Different porting styles. Media ir, water & other fluids compatible with standard Buna-N seals and aluminum. Power See page.9 BODY STYLE De-Energized In Out WY NORMLLY OPEN Energized In Out Hex Body 5 STYLE Solenoid Valves SIDE PORT IN OUT Basic Model 0- / NO /8 / NO 0- / - - -NO /8 / - - -NO Operating Temperature: 0 F (8 C) to +0 F (0 C) ambient. 0 F (8 C) to +50 F (65 C) media. Voltages See page.9 Operating Pressure See chart with orifice information Internal Parts Stainless Steel BODY STYLE De-Energized Energized In Out In Out WY NORMLLY CLOSED SIDE PORTS IN OUT Basic Model /8 / / / - - BODY STYLE FEMLE BOTTOM PORT BODY STYLE FEMLE BOTTOM PORT De-Energized In Energized In IN OUT Basic Model 0- /8 F NO /8 /8 F NO 0- / F-- - -NO /8 / F-- - -NO De-Energized In In Energized IN OUT Basic Model /8 /8 F /8 / F-8- - / /8 F-8- - / / F-- - Out De-Energized Out Out BODY STYLE FEMLE BOTTOM PORT BODY STYLE FEMLE BOTTOM PORT Energized Out IN OUT Basic Model /8 0- FX NO /8 /8 FX NO / 0- FX-- - -NO / /8 FX-- - -NO Out Out De-Energized Out Out Energized IN OUT Basic Model /8 /8 FX /8 / FX-8- - / /8 FX-8- - / / FX-- - In De-Energized In Out De-Energized Out In BODY STYLE MLE BOTTOM PORT BODY STYLE MLE BOTTOM PORT Energized In Out Energized Out IN OUT Basic Model 0- / NO /8 / NO 0- / NO /8 / NO IN OUT Basic Model /8 0- X NO /8 /8 X NO / 0- X-- - -NO / /8 X-- - -NO In Out In De-Energized Out De-Energized In Out Energized BODY STYLE MLE BOTTOM PORT BODY STYLE MLE BOTTOM PORT Out Energized In IN OUT Basic Model /8 / /8 / 8- - / / / / - - IN OUT Basic Model /8 /8 X /8 / X-8- - / /8 X-8- - / / X-- - In In HOW TO ORDER EXMPLE Basic Model Number X88 See Model Charts Insert Letter for Housing at Number for Orifice at - ll Way EX Orifices are /6 Options -C C Conduit, G Grommet, F DIN See Solenoid Information Page.9 See Chart, Orifice Information See Chart, Option Information Volts & Hertz 0/60 See Solenoid Information Page.9.5 Example: Way N.C., /8 NPT Male Bottom Inlet, /8 NPT Side Cylinder, Conduit Housing, /6 Seat, 0 Volts/60 HZ. Model Number = X88-C-, 0/60 In In OPTIONS: Specify Suffix /8 NPT dapter ( Way N.C. Top Exhaust) See Pg..6 Viton Seals (for media compatibility)... -V Explosion Proof... -EP... See Pg..0 Pro-Coat (Electroless Nickel Plate)... -N... See Pg..0 Spade Electrical Connections See Pgs..9 &.0 CCESSORIES: Solenoid Exhaust Muffler... SM-0... See Page. Connectors for Mini-DIN F... See Pg

153 Directional Control Valves /8 & / NPT & Way Valves Hex Body ORIFICE INFORMTION vailable Orifices and Equivalent Maximum Pressure Ratings for C Voltages (DC Ratings Slightly Lower) CFM Cv Factor Way N.O. Way N.C. Way N.O. Way N.C. 00 psi 50 psi Number 0 /.0 50 psi 500 psi 50 psi 00 psi. 0.9 Number / Number / Number / Number / ll way (EX) exhaust orifices are /6. ll way (EX) exhaust orifices are /6. De-Energized In Ex WY NORMLLY OPEN BODY STYLE Cyl Energized In Ex Cyl SIDE PORT IN CYL EX Basic Model 0- /8 / NO /8 /8 / NO 0- / / - - -NO /8 / / - - -NO WY NORMLLY CLOSED BODY STYLE SIDE PORTS De-Energized Ex Energized Ex In Cyl In Cyl IN CYL EX Basic Model /8 / / / For optional /8 NPT dapter add Suffix De-Energized In Ex BODY STYLE FEMLE BOTTOM PORT BODY STYLE FEMLE BOTTOM PORT Cyl De-Energized In Ex Cyl Energized In Ex BODY STYLE Cyl Energized In Ex Cyl IN CYL EX Basic Model 0- /8 /8 F NO /8 /8 /8 F NO 0- /8 / F NO /8 /8 / F NO 0- / /8 F NO /8 / /8 F NO 0- / / F-- - -NO /8 / / F-- - -NO MLE BOTTOM PORT IN CYL EX Basic Model 0- /8 / NO /8 /8 / NO 0- /8 / NO /8 /8 / NO 0- / / NO /8 / / NO 0- / / - - -NO /8 / / - - -NO De-Energized Ex In Cyl Cyl De-Energized Ex In In De-Energized Ex Cyl Cyl In Energized Ex In BODY STYLE De-Energized Ex Cyl BODY STYLE In BODY STYLE Cyl Energized Ex Cyl In Energized Ex Energized Ex Cyl In IN CYL EX Basic Model /8 /8 0- F /8 / 0- F-- - / /8 0- F-8- - / / 0- F-- - For optional /8 NPT dapter add Suffix FEMLE BOTTOM PORT IN CYL EX Basic Model /8 /8 0- FX /8 / 0- FX-8- - / /8 0- FX-8- - / / 0- FX-- - For optional /8 NPT dapter add Suffix MLE BOTTOM PORT IN CYL EX Basic Model /8 / /8 / / / / / For optional /8 NPT dapter add Suffix MLE BOTTOM PORT IN CYL EX Basic Model /8 /8 0- X /8 / 0- X-8- - / /8 0- X-8- - / / 0- X-- - For optional /8 NPT dapter add Suffix BODY STYLE Side Ports BODY STYLE Female Bottom Port BODY STYLE Male Bottom Port Port. /8 NPT Port..9 No. 0- x / Deep Mt'g Thds Port.67 /8 NPT Port /8 NPT Port.6 0- Port Hex.00 Hex.00 Hex See Pg..9 for Housing Details See Pg..9 for Housing Details See Pg..9 for Housing Details.6

154 Directional Control Valves /8 NPT, & Way 8 Series /8 NPT PORTED, MNUL, MECHNICL ND PILOT OPERTED IR VLVES The Finest in Simplicity, and Way - Position Operation to 50 psi ir Suitable for Vacuum directional flow applications, but NOT for holding vacuum. Short stroke of lightweight Delrin spools provides fast, positive, and reliable response. Note : Specify Normally Open by substituting -0 for - & -0 for -. ir Pilot Standard Way & Way spring return are normally closed. For normally open the actuators may be exchanged end for end or by specifying -0 for - & -0 for -. Minimum pilot pressure: Standard spring psi Light spring (Option -L).. 0 psi Double pilot psi Pilot Bushing /8 NPT Standard. 0- = Option -E Standard or Light Spring Housing 9/6 Hex. 9/6 Hex Way Way Way Single Pilot - Spring Return 8SP- 8SP- 8SP- Double pilot 8DP- 8DP- 8DP- Replacement spool & seals Light spring, Option -L 0- pilot port, Option -E ir Pilot mplifier Rod ctuator Roller Cam WY Dia. Clearance for #0 Bolt.5. " Delrin piston in aluminum housing meets low pressure requirements. Standard Way & Way spring return are normally closed. For normally open the actuators may be exchanged end for end or by specifying -0 for - & -0 for -. Minimum pilot pressure: Standard spring psi Light spring (Option -L)... 7 psi gainst 0 psi pilot psi Plated steel rod in brass bushing. Standard Way & Way spring return are normally closed. For normally open the actuators may be exchanged end for end or specify by substituting -0 for - & -0 for -. Force to actuate: Standard spring lb. Light spring (Option -L) lb. Double Rod lb. Case hardened steel roller and shaft in hard anodized aluminum housing. Standard Way & Way spring return are normally closed. For normally open specify by substituting -0 for - & -0 for -. Force to actuate: Standard spring lb. Light spring (Option -L) lb. Double Cam lb Way 0. This Way Valve may be used for any Way, Selector or Diverter.6 service..0 Dia. Clearance for #0 Bolt /8 NPT Standard. 0- = Option -E.5 Dia.. Valve Body Dimensions Dia Stroke Dia Stroke Way Way Way Single Pilot (mplifier) - Spring Return 8S- 8S- 8S- Double pilot - amplifiers 8D- 8D- 8D- Double pilot - amplifier, air pilot 8DP- 8DP- 8DP- When both pilots are pressurized, the amplifier overrides. Replacement spool & seals Light spring, Option -L 0- pilot port, Option -E Way Way Way Single Rod - Spring Return 8SR- 8SR- 8SR- Single Rod- Pilot Return 8SRP- 8SRP- 8SRP- Double rod 8DR- 8DR- 8DR- Replacement spool & seals Light return spring, Option -L Way Way Way Single Cam - Spring Return 8CR- 8CR- 8CR- Single Cam - Pilot Return 8CRP- 8CRP- 8CRP- Replacement spool & seals for above Double cam 8CCR- 8CCR- 8CCR- Replacement spool & seals Light return spring, Option -L Way - 5 Port Dia. Clearance for #0 Bolt Primary Secondary.00 Primary Standard & way spring return models are normally closed. Models with thread in actuators may be converted to normally open by exchanging actuators end for end. Other models require specification and factory assembly. See note. Secondary.00 Primary Secondary way - 5 port May be used as either single inlet - dual exhaust or dual inlet - single exhaust

155 Directional Control Valves /8 NPT, & Way 8 Series Small Palm Button FETURES luminum bar body nodized black Honed & burnished bore Pressure balanced spool Delrin spool Buna-N seals Operation to 50 psi Way - 5 port may be used as either single inlet - dual exhaust or dual inlet - single exhaust. Un-anodized aluminum button with plated steel rod in brass bushing. Standard Way & Way spring return are normally closed. For normally open the actuators may be exchanged end for end or specify by substituting -0 for - & -0 for -. Force to actuate: Standard spring lb. Light spring (Option -L) lb. Double Button lb. Prelubed with Magnalube G Grease Interchangeability of Parts Cv = 0.7. SCFM Free Flow to tmosphere at 80 psi Supply Operating temperature 0 to +80 F; Solenoid controlled models +50 F max. See pages.9 and.. Dia Stroke OPTIONS Light spring Specify Option -L Viton seals Specify Option -V Spools for bleeder pilot Multiple stacking with or without common inlet. Consult factory. Note : Specify Normally Open by substituting -0 for - & -0 for -. Way Way Way Single Button - Spring Return 8PS- 8PS- 8PS- Single Button - Pilot Return 8PSP- 8PSP- 8PSP- Double Button 8PPS- 8PPS- 8PPS- Replacement spool & seals Light spring Option -L Large Palm Button Red anodized aluminum button with plated steel rod in brass bushing. Standard Way & Way spring return are normally closed. For normally open the actuators may be exchanged end for end or specify by substituting -0 for - & -0 for -. Force to actuate: Standard spring lb. Light spring (Option -L) lb. Double Button lb..5 Dia..9.5 Stroke Way Way Way Single Button - Spring Return 8PL- 8PL- 8PL- Single Button - Pilot Return 8PLP- 8PLP- 8PLP- Double Button 8PPL- 8PPL- 8PPL- Replacement spool & seals Light spring Option -L Panel Mount Button Hand Lever Palm Button ssembly Phenolic button with plated steel rod in brass bushing; black button standard, red button Option -R. Standard Way and Way assemblies are normally closed with knob in the out position. For normally open specify by substituting -0 for - and - 0 for -. Force to actuate: Standard spring lb. Light spring (Option -L) lb. Double Button lb. Detented lb. Hardened & plated steel shaft with unique connection to spool results in positive shifting. Standard Way & Way spring return are normally closed. For normally open specify by substituting -0 for - & -0 for -. Force to actuate: Standard spring lb. Light spring (Option -L)...0 lb. Detented lb. Rod ctuator ssembly Spring Housing ssembly () 7/8 Hex x. thick brass nuts included.5 Stroke /-6 Dia. Dia Lever position when spring returned MOST THREDED-IN OPERTORS RE INTERCHNGEBLE BETWEEN ENDS Way Way Way Spring Return 8PMS- 8PMS- 8PMS- Pilot Return 8PMP- 8PMP- 8PMP- Replacement spool & seals for above Detented (Push Pull) 8PMD- 8PMD- 8PMD- Replacement spool & seals Light spring Option -L Way Way Way Spring Return 8HLS- 8HLS- 8HLS- Detented 8HL- 8HL- 8HL- Replacement spool & seals Includes factory assembled spool attachments. Light spring Option -L Pilot Bushing No Large Button No Small Button Panel Mount Button ssembly For Detented (with Spool) No (W NC) (W NO) (W NC) (W NO) bove NOT interchangeable End for End ( Way) For Spring or Pilot Return (No Spool) ( or Way, NO or NC, and Way)) -8-0 No No Light Spring only (for Option L). No Standard Spring only No Light Spring & Housing ss'y (for Option -L). No Standard Spring & Housing ssembly. ir Pilot mplifier /8 NPT Standard No. 8 MP- /8 NPT Port No. 0 MP- 0- Port Option -E No Port No /8 NPT Port Fabco-ir has the expertise and willingness to design. modify and adapt these valves to your necessary and specific job requirements. Please advise us of your needs..8

156 Directional Control Valves /8 NPT, & Way 8 Series /8 NPT Ported 5 STYLE Solenoid Controlled, Pilot Operated ir Valves, & Way - Position Operation to 50 psi ir The Finest in Simplicity The short stroke of the light weight Delrin spool provides fast, positive and reliable response. Features luminum bar stock body Black anodized Honed and burnished bore Lightweight Delrin spool Buna N seals Operation to 50 psi Operating temperature: 0 F (8 C) to +0 F (0 C) ambient. 0 F (8 C) to +50 F (65 C) media. Coils & housing information see page.9 Cv = 0.7. SCFM free flow to 80 psi Prelubed with Magnalube -G grease Simplicity Reliability Options Manual Override Locking MO Non-Locking MO External Pilot X Light Spring L Viton Seals for media compatibility.... -V Explosion Proof Operators EP See page.0 Dual Inlet - Single Exhaust Way See page.0 Note : Optional Flow Path Operating Range Internal Pilot Supply (Standard) Standard Spring to 50 psi Light Spring, Option -L.. 0 to 50 psi Pilot Return (0 psi Pilot).. 0 to 50 psi External Pilot Supply, Option -X Inlet Pressure to 50 psi External Pilot Supply, Option -X Standard Spring to 50 psi Light Spring, Option -L.. 0 to 50 psi Pilot Return (0 psi Pilot).. 0 to 50 psi SINGLE SOLENOID To Order Specify: Model Number from chart Options Volts & Hertz (See page.9) WY WY WY Normally Normally Normally Normally Closed Open Closed Open Conduit Housing 8CS- 8CS-0 8CS- 8CS-0 8CS- Grommet Housing 8GS- 8GS-0 8GS- 8GS-0 8GS- Male Mini-DIN Housing 8FS- 8FS-0 8FS- 8FS-0 8FS- Replacement Spool and Seals SINGLE SOLENOID - PILOT RETURN MODELS pilot return can be substituted for the standard spring return. It may be used in two manners.. For a pulse signal, then pilot return.. s a constant, adjustable force, spring. Supply pilot port with a constant regulated pressure. This will act as a very constant spring against the solenoid controlled pilot signal. The pilot return should be a minimum of 0 psi below the solenoid controlled pressure. To Specify, Substitute P for S in the Model Number. (Example 8CP--0/60) /8 NPT Pilot Port standard. 0- Pilot Port optional, Specify Option -E. Operating Range Internal Pilot Supply (Standard) Inlet to 50 psi External Pilot Supply, Option -X Inlet Pressure to 50 psi Pilot Supply to 50 psi.9 DOUBLE SOLENOID To Order Specify: Model Number from chart Options Volts & Hertz (See page.9) WY WY WY Conduit Housing 8CC- 8CC- 8CC- Grommet Housing 8GG- 8GG- 8GG- Male Mini-DIN Housing 8FF- 8FF- 8FF- Replacement Spool and Seals -8-0

157 Directional Control Valves /8 NPT, & Way 8 Series See Housing Details Page.9.00 WY Dia. Clearance for #0 Bolt Max..00 Standard 5 STYLE Solenoid Operator The solenoid operator is a -way NC valve which, upon receiving an electrical signal, directs a pilot pressure to shift the main valve spool. s standard, the operator is internally supplied with air pressure from the main valve inlet. lso see External Pilot Supply below. See Housing Details Page.9 /8 NPT Max..00 See Housing Details Page STYLE Solenoid Operator with External Pilot Supply Option -X In the following listed applications, as well as many others, a proper air supply may not be available from the main valve inlet. For these applications, an external pilot supply port is available (Option -X). proper air supply to this port then supplies the solenoid with air pressure for piloting the main valve spool. Dual Inlet - Single Exhaust Way. Insufficient pressure at main valve inlet. Media, at main valve inlet, other than air. Extremely fast cycling. Option -X is NOT combinable with either Option -MO or -MO.00 Primary Secondary Spring Return Valves End Operator Normally Closed 0 Spring Solenoid Normally Open 0 Solenoid Spring Way Dia. Clearance for #0 Bolt Way - Standard: Single Inlet - Port # - Dual Exhaust Dia. Clearance for #0 Bolt Note : Optional Flow Path: Dual Inlet - Ports # & #5 - Single Exhaust. Use External Pilot Supply (Option -X) Primary Secondary Spring Return Valves End Operator Normally Closed Normally Open 0 0 Spring Solenoid Solenoid Spring Primary Secondary Dia. 5 STYLE Solenoid Operator with Manual Override This manual override is a -way NC valve that when pushed, directs pilot pressure to shift the main spool. Pressure must be present at main valve inlet for this override to function..00. TYPE SUFFIX LOCKING Push to override; -MO Turn to lock in; Turn back to release. NON-LOCKING Push to override. -MO Spring Return: Standard and Optional Light. Pilot Return: -P See Page.7 Pilot Port /8 NPT Port Standard 0- Port Specify Option -E 9/6 Hex 9/6 Hex.0

158 Directional Control Valves /8 NPT, & Way 8 Series /8 NPT Ported 58 STYLE Solenoid Controlled, Pilot Operated ir Valves, & Way - Position Operation to 50 psi ir The Finest in Simplicity The short stroke of the light weight Delrin spool provides fast, positive and reliable response. Features luminum bar stock body Black anodized Honed and burnished bore Lightweight Delrin spool Simplicity Reliability Corrosion resistant construction Buna N seals Operating temperature: 5 F (5 C) to + F (50 C) ambient. 5 F (5 C) to + F (50 C) media. Solenoid operator information see page. Cv = 0.7. SCFM Free flow to 80 psi Prelubed with Magnalube -G grease Options External Pilot X External Pilot and Viton Seals.... -XV Light Spring L Operating Ranges, psi # Solenoid # Solenoid 0.9 Watts.5 Watts Internal Pilot Supply (Standard) Inlet Pressure Non Spring Return to to 5 Spring Return to to 5 Light Spring Option -L to to 5 External Pilot Supply, Option -X Inlet Pressure... 0 to to 50 External Pilot Supply, Option -X Pilot Supply Non Spring Return to to 5 Spring Return to to 5 Light Spring Option -L to to 5 Viton Seals are available in the main valve only, for media compatibility, and therefore only in conjunction with External Pilot 5 F (5 C) to + F (50 C)

159 Directional Control Valves /8 NPT, & Way 8 Series 58 STYLE Solenoid Valve, Model Number Code 8 F S 0 0 0/60 Series 8 /8 NPT Primary ctuator F = Micro DIN G = Wire leads See page. Function = Way = Way = Way See page.7 Secondary ctuator F = Micro DIN* G = Wire leads* S = Spring** P = Pilot** R = Rod** B = Small Button** L = Large Button** * See page. ** See pages.7 &.8 for details Solenoid Watts = 0.9 Watts =.5 Watts Primary Solenoid ttitude = Upright 90 to Body 5 = Inline with Body Primary Solenoid Manual Override 0 = None = Position # = Position # = Position # = Position # Secondary Solenoid ttitude 0 = Other than Solenoid = Upright 90 to Body 5 = Inline with Body Secondary Solenoid Manual Override 0 = None = Position # = Position # = Position # = Position # Solenoid ttitude # ONLY # = Upright 90 to Body Volts / Hertz # Solenoid (0.9 Watts) VDC VDC # Solenoid (.5 Watts) /60 VC 0/60 VC VDC VDC Options -X = External Pilot -XV = External Pilot & Viton Seals -L = Light Spring Viton Seals are available in the main valve only for media compatability and therefore only in conjunction with External Pilot (0 to 80 F). Example: 8FS--00-0/60 /8 NPT Primary ctuator Solenoid with Micro DIN coil; Secondary ctuator, Spring Return Way Function.5 Watt Solenoid; Primary Solenoid Upright position with Manual Override in Position #; Secondary ctuator is not a Solenoid; no Manual Override on Secondary ctuator No Options 0 Volt/60 Hertz. Primary Solenoid Manual Override Position Section.5.6 Primary ctuator End,, or Way Valve Body Secondary ctuator End Secondary Solenoid Manual Override Position Section See page. for Operator Details See page.0 for Body Details External Pilot Supply Option -X /8 NPT..00. Max..00 Side View Spring Return Shown Upright Solenoid ttitude # (Solenoid centerline 90 to Valve Body centerline).6 External Pilot Supply Option -X /8 NPT Primary ctuator End,, or Way Valve Body Secondary ctuator End Inline Solenoid ttitude #5 (Solenoid centerline inline with Valve Body centerline) Primary Solenoid Manual Override Position Section B B See page. for Operator Details.00 See page.0 for Body Details B Side View Secondary Solenoid Manual Override Position Section B B -8-0 B Spring Return Shown.

160 Directional Control Valves / & /8 NPT, & Way, M & Series / & /8 NPT PORTED, MNUL, MECHNICL ND PILOT OPERTED IR VLVES The Finest in Simplicity, and Way - Position Operation to 50 psi ir Suitable for Vacuum directional flow applications, but NOT for holding vacuum. Note : Specify Normally Open by The short stroke of the lightweight Delrin spool provides fast, posiitive, and reliable response. substituting -0 for -. ir Pilot Rod ctuator Roller Cam Brass bushing with /8 NPT port. Standard Way spring return is normally closed. For normally open the actuators may be exchanged end for end or by specifying -0 for -. Minimum pilot pressure: Standard spring psi Light spring (Option -L).. 0 psi Double pilot psi Plated steel rod in brass bushing. Standard Way spring return is normally closed. For normally open the actuators may be exchanged end for end or specify by substituting -0 for -. Force to actuate: Standard spring lb. Light spring (Option-L) lb. Double rod lb. Case hardened steel roller and shaft in hard anodized aluminum housing. Standard Way spring return is normally closed. For normally open specify by substituting -0 for -. Force to actuate: Standard spring lb. Light spring (Option-L) lb. Cam-Pilot return lb. Pilot Bushing 7/8 Hex /8 NPT Note: See Stacking (Pressure Manifolded) informnation below. Dia..9 Stroke Note: See Stacking (Pressure Manifolded) informnation below Stroke Dia...5. Note: See Stacking (Pressure Manifolded) informnation below Way Way Single Pilot - Spring Return / NPT SP- SP- / Stacking N/ MSP- /8 NPT SP- SP- Double Pilot / NPT DP- DP- / Stacking N/ MDP- /8 NPT DP- DP- Replacement spool & seals Way Way Single Rod - Spring Return / NPT SR- SR- / Stacking N/ MR- /8 NPT SR- SR- Single Rod - Pilot Return / NPT SRP- SRP- / Stacking N/ MSRP- /8 NPT SRP- SRP- Double Rod / NPT DR- DR- / Stacking N/ MDR- /8 NPT DR- DR- Replacement spool & seals Way Way Single Cam - Spring Return / NPT CR- CR- / Stacking N/ MCR- /8 NPT CR- CR- Single Cam - Pilot Return / NPT CRP- CRP- / Stacking N/ MCRP- /8 NPT CRP- CRP- Replacement spool & seals for above Double cam / NPT CCR- CCR- / Stacking N/ MCCR- /8 NPT CCR- CCR- Replacement spool & seals Stacking - Pressure Manifold Selected models of the Series /" air valves can be stacked and pressure manifolded for space and money savings. The valve bodies are bolted together with through tie bolts and the pressure is manifolded with O-Ring seals between the valves. Inlet pressure can be connected to either or both ends of the stack. Due to the fact that the pressure port, on all valve bodies, is tapped on both sides, the pressure manifold can be plugged at any point within the stack. This allows you to supply the stack with two different pressures, one from each end. See Model Numbers in the ir-pilot Rod ctuator, Roller Cam and Small Palm Button sections of Pgs. and. and Solenoid Valves on Pgs.9 and.0. To Order: Specify the Quantity of each model desired, the Order in which they are to be assembled, and Brackets, if desired. Spring Cap Dimensions Valve Body Dimensions STNDRD SPRING.69 Dia..5 LIGHT SPRING OPTION -L.5. 7/8 Hex 7/8 Hex Way / Way This Way Valve may be used for any Way, Way, Selector or Diverter service Dia. Clearance for #0 Bolt Primary Secondary Way - 5 Port May be used as either Single Inlet - Primary Secondary Dual Exhaust or Dual Inlet Single Exhaust -8-0 Way - 5 Port.0 Dia. Clearance for #0 Bolt

161 Directional Control Valves luminum bar body FETURES nodized black Honed & burnished bore Pressure balanced spool Delrin spool Buna-N seals Operation to 50 psi Way - 5 port may be used as either single inlet - dual exhaust or dual inlet - single exhaust. Small Palm Button Un-anodized aluminum button with plated steel rod in brass bushing. Standard Way spring return is normally closed. For normally open the actuators may be exchanged end for end or specify by substituting -0 for -. Force to actuate: Standard spring lb. Light spring (Option -L) lb. Double Button.... lb. / & /8 NPT, & Way Prelubed with Magnalube G Grease Interchangeability of Parts Cv = SCFM Free Flow to tmosphere at 80 psi Supply Operating Temperature 0 to +80 F; Solenoid controlled models +50 F max. See pages.7,.9 &.. Dia., M & Series.09 Stroke OPTIONS Light spring Specify Option -L Viton seals Specify Option -V Spools for bleeder pilot Consult factory. Note : Specify Normally Open by substituting -0 for -. Way Way Single Button - Spring Return / NPT PS- PS- / Stacking N/ MPS- /8 NPT PS- PS- Single Button - Pilot Return / NPT PSP- PSP- / Stacking N/ MPSP- /8 NPT PSP- PSP- Double Button / NPT PPS- PPS- / Stacking N/ MPPS- /8 NPT PPS- PPS- Replacement spool & seals Large Palm Button Red anodized aluminum button with plated steel rod in brass bushing. Standard Way spring return is normally closed. For normally open the actuators may be exchanged end for end or specify by substituting -0 for -. Force to actuate: Standard spring lb. Light spring (Option -L) lb. Double Button.... lb..5 Dia..0 Stroke Way Way Single Button - Spring Return / NPT PL- PL- /8 NPT PL- PL- Single Button - Pilot Return / NPT PLP- PLP- /8 NPT PLP- PLP- Double Button / NPT PPL- PPL- /8 NPT PPL- PPL- Replacement spool & seals Panel Mount Button Phenolic button with plated steel Way Way Spring Return rod in brass bushing; black button () 7/8 Hex x. thick brass nuts included / NPT PMS- PMS- standard, red button Option -R. Stroke /8 NPT PMS- PMS- Standard Way assemblies are Pilot Return /-6 / NPT PMP- PMP- normally closed with knob in the /8 NPT PMP- PMP- out position. For normally open Replacement spool & seals for above specify by substituting -0 for Detented (Push Pull) Force to actuate: / NPT PMD- PMD-.8 Standard spring lb. /8 NPT PMD- PMD- Dia..8 Light spring (Option -L) lb. Replacement spool & seals Detented....0 lb. Includes factory assembled spool attachments. Hand Lever Palm Button ssembly Hardened & plated steel shaft with unique connection to spool results in positive shifting. Standard Way spring return is normally closed. For normally open specify by substituting -0 for -. Force to actuate: Standard spring lb. Light spring lb. (Option -L) Detented lb. Rod ctuator ssembly Spring Housing ssembly.00 Dia Lever position when spring returned. MOST THREDED-IN OPERTORS RE INTERCHNGEBLE BETWEEN ENDS Way Way Spring Return / NPT HLS- HLS- /8 NPT HLS- HLS- Detented / NPT HL- HL- /8 NPT HL- HL- Replacement spool & seals Includes factory assembled spool attachments Pilot Bushing No. 00- Large Button No. 00- Small Button Panel Mount Button ssembly No. 00- No. 00- Light Spring only (for Option -L) No Standard Spring only No Light Spring & Housing ssembly (for Option -L). No Standard Spring & Housing ssembly. No /8 NPT Port Black button standard Red button Option -R -8-0 For Detented (with Spool) No ( Way Normally Closed) ( Way Normally Open) bove NOT interchangeable End for End ( Way) For Spring or Pilot Return (No Spool) 00-8 ( Way N.O. or N.C., and Way) Fabco-ir has the expertise and willingness to design. modify and adapt these valves to your necessary and specific job requirements. Please advise us of your needs..

162 Directional Control Valves / & /8 NPT -Way, Position & Series / NPT & /8 NPT Ported, Manual & Pilot Operated, & Solenoid Controlled ir Valves New Spools for & Series ir Valves New 5 Ported, -Position -Way Operation 5 -Way - 5 Ported - Position - Type B Blocked Center position - ll ports blocked and isolated. Use on conventional block and hold circuits. 5 -Way - 5 Ported - Position - Type F Float Center position - Inlet blocked and Cylinders open to exhaust Used to vent both ends of cylinder to allow cylinder to float with a manual or machine movement. Flow controls or exhaust speed controls should not be used. / NPT & /8 NPT Ported, Pilot Operated ir Valves 5 Ported, -Position -Way Operation Model -DPF Shown Features luminum bar body nodized black Honed and burnished bore Delrin spool, pressure balanced Buna N seals May be used as either single inlet-dual exhaust or dual inlet-single exhaust Pre-lubed with MagnalubeG Grease Operating Range Operating pressure... 0 to 50 psi Minimum pilot pressure psi Temperature... 0 to 80 F Cv =.0 (56. SCFM free flow to 80 psi supply) Options Viton Seals, Specify Option V Model Number Guide: -Position, Pilot Operated Spring Centered Spool Replacement Spool Type / NPT Ports /8 NPT Ports Spool and Seals B Spool DPB DPB 00-90B F Spool DPF DPF 00-90F Valve Dimensions..00 Both Ends /8 NPT Pilot Port Places.5.0 Clearance for #0 bolt.9.9 Typ

163 Directional Control Valves / & /8 NPT -Way, Position & Series / NPT & /8 NPT Ported, Hand Lever Operated ir Valves 5 Ported, -Position -Way Operation Model -HLF Shown Features Hardened and plated steel shaft with unique connections results in positive shifting luminum bar body nodized black Honed and burnished bore Delrin spool, pressure balanced Buna N seals May be used as either single inlet-dual exhaust or dual inlet-single exhaust Pre-lubed with MagnalubeG Grease Operating Range Operating pressure... 0 to 50 psi Temperature... 0 to 80 F Cv =.0 (56. SCFM free flow to 80 psi supply) Options Viton Seals, Specify Option V Model Number Guide: -Position, Hand Lever Operated Spring Centered Spool Replacement Detented Spool Replacement Spool Type / NPT Ports /8 NPT Ports Spool & Seals / NPT Ports /8 NPT Ports Spool & Seals B Spool HLSB HLSB 00-9SB HLB HLB 00-9B F Spool HLSF HLSF 00-9SF HLF HLF 00-9F Dimensions Spring Centered Spool Dimensions Detented Spool.5.0 Clearance for #0 bolt Clearance for #0 bolt

164 Directional Control Valves / & /8 NPT -Way, Position & Series / NPT & /8 NPT Ported, 5 Style Solenoid Controlled, Pilot Operated ir Valves 5 Ported, -Position -Way Operation Model -FFB Shown Features luminum bar body nodized black Honed and burnished bore Delrin spool Buna N seals Cv =.0 (56. SCFM free flow to 80 psi supply) Operation to 50 psi Operating Temperature: 0 F (8 C) to +0 F (0 C) ambient. 0 F (8 C) to +50 F (65 C) media. Pre-lubed with MagnalubeG Grease Coils & Housing information see page.9. Operating Range Internal pilot supply - standard Inlet to 50 psi External pilot supply Option X Inlet... 0 to 50 psi Pilot Supply to 50 psi Ordering Choose valve model number from table below and add option suffixes as required and specify voltage/hertz. Model Number Guide: -Way, -Position, Spring Centered Double Solenoid Valves Conduit Housing C Grommet Housing G Male Mini-DIN Housing F Replacement Spool Type / NPT Ports /8 NPT Ports / NPT Ports /8 NPT Ports / NPT Ports /8 NPT Ports Spool & Seals B Spool -CCB -CCB -GGB -GGB -FFB -FFB 00-90B F Spool -CCF -CCF -GGF -GGF -FFF -FFF 00-90F

165 Directional Control Valves / & /8 NPT -Way, Position & Series Conduit Housing "C" 5 Style Solenoid Operators.. Max..5 Standard 5 Style Operator The solenoid operator is a -way NC valve which, upon receiving an electrical signal, directs pressure to shift the main valve spool. s standard, the operator is internally supplied with air pressure from the main valve inlet..5 / NPT.0 0- Exhaust Port.6 Housing can rotate 60 /8 NPT... Max..5 5 Style Operator with External Pilot Option X In the following listed applications, as well as many others, a proper air supply may not be available from the main valve inlet. For these applications, an external pilot supply port is available (Option X). proper air supply to this port then supplies the solenoid with air pressure for piloting the main valve spool. Dual inlet, single exhaust Insufficient Pressure at main valve inlet Media at main valve inlet is other than air Extreme fast cycling Grommet Housing "G" Exhaust Port Housing can rotate 60 Valve Dimensions.9.0 Clearance for #0 bolt.5 Male Mini-DIN Housing "F" Exhaust Port.7.7. ( mm) spacing Line Terminals.5 x Housing can rotate 60 Ground Terminal.5 x

166 Directional Control Valves / & /8 NPT, & Way, M & Series.9 / & /8 NPT Ported 5 STYLE Solenoid Controlled, Pilot Operated ir Valves, & Way - Position Operation to 50 psi ir The Finest in Simplicity The short stroke of the light weight Delrin spool provides fast, positive and reliable response. Features luminum bar stock body Black nodized Honed and burnished bore Lightweight Delrin spool Buna N seals Operation to 50 psi Operating temperature: 0 F (8 C) to +0 F (0 C) ambient. 0 F (8 C) to +50 F (65 C) media. Coils & housing Information see page.9 Cv = SCFM free flow to 80 psi Prelubed with Magnalube -G grease Operating Range Internal Pilot Supply (Standard) Standard Spring to 50 psi Light Spring, Option -L.. 0 to 50 psi Pilot Return (0 psi Pilot).. 0 to 50 psi External Pilot Supply, Option -X Inlet Pressure to 50 psi External Pilot Supply, Option -X Standard Spring to 50 psi Light Spring, Option -L.. 0 to 50 psi Pilot Return (0 psi Pilot).. 0 to 50 psi Operating Range Internal Pilot Supply (Standard) Inlet to 50 psi External Pilot Supply, Option -X Inlet Pressure to 50 psi Pilot Supply to 50 psi Simplicity Reliability SINGLE SOLENOID To Order Specify: Model Number from chart Options Volts & Hertz (See page.9) Options Manual override Locking MO Non-Locking MO External pilot X Light spring L Viton seals for media compatibility... -V Explosion proof operators EP See page.0 Dual Inlet - Single Exhaust Way See page.0 Note : Optional Flow Path. / NPT PORTS /8 NPT PORTS / WY WY WY / WY WY Normally Normally Stacking Normally Normally Closed Open See pg.0 Closed Open Conduit Housing CS- CS-0 CS- MCS- CS- CS-0 CS- Grommet Housing GS- GS-0 GS- MGS- GS- GS-0 GS- SINGLE SOLENOID - PILOT RETURN MODELS pilot return can be substituted for the standard spring return. It may be used in two manners.. For a pulse signal, then pilot return.. s a constant, adjustable force, spring. Supply pilot port with a constant regulated pressure. This will act as a very constant spring against the solenoid controlled pilot signal. The pilot return should be a minimum of 0 psi below the solenoid controlled pressure. To Specify, Substitute P for S in the Model Number. (Ex: CP--0/60) DOUBLE SOLENOID To Order Specify: Model Number from chart Options Volts & Hertz (See page.9) Plug -Way Valve for -Way Service. Male Mini-DIN Housing FS- FS-0 FS- MFS- FS- FS-0 FS- Replacement Spool & Seals Plug -Way Valve for -Way Service. / NPT PORTS /8 NPT PORTS / WY WY WY Stacking / WY WY See pg.0 Conduit Housing CC- CC- MCC- CC- CC- Grommet Housing GG- GG- MGG- GG- GG- Male Mini-DIN Housing FF- FF- MFF- FF- FF- Replacement Spool & Seals

167 Directional Control Valves / & /8 NPT, & Way, M & Series See Housing Details Page.9.. Max..00 Standard 5 STYLE Solenoid Operator The solenoid operator is a -way NC valve which, upon receiving an electrical signal, directs a pilot pressure to shift the main valve spool. s standard, the operator is internally supplied with air pressure from the main valve inlet. lso see External Pilot Supply below. See Housing Details Page.9 /8 NPT..88. Max STYLE Solenoid Operator with External Pilot Supply Option -X In the following listed applications, as well as many others, a proper air supply may not be available from the main valve inlet. For these applications, an external pilot supply port is available (Option -X). proper air supply to this port then supplies the solenoid with air pressure for piloting the main valve spool. Dual Inlet - Single Exhaust Way. Insufficient pressure at main valve inlet. Media, at main valve inlet, other than air. Extremely fast cycling. See Housing Details Page.9. Option -X is NOT combinable with either Option -MO or -MO Way Way Function This Way Valve may be used for any Way, Way, Selector or Diverter service. 0.0 Dia. Clearance for #0 Screw Way - 5 Port Standard: Single Inlet - Port # - Dual Exhaust. 5 Note : Optional Flow Path: Dual Inlet - Ports # & #5 - Single Exhaust. Use External Pilot Supply (Option -X) Dia. Clearance for #0 Bolt Primary Secondary Spring Return Valves End Operator Normally Closed Normally Open 0 0 Spring Solenoid Solenoid Spring Standard Spring Return Primary.69 Dia. 5 Secondary 7/8 Hex.. Dia STYLE Solenoid Operator with Manual Override This manual override is a -way NC valve that when pushed, directs pilot pressure to shift the main spool. Pressure must be present at main valve inlet for this override to function. TYPE SUFFIX LOCKING Push to override; -MO Turn to lock in; Turn back to release. NON-LOCKING Push to override. -MO Light Spring Return Option -L Pilot Return Option -P /8 NPT Port See Page..5.5 Pilot Bushing /8 NPT 7/8 Hex 7/8 Hex STCKING - PRESSURE MNIFOLDED Versions of these 00 Series / NPT solenoid valves with different adaptor blocks can be stacked and pressure manifolded for space and money savings. The valve bodies are bolted together with through tie bolts and the pressure is manifolded with O-Ring seals between valves. Inlet pressure can be connected to either or both ends of the stack. Due to the fact that the pressure port, on all valve bodies, is tapped on both sides, the pressure manifold can be plugged at any point within the stack. This allows you to supply the stack with two different pressures, one from each end. Versions of the ir Pilot, Rod ctuator, Roller Cam and Small Palm Button valves may be mounted in the same stack along with these solenoid valves TO ORDER Specify the quantity of each model desired, the order in which they are to be assembled, and Brackets, if desired..0

168 Directional Control Valves / & /8 NPT, & -Way & Series / & /8 NPT Ported 58 STYLE Solenoid Controlled, Pilot Operated ir Valves, & Way - Position The Finest in Simplicity The short stroke of the light weight Delrin spool provides fast, positive and reliable response. Features luminum bar stock body Black anodized Honed and burnished bore Lightweight Delrin spool Simplicity Reliability Buna N Seals Corrosion resistant construction Operating temperature: 5 F (5 C) to + F (50 C) ambient. 5 F (5 C) to + F (50 C) media. Solenoid operator information see page. Cv = SCFM Free flow to 80 psi Plug Way Valve for Way service Prelubed with Magnalube -G grease Operating Ranges, psi # Solenoid # Solenoid 0.9 Watts.5 Watts Internal pilot supply (standard) inlet pressure Non Spring Return to to 5 Spring Return to to 5 Light Spring Option -L to to 5 External pilot supply, Option -X inlet pressure... 0 to to 50 Options External Pilot X External Pilot and Viton Seals.... -XV Light Spring L External pilot supply, Option -X pilot supply Non Spring Return to to 5 Spring Return to to 5 Light Spring Option -L to to 5 Viton Seals are available in the main valve only, for media compatibility, and therefore only in conjunction with External Pilot: 5 F (5 C) to + F (50 C)

169 Directional Control Valves / & /8 NPT, & -Way & Series 58 STYLE Solenoid Valve, Model Number Code F S 0 0 0/60 Series = / NPT = /8 NPT Primary ctuator F = Micro DIN G = Wire leads See page. Function = Way = Way See page. For Way service plug a Way Valve Secondary ctuator F = Micro DIN* G = Wire leads* S = Spring** P = Pilot** R = Rod** B = Small Button** L = Large Button** * See page. ** See pages. &. for details Solenoid Watts = 0.9 Watts =.5 Watts Primary Solenoid ttitude = Upright 90 to Body 5 = Inline with Body Primary Solenoid Manual Override 0 = None = Position # = Position # = Position # = Position # Secondary Solenoid ttitude 0 = Other than Solenoid = Upright 90 to Body 5 = Inline with Body Solenoid ttitude # ONLY # = Upright 90 to Body Secondary Solenoid Manual Override 0 = None = Position # = Position # = Position # = Position # Volts / Hertz # Solenoid (0.9 Watts) VDC VDC # Solenoid (.5 Watts) /60 VC 0/60 VC VDC VDC Options -X = External Pilot -XV = External Pilot & Viton Seals -L = Light Spring Viton Seals are available in the main valve only for media compatability and therefore only in conjunction with External Pilot (0 to 80 F). Example: FS--00-0/60 / NPT Primary ctuator Solenoid with Micro DIN coil; Secondary ctuator, Spring Return Way Function.5 Watt Solenoid; Primary Solenoid Upright position with Manual Override in Position #; Secondary ctuator is not a Solenoid; no Manual Override on Secondary ctuator No Options 0 Volt/60 Hertz. Primary Solenoid Manual Override Position Section.88 or Way Valve Body Secondary Solenoid Manual Override Position Section Primary ctuator End Secondary ctuator End External Pilot Supply Option -X /8 NPT. See page. for Operator Details.00.. Max. See page.0 for Body Details Side View.00 Spring Return Shown Upright Solenoid ttitude # (Solenoid centerline 90 to Valve Body centerline).88 External Pilot Supply Option -X /8 NPT.8 Primary Solenoid Manual Override Position Section B B.88 Primary ctuator End Secondary ctuator End See page.0 See page. for Body Details for Operator Details B.00. or Way Valve Body B Side View Spring Return Shown Inline Solenoid ttitude #5 (Solenoid centerline inline with Valve Body centerline) Secondary Solenoid Manual Override Position Section B B.

170 Directional Control Valves /8 & / NPT,, B & 8 Series 8 SERIES: /8 NPT Ported ir Valves, & B SERIES: / NPT Ported ir Valves, & Way; & Position Operation to 50 psi Note! Spring return & spring centered models NOT suitable for dry air service. Features Direct ported /8 NPT, / NPT and / NPT high flow: & Way - Position. Way - & Position. luminum bar stock body and operator blocks, black anodized. Light weight aluminum spool, hard anodized for long life. Operator blocks field interchangeable. Buna N seals. Operating temperature (0 to + 80 F); solenoid controlled models +50 F max. See pages.5 &.6. ll spool seals size checked to assure reliability. Single Subbase or multiple manifolds with /8 and / NPT ports for Way - & Position see Pg.7. High flow factors, see Pg.7. Parts anodized for corrosion resistance. luminum end caps, anodized red, locate counterbores in body to control static squeeze on seals. luminum center cages, anodized gold, have lips to hold seals in place. Spool cushioned with Delrin -Urethane bumper combination that absorbs shock but does not bounce the spool. Simple construction for easy servicing. Spool Lands double tapered and polished to assure easy entry into seal. Prelubed with Magnalube -G grease. Catalog Options Manual Overrides for Piloted and Solenoid Valves External Pilot Supply for Solenoid Valve Option -X Explosion Proof Operators, Spade Coil Connections, and other Solenoid Coil choices - see Pg.9 -. High Flow Body (see Model Charts) Service Kits or Way - Seal Kit PV-90 Way - Seal Kit PV-90 Dual Inlet - Single Exhaust - Way: See note below Mufflers for Solenoid Exhaust SM-0, See page. Other Operator Combinations Solenoid - Pilot Return Solenoid - Push-Pull Knob See Model Charts Custom Options 0- Pilot Ports 0- uxiliary Pressure Outlets Viton Seals Stacking and Manifolding to Customer requirements Specials Fabco-ir, Inc. has the expertise and willingness to design and modify these valves to your necessary and specific job requirements. Please advise us of your needs. See pages ii & iii. 0 -Way or Way - Position - Type This Way Valve may be used for any Way, Way, Selector or Diverter service. When used with internally supplied Solenoid Operators, the Supply Pressure must be connected to Port #. For this same reason when a normally open Solenoid Valve is ordered the Solenoid Operator will be mounted on end 0 and the Spring on End. 5 -Way - 5 Ported - Position - Type Use on all Way - Position applications Spools 5 -Way - 5 Ported - Position - Type B Blocked Center position - ll ports blocked and isolated. Use on conventional block and hold circuits. 5 -Way - 5 Ported - Position - Type F Float Center position - Inlet blocked and Cylinders open to exhaust. Used to vent both ends of cylinder to allow cylinder to float with a manual or machine movement. Flow controls or exhaust speed controls should not be used. Note: ny of these Way Valves, except the internally supplied Solenoid Valves, (See Option -X) can be used as Dual Inlet, Single Exhaust. Using this concept, with different pressures for force application and retraction, can effect large savings of high pressure air and its cost. The larger the cylinder or the faster the cycle, the higher the savings

171 Directional Control Valves PILOT OPERTED When Ordering: Specify Model Number from chart. Specify Options. (See page.7 &.8 for Dimensional Information.) /8 & / NPT,, B & 8 Series OPERTING RNGE: Inlet Presure psi Pilot Pressure: Models without Spring psi Position Standard Service Spring psi Position Light Service Spring (Option -L) psi Position, Spring Centered psi Optional Manual Overrides LOCKING LOCKS IN - Does not lock OUT Does not lock IN - LOCKS OUT NON-LOCKING Model Suffix -MO -MO -MO -MO Direct Ported / NPT /8 NPT / NPT High Flow SUBBSE OR MNIFOLD MOUNTED See pg.7 and Specify Position Single Pilot Way - Way 8-SP -SP B-SP Spring Return Way 8-SP -SP B-SP -SP Double Pilot Way - Way 8-DP -DP B-DP N Way 8-DP -DP B-DP -DP Position Double Pilot Way 8-DPB -DPB -DPB Type B Spool Double Pilot Way 8-DPF -DPF -DPF Type F Spool HND LEVER OPERTED When Ordering: Specify Model Number from chart. Specify Options. (See page.7 &.8 for Dimensional Information.) OPERTING RNGE: psi Direct Ported / NPT /8 NPT / NPT High Flow SUBBSE OR MNIFOLD MOUNTED See pg.7 and Specify Position Spring Return Way - Way 8-HLS -HLS B-HLS Way 8-HLS -HLS B-HLS -HLS Detented Way - Way 8-HL -HL B-HL N Way 8-HL -HL B-HL -HL Position Spring Centered Way 8-HLSB -HLSB -HLSB Type B Spool Spring Centered Way 8-HLSF -HLSF -HLSF Type F Spool Detented Way 8-HLB -HLB -HLB Type B Spool Detented Way 8-HLF -HLF -HLF Type F Spool PUSH-PULL KNOB OPERTED When Ordering: Specify Model Number from chart. Specify Options. (See page.7 &.8 for Dimensional Information.) OPERTING RNGE: psi Standard knob color is black. For red knob add suffix -R to Model Number Position Push - Pull Way - Way 8-PO -PO B-PO (Natural Detent) Way 8-PO -PO B-PO -PO Push Way - Way 8-PS -PS B-PS Spring Return Way 8-PS -PS B-PS -PS Push Way - Way 8-P -P B-P Pilot Return Way 8-P -P B-P -P Push - Push Way - Way 8-PP -PP B-PP Knob Both Ends Way 8-PP -PP B-PP -PP Position Push - Pull Spring Centered Way 8-PB -PB -PB Type B Spool Push - Push Spring Centered Way 8-PPB -PPB -PPB Knob Both ends Type B Spool Push - Pull Spring Centered Way 8-PF -PF -PF Type F Spool Push - Push Spring Centered Way 8-PPF -PPF -PPF Knob Both ends Type F Spool Direct Ported / NPT /8 NPT / NPT High Flow SUBBSE OR MNIFOLD MOUNTED See pg.7 and Specify.

172 Directional Control Valves /8 & / NPT,, B & 8 Series /8 & / NPT Ported, 5 STYLE Solenoid Controlled, Pilot Operated ir Valves Way, Way - Position Way or Position Operation to 50 PSI ir See pages.7 &.8 for dimensional information. Operating Temperature: 0 F (8 C) to +0 F (0 C) ambient. 0 F (8 C) to +50 F (65 C) media. Operating Ranges, psi Internal Pilot Supply (Standard) Inlet Pressure No Spring to 50 Spring: Position to 50 Position Light Service Spring, Option -L to 50 Position to 50 External Pilot Supply, Option -X: Inlet Pressure to 50 When Ordering: Pilot Pressure, Same as Internal Pilot Supply above. Specify Model Number from Chart Optional Manual Overrides Model Suffix Specify Options LOCKING -MO Specify Volts / Hertz LOCKS IN - Does not lock OUT -MO See pages.9 &.0 for Solenoid Operator, Does not lock IN - LOCKS OUT -MO Coil and Housing information. NON-LOCKING -MO Conduit Housing C /8 NPT / NPT /NPT High Flow Sub-base/Manifold, See Pg..7 Position Single Solenoid / Way, NC 8CS CS BCS Spring Return / Way, NO 80CS 0CS 0BCS Way 8CS CS BCS CS Single Solenoid / Way 8C C BC Pilot Return Way 8C C BC C Single Solenoid / Way 8CP CP BCP Knob Return Way 8CP CP BCP CP Double Solenoid / Way 8CC CC BCC Way 8CC CC BCC CC Position Solenoid Pilot, B Spool Way 8CB CB CB Solenoid Pilot, F Spool Way 8CF CF CF Double Solenoid B Spool Way 8CCB CCB CCB Double Solenoid F Spool Way 8CCF CCF CCF Grommet Housing G /8 NPT / NPT /NPT High Flow Sub-base/Manifold, See Pg..7 Position Single Solenoid / Way, NC 8GS GS BGS Spring Return / Way, NO 80GS 0GS 0BGS Way 8GS GS BGS GS Single Solenoid / Way 8G G BG Pilot Return Way 8G G BG G Single Solenoid / Way 8GP GP BGP Knob Return Way 8GP GP BGP GP Double Solenoid / Way 8GG GG BGG Way 8GG GG BGG GG Position Solenoid Pilot, B Spool Way 8GB GB GB Solenoid Pilot, F Spool Way 8GF GF GF Double Solenoid B Spool Way 8GGB GGB GGB Double Solenoid F Spool Way 8GGF GGF GGF Male Mini-DIN Housing F /8 NPT / NPT /NPT High Flow Sub-base/Manifold, See Pg..7 Single Solenoid / Way, NC 8FS Position FS BFS Spring Return / Way, NO 80FS 0FS 0BFS Way 8FS FS BFS FS Single Solenoid / Way 8F F BF Pilot Return Way 8F F BF F Single Solenoid / Way 8FP FP BFP Knob Return Way 8FP FP BFP FP Double Solenoid / Way 8FF FF BFF Way 8FF FF BFF FF Position Solenoid Pilot, B Spool Way 8FB FB FB Solenoid Pilot, F Spool Way 8FF FF FF Double Solenoid B Spool Way 8FFB FFB FFB Double Solenoid F Spool Way 8FFF FFF FFF

173 Directional Control Valves /8 & / NPT,, B & 8 Series /8 & / NPT Ported, 58 STYLE Solenoid Controlled, Pilot Operated ir Valves Way, Way - Position Way or Position Spring Return and Spring Centered Models NOT suitable for dry air service See pages.7 &.8 for other dimensional information,. for solenoid information. Operating Temperature: 5 F (5 C) to + F (50 C) ambient. 5 F (5 C) to + F (50 C) media. Operating Ranges, psi # Solenoid # Solenoid 0.9 Watts.5 Watts Internal Pilot Supply (Standard) Inlet Pressure No Spring: to to 5 Spring: Position to to 5 Position Light Service Spring, Option -L to to 5 Position to to 5 External Pilot Supply, Option -X: Inlet Pressure to to 50 Pilot Pressure, Same as Internal Pilot Supply above. 58 STYLE Solenoid Valve, Model Number Code F S /60 Primary ctuator F = Micro DIN G = Wire leads See page. Secondary ctuator F = Micro DIN, Pos.* FB = Micro DIN Position Type B* FF = Micro DIN Position Type F* G = Wire leads, Pos.* GB = Wire leads Position Type B* GF = Wire leads Position Type F* S = Spring** = Pilot** P = Knob (Black)** PR = Knob (Red)** * See page.,.. ** See pages. &.8 for details. Series: 8 = /8 NPT, Way 8 = /8 NPT, Way NC 80 = /8 NPT, Way NO = / NPT, Way = / NPT, Way NC 0 = / NPT, Way NO = Way, Subbase Mount B = / NPT, Way, Position High Flow B = / NPT, Way NC, High Flow 0B = / NPT, Way NO, High Flow Primary Solenoid ttitude 5 = Inline with Body Solenoid Watts = 0.9 Watts =.5 Watts Primary Solenoid Manual Override 0 = None = Position # = Position # = Position # = Position # Secondary Solenoid ttitude 0 = Other than Solenoid 5 = Inline with Body Secondary Solenoid Manual Override 0 = None = Position # = Position # = Position # = Position # Volts / Hertz # Solenoid (0.9 Watts) VDC, VDC # Solenoid (.5 Watts) /60 VC 0/60 VC VDC VDC Options -X = External Pilot -XV = External Pilot & Viton Seals -L = Light Spring Viton Seals are available in the main valve only for media compatability and therefore only in conjunction with External Pilot [5 F (5 C) to + F (50 C)]. Example: FS-500-0/60 / NPT, Way Primary ctuator Solenoid with Micro DIN coil; Secondary ctuator, Spring Return.5 Watt; Primary Solenoid Inline ttitude with Manual Override on Primary Solenoid in Position #; Secondary ctuator is not a Solenoid; no Manual Override on Secondary ctuator No Options 0 Volt/60 Hertz. External Pilot Supply Option -X..6 /8 NPT Primary ctuator End or Way Valve Body Secondary ctuator End Inline Solenoid ttitude #5 (Solenoid centerline inline with Valve Body centerline) Primary Solenoid Manual Override Position Section See page. for Operator Details See page.7 for Body Details Side View Secondary Solenoid Manual Override Position Section Spring Return Shown.6

174 Directional Control Valves /8 & / NPT,, B & 8 Series BSIC BODIES.00 Primary Primary..5 Secondary.00.7 Dia. Mounting Hole, Places Secondary WY (Plug Way) WY Spring Return ssembly Standard this End.7 Dia. Mounting Hole, Places WY Spring Return 5 ssembly Standard this End.5 SINGLE SUBBSES 5.00 To Order Specify Valve Model No. (See pages. -.6) Specify Subbase Part No. listed below. EXMPLE - Photo shows -SP-MO with PV-50 SIDE PORTED /8 NPT Ports Specify 8 PV-50 / NPT Ports Specify PV-50 -Way -Way Position - Type Spool -Way Position - Type Spool Way Position Cv FLOW FCTORS Type B Spool Type F Spool NOTE: ny of these -way valves, except the internally supplied solenoid valves (see Option -X), can be used as dual inlet, single exhaust. Using this concept, with different pressures for force application and retraction, can effect large savings of high pressure air and its cost. The larger the cylinder or the faster the cycle, the higher the savings. MOUNT WY VLVE WITH NY OPERTOR BOTTOM PORTED /8 NPT Ports Specify 8 PV-5 / NPT Ports Specify PV-5 Direct Ported /8 or / / NPT NPT High Flow Subbase Mounted Side or Bottom Ported /8 NPT / NPT..7.. Shifted to ; to... Shifted to ; to Centered to ; to /8 or / NPT IN & EXH Ports /8 or / NPT CYL Ports..6 5 Basic Body Outline Secondary.6.6 Basic Body Outline /8 or / NPT IN, CYL & EXH Ports Basic Body Outline Secondary MULTIPLE MNIFOLDS Primary.00. Dia. Mounting Holes Places To Order Specify Station No. - Valve Model - Manifold Number EXMPLE - Photo shows one unit consisting of valves and manifolds: Sta. No. -CS-MO with PV-65 Sta. No. -DP with PV-66 Sta. No. -HL with 8 PV Dia. Mounting Holes Places.88.6 MOUNT NY COMBITION OF WY VLVE MODELS & PORT SIZES.5 Primary Secondary /8 or / NPT CYL Ports on Bottom.5 / NPT IN & EXH Ports.7 5 Basic Body Outline /-0 Tie Rods.00 Primary Dia. Mounting Holes - Each End.5..8 /-0 x.00.5 S.H.C. Valve.00 TYP..8 TYP. Mounting Screws.78 Station Station Station Station Etc. Valve Body & CYL Port C L Top View CYLINDER PORTS /8 NPT / NPT End Unit / NPT IN & EXH 8 PV-65 PV-65 CENTER UNIT 8 PV-66 PV

175 Directional Control Valves /8 & / NPT,, B & 8 Series.5 IR PILOT OPERTOR IR PILOT OPERTOR with Manual Override Pilot Port /8 NPT.85.9 Pilot Port Max. /8 NPT The 5 STYLE solenoid operator is a -way valve which, upon receiving an electrical signal, directs a pilot pressure to shift the main valve spool. Unless otherwise specified, the operator is internally supplied from the main valve inlet with pressure for piloting. If an external pilot supply is required specify Suffix -X after the model number. This external pilot supply may be required; where the media through the main valve is of insufficient pressure for piloting, where the media through the main valve is something other than compressed air, for -way dual inlet-single exhaust, or other applications Min. Position, Spring return Dimensions shown at the bottom of the page. Position Spring Centering is incorporated within the operator dimensions. Manual Overrides applicable to Pilot Operated or 5 Style Solenoid Operated Valves To Specify dd Suffix to Model Number LOCKING -MO LOCKS IN - Does not lock OUT -MO Does not lock IN - LOCKS OUT -MO NON-LOCKING -MO Note: The manual override stem physically contacts and moves the spool. 5 STYLE SOLENOID OPERTOR See page.9 for Operator Details Housing Can Rotate STYLE SOLENOID OPERTOR with Manual Override and External Pilot Supply, Opption -X Option -X /8 NPT External Pilot Supply Manual Override See page.9 for Operator Details.88 Min. Max Position, Spring return Dimensions shown at the bottom of the page. Position Spring Centering is incorporated within the operator dimensions. 58 STYLE Solenoid Operator See page.6 Dia. 5 5 HND LEVER OPERTOR POSITION SPRING CENTERING OPERTOR FOR HND LEVER ONLY Max Dia..8 Stroke.65 PLM BUTTON OPERTOR Position, Spring return Dimensions shown to right. Position Spring Centering is incorporated within the operator dimensions..9.5 POSITION SPRING RETURN, STNDRD & LIGHT SERVICE ll valve models Standard service spring consists of two concentric helical springs. Either may be removed for Light Service..8

176 Directional Solenoid, Coil Control and Housing Valves Information 5 Style 5 STYLE Stocked Coils and Housings Conduit Housing C and Grommet Housing G Non-molded Class F (05 C) Rating, " Leads of WG #8 Wire. Stocked Voltages:, 0 and 0 Volt at 50 or 60 Hertz; 6, and Volt DC; Others available, see Options on page.0. Temperature Range: 0 F (8 C) to + 0 F (+0 C), ambient. 0 F (8 C) to + 50 F (+65 C), media. Typical Response Times: C to 8 milliseconds to open or close; DC 9 to 5 milliseconds to open; DC 5 to milliseconds to close. To compute current requirements (±5%) divide factor shown below by voltage Conduit Housing C.5 / NPT.0 0- Exhaust Port.6 Housing can rotate 60 C Volts, 60 Hertz DC Volts Inrush, mp Function Inrush, mp Holding, mp or Holding, mp Way NC. Volts 7.8 Volts 7. Volts Way NO 5. Volts 9.0 Volts Way NC or NO Examples 5. 0 = = 7. =. mp.08 mp.60 mp Male Mini-DIN Housing F Molded Water Tight - Class F (05 C) Coil Rating. European (DIN) Style mm spacing. See page.0 for connectors or contact your local distributor for additional choices. Can also be connected with individual.5" quick connect terminals. Stocked Voltages:, 0 and 0 Volt at 50 or 60 Hertz; and Volt DC; Others available, see Options on page.0. Temperature Range: 0 F (8 C) to + 0 F (+0 C), ambient. 0 F (8 C) to + 50 F (+65 C), media. Typical Response Times: C to 8 milliseconds to open or close; DC 9 to 5 milliseconds to open; DC 5 to milliseconds to close. To compute current requirements (±5%) divide factor shown below by voltage. C Volts, 60 Hertz DC Volts Inrush, mp Function Inrush, mp Holding, mp or Holding, mp Way NC. Volts 9.7 Volts 0. Volts Way NO Way NC or NO 5. Volts.8 Volts 0. Volts Examples 5. 0 =.8 0 = 0. =. mp.0 mp.87 mp Grommet Housing G Exhaust Port Exhaust Port Housing can rotate 60 Male Mini-DIN Housing F Housing can rotate 60.. ( mm) spacing.57 Line Terminals.5 x.0 Ground Terminal.5 x.0 Spade terminals accept miniature rectangular quick connect socket (Female DIN style connector, mm spacing) or individual.5" quick connect terminals

177 Solenoid, Directional Coil Control and Housing Valves Information 5 Style Options for 5 STYLE Solenoids For Conduit Housing C and Grommet Housing G : C Voltages from 5. to 575 in 50 or 60 Hertz. DC Voltages from to 00. Molded Coil, Option -M Water tight, Molded Coil with Class F (05 C) Rating. Coil is completely molded in epoxy for maximum moisture resistance. NEM,, and when in Conduit C, or Grommet G housing. Potted Coil, Option -P Coil is epoxy potted into Conduit C housing only. Class F F (05C) Rating. It offers maximum moisture and vibration resistance. NEM R, S,, X, 6,, &. High Temperature Option -H Molded coil with 56 F (80 C) rating. Viton Seals Option -V (for media compatibility) Strain Relief Connector Option -Q N Connector Option -W Splice Box Option -J Mounting Bracket Option -R Third Wire Ground Option -CC CS requirement. Options for 5 STYLE Solenoids For Male Mini-DIN Housing F : C Voltages from. to 77 in 50 or 60 Hertz. DC Voltages from to 80. Viton Seals Option -V (for media compatibility) ccessories for 5 STYLE Solenoids For Conduit Housing C and Grommet Housing G : Solenoid Exhaust Mufflers, SM-0 See page.. Yoke with Standard coil (" flying leads) Option -YB Yoke with Molded coil (" flying leads) Option -YM Yoke with Molded Spade Terminal and coil..... Option -KM Yoke replaces housing.67 for protected and control box.60. applications. Molded coil with two.5" spade terminals for quick assembly and.0.60 disconnect. Explosion Proof Option -EP UL File #E7780 CS File #LR-689 For hazardous locations, includes Molded Coil. UL Class I Div. Groups C & D. UL Class II Div. Groups E, F & G. UL Class II Div. Groups, B, C, D, E & F. NEM 7 Class Group D. / NPT NEM 9 & 9 Class II Groups F & G.! CUTION! To prevent explosion, disconnect electrical circuit before opening enclosure! Keep tightly closed when in operation. 0- Exhaust Port 0- Exhaust Port Option -EP Current Factors C Volts, 60 Hertz Inrush Holding Way NC Way NO Way NC or NO DC Volts Inrush or Holding Way NC or NO 7. Way NC or NO 7..5 x.0 Thick Divide Factor shown above by Volts to find current. See examples on opposite page. Flying Leads Coil.7 Spade Coil Housing can rotate 60 For Male Mini-DIN Housing F : Connectors ( mm spacing) Part Number without LED: N Black Housing Part Number with LED: T-.-Voltage vailable in,, 0, or 0 Volt; C or DC only. (Transparent Housing allows LED to be seen) Receptacle with mm spacing mates with Mini-DIN Housing F..79 M Connector Screw Cable Diameter 6 Ga. Max. Wire Diameter. Housing can be rotated around receptacle, in 80 increments, to locate cable in desired attitude. Profile Gasket, Nitrile Ribber.0

178 Directional Solenoid, Coil Control and Housing Valves Information 58 Style 58 Style # Operator 0.9 Watts Volts VDC... VDC mperage Draw (approximate).. 7 m... 7 m Way Normally Closed Exhaust to tmosphere 0.6 mm Inlet Orifice 0.8 mm Exhaust Orifice 0 psi Maximum Operating Pressure Temperature Range: 5 F (5 C) to + F (+50 C), ambient. 5 F (5 C) to + F (+50 C), media. Response time: 9 0 psi vailable with or without Push Button Manual Override Male Micro-DIN, Coil F Molded Water Tight - Class F (05 C ) Coil Rating European (DIN) Style 9. mm spacing See page. for connectors or contact your local distributor for additional choices. Wire Leads, Coil G Molded Water Tight - Class F (05 C) Coil Rating Leadwires WG #0, 8 inches long 58 Style # Operator.5 Watts Volts See Chart at Right mperage Draw See Chart at Right Way Normally Closed Exhaust to tmosphere.0 mm Inlet Orifice.0 mm Exhaust Orifice 5 psi Maximum Operating Pressure Temperature Range: 5 F (5 C) to + F (+50 C), ambient. 5 F (5 C) to + F (+50 C), media. Response time: 8 ms with DC Volts; 9 ms with C Volts. vailable with or without Push Button Manual Override Male Micro-DIN, Coil F Molded Water Tight - Class F (05 C) Coil Rating European (DIN) Style 9. mm spacing See page. for connectors or contact your local distributor for additional choices. Wire Leads, Coil G Molded Water Tight - Class F (05 C) Coil Rating Leadwires WG #0, 8 inches long mperage Draw, m Volts Hertz Inrush Holding DC 9 9 DC

179 Solenoid, Directional Coil Control and Housing Valves Information 58 Style 58 Style [# (0.9 Watts), or # (.5 Watts)] Operator with Male Micro-DIN Coil F and without Manual Operator. 58 Style [# (0.9 Watts), or # (.5 Watts)] Operator with Male Micro-DIN Coil F and with Manual Operator (9.mm) Spacing.6 Dia. Exhaust Port Line Terminal. x.0.5 Exhaust Port.89 Ground Terminal. x.0 58 Style [# (0.9 Watts), or # (.5 Watts)] Operator with Leadwire Coil G and without Manual Operator Style [# (0.9 Watts), or # (.5 Watts)] Operator with Leadwire Coil G and with Manual Operator..6 Dia. Exhaust Port WG #0 8" Long.5 Exhaust Port.89 Connectors (9. mm Spacing).0.6 Max. Cable Dia. 8 Ga. Max. Wire Dia. Receptacle with 9. mm spacing mates with Micro-DIN Coil F Part Number without LED: N Black Housing Part Number with LED: T-.-Voltage vailable in or Volt, C or DC only. (Transparent Housing allows LED to be seen) Flat Gasket, Nitrile Ribber M Connector Screw Housing can rotate around receptacle, in 90 increments, to locate cable in desired attitude..

180 Needle & Flow Control Valves ir Service to 50 psi -0 to + 50 F Miniature Max Dia. 7/6 Hex #0- Needle Valve Controls both ways Full range adjustability Knurled control knob Dual tapered needle Gasket included (G-0) Brass construction Buna-N seal For infinite positioning use Thread Sealant - no gasket assembly (See page.) FN- Options: Slotted knurled knob -KS Screwdriver slot (MN- type) -S Locknut on stem -L daptor knob -B Viton seal -V.5 Max /6 Hex.06. #0- Dia. Needle Valve Controls both ways Full range adjustability Screwdriver slot Dual tapered needle Gasket included (G-0) Brass construction Buna-N seal For infinite positioning use Thread Sealant - no gasket assembly (See page.) MN- Options: Knurled knob (FN- type) -K Slotted knurled knob -KS Locknut on stem -L daptor knob -B Viton seal -V Max..09 5/- Thread.6 Nuts: 9/6 Hex x.09 Thick.9 Max. Panel Thickness 7/6 Hex /8 NPT #0- Female Panel Mount Needle Valve Controls both ways Full range adjustability Knurled control knob Dual tapered needle Brass construction Buna-N seal Mount in panel or directly into valve or cylinder port Nuts & Washer included FN-8 Options: Slotted knurled knob -KS Screwdriver slot (MN- type) -S Locknut on stem -L daptor knob -B Without panel nuts -C Viton seal -V.Clearance for #6 Screws, places. Max Ports.00 Flow Control Valve Controls one way Full flow return Full range adjustability Knurled control knob Dual tapered needle Brass construction Buna-N seals For quick exhaust order without spring, Option -W Flow rates - see page.5 FC- Options: Slotted knurled knob -KS Screwdriver slot (MN- type) -S Locknut on stem -L daptor knob -B Viton seals -V Without spring -W Order any Control Valve with this Knob by specifying Option -B.5 dapter Knob llows the incorporation of decorative knobs with.5" I.D. and set screw Option -B

181 ir Service to 50 psi Needle & Flow Control Valves Micro-Fine 0 to + 80 F NV-55 Needle Valve FC-55 Flow Control Valve NV-55 Weight =.7 oz..6 Dia. /-6 Thread Nuts: 7/8 Hex x. Thick.0 Maximum..79 Dia. These precision machined valves are designed The precision is shown on the chart below. and manufactured to provide Micro-Fine You can see how close the actual flow (plotted control of gasses and liquids. They have a dots) approaches a straight line. lso note micrometer pitch (0 threads per inch) adjusting thread and precision machined tapered shut-off to its full flow of 00 Standard Cubic that it takes 9 full turns to go from bubble tight needle and seat. They are available as needle Feet per Hour (.67 SCFM) at 80 psi inlet. valves and flow control valves. Features Linear control to psi (see chart below). Micrometer pitch adjusting thread, 0 TPI,.05 per turn. 0- ports. Stainless steel needle - taper. Friction O-Ring provides stay-put adjustment. Knurled adjusting knob with set screw lock. White Delrin knob, colors available. Brass body. Buna-N seals. Operating temperature (0 to + 80 F). Panel mounting standard. Brass panel mount nuts included as standard. 00% tested, Bubble-tight shut-off. ir or Hydraulic service to 50 psi. Options Viton seals for media compatibility, specify Option -V..5 Symbol Ports 6 FC-55 Weight =.0 oz. 5/8 Hex KNOB TURNS 5.6 Dia. /-6 Thread Nuts: 7/8 Hex x. Thick B.0 Maximum..79 Dia..69 Symbol B 0- Ports (Random Rotation Relationship) / Hex 0 SCFH SCFM psi -0-0.

182 Needle & Flow Control Valves Swivel, Port Mounted Port Mounted, Swivel, Brass Body Flow Controls (See next page.) Full 60 Swivel Easy Disassembly for Maintenance Pre-applied Thread Sealant Specifications Male Sizes: #0-, /8 NPT, / NPT Female NPT or Instant Tube Connections: 0-, /8 NPT, / NPT, 5/" T, /" T, /8" T Choice of controlled flow direction: Valve mount Meter In Cylinder Mount Meter Out See page.5 for Flow Rates Operating Pressure to 50 psi ir Service Only Temperature Range 5 to +50 F PC-K PC- PC-L Port Mounted, Swivel, Molded Body Flow Controls. Full 60 Swivel Compact Size Pre-applied Thread Sealant Specifications Male Sizes: #0-, /8 NPT, / NPT, /8 NPT Female Instant Tube Connections: 5/" T, /" T, /8" T Controlled Flow Direction: Meter Out Only Operating Pressure to 50 psi ir Service Only Temperature Range 0 to +60 F B B B B C Knob djustable Valves Model No. Description B max C Flow (Cv) PK-800 5/ tubing x 0- miniature PK-80 5/ tubing x /8 NPT PK-80 5/ tubing x / NPT PK-800 / tubing x PK-80 / tubing x /8 NPT PK-80 / tubing x / NPT PK-806 / tubing x /8 NPT PK-806 /8 tubing x / NPT PK-8066 /8 tubing x /8 NPT C C C Recessed Screw djustable Valves Model No. Description B max C Flow (Cv) PR-80 5/ tubing x 0- miniature PR-8 5/ tubing x /8 NPT PR-8 5/ tubing x / NPT PR-80 / tubing x PR-8 / tubing x /8 NPT PR-8 / tubing x / NPT PR-86 / tubing x /8 NPT PR-86 /8 tubing x / NPT PR-866 /8 tubing x /8 NPT

183 Needle & Flow Control Valves Swivel, Port Mounted Dim..8 Connection Dim..8 Connection 5/6 Hex 5/6 Hex Lock Nut.0 Maximum with O'ring face seal with O'ring face seal Size #0- Male Thread Knob djustment Valve Mount Model Connection Dim. PV- #0- Tap.6 PV-C 5/" Tube*.6 Cylinder Mount Model Connection Dim. PC- #0- Tap.6 PC-C 5/" Tube*.6 * Note! Use 5/" Tube Models for mm OD Tubing. Size #0- Male Thread Screw Driver djustment Valve Mount Cylinder Mount Model Connection Dim. Model Connection Dim. PV-K #0- Tap.6 PC-K #0- Tap.6 PV-M 5/" Tube*.6 PC-M 5/" Tube*.6 * Note! Use 5/" Tube Models for mm OD Tubing. Dim.. Connection Dim.. Connection 9/6 Hex.6 Lock Nut...70 Maximum /8 NPT Preapplied Thread Sealant 9/6 Hex /8 NPT Preapplied Thread Sealant Size /8 NPT Male Thread Knob djustment Valve Mount Model Connection Dim. PV- /8 NPT Tap.00 PV-C 5/" Tube*.65 PV-D /" Tube.6 Size /8 NPT Male Thread Screw Driver djustment Valve Mount Model Connection Dim. PV-K /8 NPT Tap.00 PV-M 5/" Tube*.65 PV-N /" Tube.6 Cylinder Mount Model Connection Dim. PC- /8 NPT Tap.00 PC-C 5/" Tube*.65 PC-D /" Tube.6 *Note! Use 5/" Tube Models for mm OD Tubing. Cylinder Mount Model Connection Dim. PC-K /8 NPT Tap.00 PC-M 5/" Tube*.65 PC-N /" Tube.6 *Note! Use 5/" Tube Models for mm OD Tubing. Dim. Connection Dim. Connection --0 /6 Hex Lock Nut.58.9 Maximum / NPT Preapplied Thread Sealant /6 Hex / NPT Preapplied Thread Sealant Size / NPT Male Thread Knob djustment Valve Mount Model Connection Dim. PV- / NPT Tap.5 PV-B /" Tube PV-C /8" Tube.00 Size / NPT Male Thread Screw Driver djustment Valve Mount Model Connection Dim. PV-K / NPT Tap.5 PV-L /" Tube PV-M /8" Tube.00 Cylinder Mount Model Connection Dim. PC- / NPT Tap.5 PC-B /" Tube PC-C /8" Tube.00 Cylinder Mount Model Connection Dim. PC-K / NPT Tap.5 PC-L /" Tube PC-M /8" Tube.00.

184 Needle & Flow Control Valves Flow Control Valves, Typical Free Flow Maximuim Flow, SCFM FC- PC-K FC-8 FC- FC-8 PC-K Supply Pressure, psi PFC- FC- FC-55 PC-K Super-Vee Needle Valve Dimensions Super-Vee Needle Valve controls both directions Model FCB-8 FCB- FCB-8 FCB- Port Size, NPT /8 / /8 / C.00 D E F.56 G H Weight, lb Dia. Clearance for #0 Screw G E F D Max C H.00 7/6 Hex Lock Nut

185 Needle & Flow Control Valves ir or Hydraulic to 50 psi Super-Vee FCB- FC- The unique design of the Super-Vee control results in SUPER adjustability from full flow to bubble tight shut-off with an orifice that provides precise repetition of selected flow rates. straight stem with an angled V Notch fits snugly into a control bushing. The actual control orifice is one large hole compared to the narrow annular ring (see drawing below) that is the orifice formed by the typical tapered needle in a round hole. When controlling air or liquid at a very low rate with a tapered needle and hole, the annular ir service to 50 psi Hydraulic service to 50 psi No tapered needles Delrin control bushing Repairable Knurled adjusting knob djustment lock nut Quality design Quality construction Buna-N seals Features ring becomes minute and will catch even very small dirt particles and create blockage. This changes the orifice size and causes the flow rate to vary. However, the Super-Vee s large hole orifice will allow much larger particles to flow through freely; thus not changing flow rate. Even with this large orifice advantage, we recommend that when you require extremely fine control and exact repetition every cycle, that you incorporate a filter on each side of the Super- Vee to assure that no particles can reach the V Notch orifice. Operating temperature (0 to + 80 F) Black anodized aluminum body Stainless steel stem Stainless steel spring ( FC- Models) Brass cartridge and poppet Corrosion resistant construction Bubble-tight shut-off Options Viton seals for media compatibility, Option -V Super-Vee concept Superior consistency Large Orifice Created by ngled V Notch Typical Needle & Hole Concept nnular ring Flow rea Tapered Needle Hole Bubble Tight Shut-Off Seal Control Bushing Control Bushing Seal Super-Vee Flow Control Dimensions.7 Dia. Clearance for /" Screw -0-0 F D E G J Max C H.00 7/6 Hex Lock Nut B Super-Vee Flow Control controls one direction Free flow return Model FC-8 FC- FC-8 FC- Port Size, NPT /8 / /8 / C.5 D E F.88 G H J Weight, lb B

186 Special Purpose Valves One-Shot (Pulse) This valve provides a momentary (pulse) output at its cylinder port when pressure is applied at its inlet. No additional flow is possible until pressure at the inlet is removed, reset time allowed, and pressure reapplied. Reset time is slightly longer than output pulse time. OS- Operation When the incoming signal is applied to the IN port, the spool is immediately shifted, allowing the pressure to and through the CYL port, becoming the output signal. Pressure then bleeds across an orifice through the piston head. When pressure is equal on both sides of the piston head there is a force unbalance on the spool. This force unbalance returns the spool to its original position. In this position the incoming signal is blocked and the CYL is connected to the EXH, in turn venting the output signal. Before the valve can produce another output signal it must be reset. This is accomplished when the input signal is removed from the IN port and the pressure behind the piston bleeds back through the orifice and drops to zero psi. This also self cleans the orifice every cycle. The next incoming signal can then produce another output signal. NOTE! The incoming signal MUST be of sufficient pressure and volume to shift the spool before bleeding across the orifice and balancing out. Sizing pproximate Pulse Time, pproximate ResetTime, Model Weight Number Seconds psi Port Size Oz. OS- / /8 NPT. OS- -/ /8 NPT.8 Features One moving part. Buna-N seals. Pulse time preset at factory. (See Model Chart) Shorter pulse can be field set with ordinary sewing needle. Can be cleaned or repaired without removing from installation. pplications Symbol IN Spool action can be observed for trouble shooting circuit. Operating pressure: 5 to 50 psi. Operating temperature: 0 to + 80 F. No springs. Self-cleaning orifice. Signal Conversion - Pulse, to convert a constant or maintained signal from a limit valve or other source to a pulse or momentary signal for a double piloted valve or other device. This allows the double piloted valve to be shifted back even though the originating limit valve is still held open. See sequencing circuit on page.. Single Cycle, to convert a signal from a hand or foot control to a pulse signal. This allows only one cycle of the circuit even if the operator holds the starting device on. The operator must release the starting device to reset the one-shot / pulse valve and then reactuate to achieve the next cycle. See pressure sensing circuit on page.. Open End Blast, to provide a pulse of air through a nozzle or tube for automatic part blow off or chip removal. EXH CYL Dimensions Model No. OS- & OS- /8 NPT Ports Materials: Body, luminum, Unanodized Cap, Brass Spool, luminum /8 NPT Ports IN.97 EX Mounting Holes for #0 Screws.8 OS OS

187 Special Purpose Valves djustable, Interval Delay Interval Delay Upon application of an input signal (pressure) there is an output signal for an adjustable time, within ranges shown. t the end of this time the output signal is vented. nother output is not possible until the input is vented to atmosphere for second minimum (reset time). nother input signal can then be applied for another output signal. The time proven Fabco-ir OS- Pulse Valve (see page.) is the basis of this unique, all pneumatic, adjustable, Interval Delay. The OS- is mounted on and connected to an adjustable volume chamber. When the incoming signal is applied to the IN port of the OS-, its spool is immediately shifted, and the chamber dump valve is closed. This allows pressure to and through the CYL port, becoming the output signal. Pressure then bleeds across an orifice through the piston head and into the adjustable volume chamber. When pressure is equal on both sides of the piston head there is a force unbalance on the spool. This force unbalance returns the spool to its original position. In this position the incoming signal is blocked and CYL is connected to EXH, in turn venting the output signal. djusting the volume of the chamber adjusts the length of the output signal. Before the valve can produce another signal it must be reset. Resetting is accomplished by removing the input signal from and venting the IN for second minimum. This allows pressure behind the piston to bleed back through the orifice and opens the chamber dump valve. ll volume behind the piston then bleeds down to zero psi. This action self cleans the orifice at every cycle. The next incoming signal can then produce another output signal. NOTE! The incoming signal MUST be of sufficient pressure and volume to shift the spool before bleeding across the orifice and balancing out. Dimensions Model OS-5 to 6 second output signal Model OS-6 to 8 second output signal Model OS-7 6 to second output signal Features One moving part. Buna-N seals. Repeatability: ± 5% of Output signal. Can be cleaned or repaired without removing from installation. Spool can be observed for circuit trouble shooting. Operating pressure: 5 to 50 psi. Operating temperature: 0 to + 80 F. No springs. Self-cleaning orifice. /8 NPT ports CYL Chamber Vent Do Not Block IN EXH /8 NPT Ports /6 Hex djustment Lock Nut On Pressure at IN Off On Output at CYL Off Symbol IN Time djustable Output Signal EXH Reset Volume Chamber Vent Do Not Block Volume Chamber Dump Valve djusting Knob, / Dia. #0- x.5 Dp. Mounting Holes, Places OS- CYL djustable Volume Modified Chamber.

188 Special Purpose Valves Vent Sizing Features Simple - One moving part Corrosion resistant construction Black anodized aluminium body Light weight Compact Repairable Buna-N seals Simple adjustment Operating temperature 0 to + 80 F Operating pressure: 0 to 50 psi Standard Spring: 50 to 50 psi Light Spring: 0 to 55 psi Light spring and instructions included with each unit. OUT.6 Maximum Vent adjustment Screw & Locknut Model Number RV- RV- Port Size, NPT /8 / Weight.7 oz..6 oz. Dimensions / Hex Mounting Holes for #0 Screws Maximum RV- /8 NPT Ports RV- / NPT Ports IN Pressure Sensing/Sequence RV Valve Function The RV, with its unique poppet type seal, senses the pressure being applied and opens at a pre-adjusted point to provide a pilot signal for circuit control. Because the output force of a cylinder is a direct function of pressure times area, the RV provides direct and precision adjustable force sensing. If the application requires that a predetermined force be applied to an object at a point that may vary in physical dimension (such as riveting, crimping, etc.) the RV is the control to use. It assures that the predetermined force (pressure) is applied. If the system pressure should drop below the RV's set point, the valve cannot open. Therefore the cycle will stop and wait for the required pressure rather than produce an unacceptable rivet or crimp. When the required pressure is restored the cycle will continue. If the application requires that a particular physical point is reached by the cylinder then a position sensor, such as a limit valve, Hall Effect sensor, Reed Switch, limit switch, or other device should be used. Pressure Sensing (See circuit on page.) ccurately senses pressure (force) and provides a control signal to retract cylinder. pplications: Riveting, crimping, marking, staking, molding and more. Sequencing (See circuit on page.) The pressure rise in a cylinder indicates that it is applying the force intended. When the pressure preset into the RV is reached, it produces a signal for the control circuit to initiate the next function, thus the next sequence. pplications: Step by step extension and retraction of multiple cylinders. Time delay or Function delay (See circuit on page.) Coupled with a flow control & volume chamber, the RV provides time or function delay. pplications: Heat sealing, gluing, compacting, time between functions, load or unload time, and many others. Please note the following: This valve is intended for control circuit signals only and CNNOT operate a cylinder directly. For most consistent accuracy, the RV set-point should be at 90% to 95% of incoming system pressure. For accurate circuit setup, pressure gages should be installed to monitor incoming circuit pressure and indicate sensed pressure. See circuits on page.. Symbol IN OUT Vent The basic RV valve function is two way normally closed. When the input is removed the spring automatically closes the valve, trapping downstream or output pressure. vent is incorporated in the valve to relieve this trapped signal. The vent is adjustable so that it can be set for various pilot volumes and cycle times. Basic procedure for setting adjustment is to close the vent (turn adjustment screw clockwise), then open / to / turn. Fine tuning can then be made from that point

189 Special Purpose Valves Circuits Sequencing Circuit Regulated Supply. Start signal to V. C - extends to load. Load pressure from C to V. Constant signal from V to V 5. Pulse signal from V to V 6. C extends to load 7. Load pressure from C to V5 8. Signal from V5 to V 9. C retracts to V6 0. Constant signal from V6 to V7. Pulse signal from V7 to V Time Delay Circuit V Pressure Sensing/ Sequence Valve Start Signal Gauge IN Vent OUT EXH IN V Way Control Valve Supply Flow Control Valves EXH C Cylinder CYL IN V7 One Shot (Pulse) Valve Input Flow Control Incoming Pressure RV- or RV- Pressure Sensing/ Sequence Valve Volume Chamber IN OUT Sensed Pressure Vent Delayed Output V One Shot (Pulse) Valve V5 Pressure Sensing/ Sequence Valve Gauge IN Out CYL Vent V Way Control Valve Flow Control Valves Supply C Cylinder V6 Way Limit Valve Pressure Sensing Circuit EXH V One Shot (Pulse) Valve V Pressure Sensing Valve Start Signal IN CYL OUT IN Gauge Vent Regulated System Input. Start signal can be maintained or momentary. Pulse signal from V to V. C extends. Load pressure from C to V 5. Signal from V to V 6. C retracts Mufflers V Way Double Pilot C Work Cylinder RV Valve Function s the cylinders in any circuit move, there is a natural pressure drop or differential between the incoming system supply and the cylinder where the RV is sensing the pressure. When the cylinder meets its load it slows or stops. ir flow then becomes slow or static and the pressure rises to the RV setting. n output signal is then produced by the RV. This pressure change (differential) between the dynamic or moving pressure and the static or stopped pressure is a natural function of the cycle and is ESSENTIL for proper RV function. If the load is a constant high load throughout the stroke, or speed controls are closed down causing a consistent high load, the RV may see set point pressure before the cylinder has done its final work. This results in a premature signal. Therefore, it is highly recommended that a gage be mounted in the RV line (as indicated in the circuit) so that the differential or lack thereof can be seen as well as the actual set point of the RV for cylinder force actuation. The basic RV valve function is two way normally closed. When the input is removed the spring automatically closes the valve, trapping downstream or output pressure. vent is incorporated in the valve to relieve this trapped signal. That vent is adjustable so that it can be set for various pilot volumes and cycle times. Basic procedure for setting the adjustment is to close the vent (turn adjustment screw clockwise), then open / to / turn. Fine tuning can then be made from that point. Please note that when applying these products or circuit concepts, all safety features that the equipment may warrant should be included and are the responsibility of the user

190 Special Purpose Valves Standard Specifications MSV- Stem ctuator MSV- Lever ctuator MSV- Roller ctuator Micro Limit Valves This is a microsize, poppet type, way, normally closed, limit valve. It is primarily designed for momentary contact work that requires very light actuating forces. Therefore, is does not have a 00% seal on the actuating stem. This means that, while the valve is held actuated (and only then), there is a slight bleed to atmosphere around the stem. Symbol IN CYL EXH Features Machined brass bar stock body Brass internal parts Buna-N O'Ring seals (0 to + 50 F) Delrin roller (80 F max.) Plated steel lever arm Low operating force Lever or roller: 0 psi oz. 00 psi oz. Stem: 0 psi 7 oz. 00 psi 6 oz. Extremely short stroke.005" to.00" movement of stem normally provides sufficient pilot volume. Operating pressure 0 to 50 psi #0- ports SCFM free flow at 80 psi Options Viton Seal (5 to + 00 F); Specify suffix V Reverse Lever ssembly; Specify suffix R Note The standard assembly of lever, in relation to ports, is shown in the drawings below. second lever pivot pin hole allows for the lever to be assembled 80 from standard. Specify Suffix-R, Reverse lever assembly, if required. Model No. MSV- Stem ctuator Weight 0.8 oz. Exhaust Not Tapped. #0- Ports Model No. MSV- Lever ctuator Weight 0.8 oz..5 #0- Ports Exhaust Not Tapped Model No. MSV- Roller ctuator Weight 0.9 oz. /8" Dia...0 #0- Ports Exhaust Not Tapped Mounting Holes for #6 Screws Mounting Holes for #6 Screws Mounting Holes for #6 Screws

191 Special Purpose Valves Standard Specifications Check Valves Features Machined brass bar stock Brass poppet Buna-N O'Ring seals (0 to +50 F) vailable with or without spring Operating pressure: 50 psi max. Model No. (Cracking Pressure) 8CV... (without spring 0. psi Max.) 8CVS.... (with spring 0 psi Max.) Weight 0.5 oz. Flow rating Cv = 0. Options Viton O-Ring Seals (-5 to +00 F); Specify Suffix -V Model No. (Cracking Pressure) CV... (without spring 0. psi Max.) CVS.... (with spring 0 psi Max.) Weight 0.8 oz. Flow rating Cv = 0. Symbol uxiliary #0- Port.9. 7/6 Hex /8 NPT 9/6 Hex / NPT Shuttle Valves Features Machined brass bar stock Light weight Delrin poppet Operating temperature: (0 to +80 F) Buna-N O'Ring seals Operating pressure: 0 to 50 psi Options Viton O-Ring Seals (for media compatibility); Specify Suffix -V Symbol Model No. 0 SV Weight 0. oz. Flow rating Cv approx Model No. 8 SV Weight. oz. Flow rating Cv approx. 0. #0- Ports. /8 NPT Ports #0- /8 NPT

192 ir Intake / Exhaust Filters Breather Series MB MB Series low profile breather vents have many applications. They are most often used on single acting cylinders or valves to prevent dirt and foreign particles from entering ports open to atmosphere. Unit should be mounted in a protected position free from excessive vibration. Use wrench on hex to tighten the vent. Hex Overall Length NPT Materials: Body, Brass Element, Sintered Bronze, 90 micron. Operating Ranges: Pressure: 00 psi max. Temperature: 5 to 00 F ( to 9 C) MB-8 MB- MB-8 MB- Connection NPT /8 / /8 / Overall length In. / /6 7/ / Hex In. 7/6 9/6 /6 7/8 Exhaust Muffler Series MM MM Series mufflers utilize porous sintered bronze filter elements secured to a brass base. They are used to diffuse air and muffle noise from the exhaust ports of air valves, air cylinders and air tools to an acceptable level. Unit should be mounted in a protected position free from excessive vibration. Use wrench on hex to tighten the muffler. Hex Overall Length NPT Materials: Body, Brass Element, Sintered Bronze, 0 micron. Operating Ranges: Pressure: 00 psi max. Temperature: 5 to 00 F ( to 9 C) MM-8 MM- MM-8 MM- Connection NPT /8 / /8 / Overall length In. 9/ -5/6-9/6-7/8 Hex In. 7/6 9/6 /6 7/8 Breather / Muffler for 5 Style Solenoid Exhaust Port Model SM-0 breather / muffler specifically designed to replace the housing nut on any 5 Style solenoid operator (except explosion proof, Option -EP) in Section of this catalog. It keeps dirt out and noise down. 9/6 Hex /8- Materials: Body, Brass Element, sintered bronze, 50 micron.. dds 0.5 to height of solenoid